POLLUTION
CONTROL
WASTE TREATMENT
and WATER TREATMENT
Selected Biological References
on Fresh and Marine Waters
UNITED STATES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Federal Water Pollution
Control Administration
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
WASTE TREATMENT
and WATER TREATMENT
Selected Biological References on Fresh and Marine Waters
R. Keith Stewart
William Marcus Ingram and
Kenneth M. Mackenthun
Biologists, Technical Advisory
and Investigation Activities
Technical Services Program
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center
UNITED STATES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Federal Water Pollution
Control Administration
1966
-------
FOREWORD
OUR POPULATION has expanded rapidly during the past five decades
and will continue to do so for an indeterminable time during future
decades. Associated with this expansion has been an increase in the
amount and concentration of wastes, both domestic and industrial,
that are injected into waterways as an inevitable product of our
affluent society. It has become apparent that the same waterways
receiving these wastes must be used to provide water for potable,
agricultural, industrial, and recreational purposes. Unlike clean
waters that serve mankind in many ways, grossly polluted water can-
not be used for multiple purposes. Clean waters are precious assets,
denied waters are needless liabilities.
This book of selected references dealing with water quality and use
has been prepared for persons interested in and responsible for bio-
logical aspects of water pollution control, waste treatment, and water
treatment.
m
-------
CONTENTS
Preface ix
Acknowledgments 126
PART I—WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ASPECTS: FRESH
WATERS 1
Water Pollution Control
General Reference* 1
Algae and Plankton - 4
Toxic Algae 8
Fungi *
Bottom Organism! 10
Insects 12
Fish 12
Flowering Aquatic Plants 14
Nutrients 15
Insecticides and Their Effect Upon Aquatic Life 19
Environment Change and Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life 22
Radioactivity and Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life 24
Toxicity and Bio-Assay Methods 25
Techniques 30
Samplers - - 32
Criteria for Aquatic Life 33
Industrial Wastes
General References 34
Cooling Water 35
Food, Drugs, and Fermentation - - - 36
Metals and Manufacturing - 36
Petroleum 38
Pulp, Paper, and Textiles 39
Organism Identification
General References *1
Insects 41
Kth 43
Algae and Flowering Aquatic Plant* 43
Other Organisms 43
-------
Aspects of Water Quality
Books 44
Journals 4o
PART II— WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ASPECTS: MARINE
WATERS 51
Water Pollution Control
General Reference* 51
Bacteria 54
Algae and Plankton 56
Toxie Algae 57
Fungi 59
Bottom Organisms 59
Fish and Shellfish 61
Flowering Aquatic Plants 62
Nutrients °2
Recreational Waters 65
Pesticides and Their Effect Upon Aquatic life 66
Environment Change and Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life 67
Radioactivity and Its Effect Upon Aquatic Life 6°
Toxicity and Bio-Assay Methods 72
Techniques - 74
Samplers 76
Criteria for Aquatic Life 77
Industrial Wastes
General References - 77
Cooling Water 78
Metals and Manufacturing -- 78
Petroleum 78
Pulp, Paper, and Textiles 7'
Organism Identification
General References - "
Protozoa, Porifera, Coelenterates, Echinoderms, and
Annelids - 81
Molluscs 82
Arthropods 82
Fishes 83
Algae and Flowering Aquatic Plants 84
Other Organisms 8'
Aspects of Water Quality
Books ...- 85
Journal* 87
VI
-------
PART til — WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
ASPECTS 91
Waste Treatment
General References 92
Imhoff Tanks 93
Filters 94
Activated Sludge 96
Waste Stabilization Ponds 97
Sewer Pipes 100
Parasites and Sewage Treatment 100
Nuisance Organisms and Their Control 101
Water Treatment
General References 103
Control of Aquatic Organisms 106
Taste and Odor Algae 108
Biological Aspects of Impounding Reservoirs 109
Clogging Organisms Ill
Clear Well Organisms 112
Pipe and Distribution System Associated Organisms 112
Chlorine and Its Effect Upon Organisms 113
Actinomycetes 114
Recreational Water Treatment
General References 114
Algal Control 115
Flowering Aquatic Plant Control - 116
Insect Control - 118
Swimmer's Itch Control — 119
Pesticides and Their Effect Upon Aquatic Life 120
PART IV — REPORTING ASPECTS FOR BIOLOGICAL DATA 125
Reporting Biological Data 125
PLATES
I. Water Pollution Control Aspects: Fresh Waters XI
11. Water Pollution Control Aspects: Marine Waters 49
III. Waste Treatment and Water Treatment Aspects 89
IV. Reporting Biological Data 123
VII
-------
PREFACE
THIS BOOK of selected biological references concerning Water Pollu-
tion Control, Waste Treatment, and Water Treatment is a direct out-
growth of previous compilations conceived in 1950 by the second
author, Dr. W. M. Ingram, when he served as the first full time
biologist assigned to training activities at the Environmental Health
Center of the United States Public Health Service in Cincinnati, Ohio.
Since that time he has initiated several publications containing
selected references on various aspects of water pollution biology. Now
out of print the previous publications were:
(1) Handbook of Selected Biological References on Water Pollution
Control, Sewage Treatment, and Water Treatment. Public Health
Bibliography Series No. 8 (PHS Publication No. 214), pp. 1-66,
1953.
(2) Opt. Cite. Public Health Bibliography Series No. 8 (PHS Pub-
lication No. 214—Revised 1957), pp. 1-95, 1957.
(3) Estuarine and Marine Pollution, Selected Studies on Biological,
Bacteriological, and Physical Aspects with Major Emphasis on
United States Literature. Public Health Service Technical Report
W-61-4, pp. 1-30, 1961.
(4) Water Pollution Control, Sewage Treatment, Water Treatment,
Selected Biological References. Public Health Bibliography Series
No. 8 (PHS Publication No. 1053), pp. 1-142, 1963.
Most references in the previous publications have been retained in
this book, and selected references subsequent to 1962 through 1965
have been added. The revision and additions herein, and the expan-
sion to include the marine aspects with those of fresh water, should
be helpful in providing source material under one cover for those
engaged in the study of pollution as related to aquatic life.
IX
-------
In many regions of the United States, history has illustrated that
land was defiled by over-timbering, over-grazing, and the unwise use
of the plow. For many years, one could move away from such
destroyed, "polluted land," and still subsist; when this was not pos-
sible, people became land conservationists, realizing that in the land
lay survival. The history of land depredation could, in the future, be
repeated in the defilement of our waters. The number of streams
and natural lakes is static with a minimal number of future impound-
ment sites; there is no moving over a ridge to discover a new water-
way. All waters must be protected for a variety of uses including
the maintenance of a healthy biota. All of us should be water con-
servationists, realizing that water is limited and that in its wise use
lies a great part of this Nation's strength.
Today all water users are becoming more and more interested in
the alleviation of pollution. Full realization of population and indus-
trial growth has brought many persons into intimate contact with
problems relating to water degradation associated with municipal,
industrial, or agricultural wastes, or a combination of these. Most
people fully appreciate that streams, lakes, and marine waters remain
static in number; it is apparent that problems attendant to waste
disposal and water treatment are increasing. Thus, the problems of
waste disposal and their reasonable solution are the concern of all.
Multiple use of water is the current trend. If pollution is abated,
water can be satisfactorily used for many and varied interests.
With the abatement of pollution, danger from disease is lessened;
a better potable water is produced; new industries can be attracted
to communities; property values increase; recreation in the form of
fishing, hunting, boating, and swimming is more readily available;
and current supplies of fishery and shellfishery food products can be
sustained. To assure an adequate quality of water for all these pur-
poses, water must be used and managed wisely.
-------
Aquatic weeds associated
with induced eutrophication.
Waste outfall
Slime growths
effected by wastes.
Plate 1—Water Pollution Control Aspects: Fresh Waters
-------
PART I
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ASPECTS: FRESH WATERS
UNLIKE SALINE WATERS, clean fresh-waters are economical sources
of water that can be and have been tapped to sustain the domestic,
agricultural, industrial, and recreational needs of the nation. Our
population has increased from 76,000,000 people in 1900 to 150,000,-
000 in 1950 and to 180,000,000 in 1960. By 1980 it is expected to
increase to 260,000,000. Yet, there has been no change in the amount
of available water, and no major additions are anticipated. Ready
and economical supplies of clean water are no longer adequate for
many burgeoning cities, and most are now faced with finding new and
expensive water sources just to keep pace with only the domestic
demands. Some cities are transected by large rivers, but many are
sufficiently fouled with domestic and industrial wastes that their
waters cannot be used for any purpose. Such situations can become
very widespread throughout the land, and can seriously affect the
general welfare of the nation. It is axiomatic then that with an
increasing population and a "fixed" amount of fresh water the con-
trol and abatement of pollution is one of the most important means of
solving water supply problems.
Along with making water unfit for many uses pollution of water
courses has several biological effects. It can foster undesirable plant
and animal growths, generate putrid water and odors, eliminate desir-
able aquatic and other wildlife that provide both food and recreation,
taint water supplies and fish flesh, discolor water and make it un-
sightly, change habitats to favor growth of toxic organisms that deci-
mate livestock and pets as well as cause sickness in man, nurture
growths that impede flows in watercourses, create conditions suitable
for development of human and animal pests, make recreational waters
unusable, and enhance the spread of disease to epidemic levels.
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
GENERAL REFERENCES BARTSCH, A. F. and W. S. CHURCHILL
1949. Biotic Responses to Stream Pollu-
ALLEN, M. B. tion During Artificial Stream Reaera-
1955. General Features of Algae Growth tion. In: Limnological Aspects of
in Sewage Oxidation Ponds. State Water Supply and Waste Disposal.
Water Pollution Control Board, Sac- American Association for the Ad-
ramento, California, Publication No. vancement of Science, Washington,
13, pp. 1-47. D. C., pp. 33-48.
BARTSCH, A. F. BARTSCH, A. F. and W. M. INGRAM
1948. Biological Aspects of Stream Pol- 1959. Stream Life and the Pollution En-
lution. Sewage Works Journal, vol. vironment. Public Works, vol. 90, No.
20, No. 2, pp. 292-302. 7, pp. 104-110.
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WABTB TREATMENT AND WATBH TREATMENT
BEAK, T. W.
1959. Biological Survey of the St. Clair
River. Industrial Wastes, vol. 4, No.
5, pp. 107-109.
BIGLANE, K. E. and R. A. LAFLEUR
1954. Biological Indices of Pollution Ob-
served in Louisiana Streams. Bulletin
of the Louisiana Engineering Experi-
ment Station, vol. 43, pp. 1-7.
BRINLEY, F. J.
1942. Biological Studies, Ohio River
Pollution, I. Biological Zones in a Pol-
luted Stream. Sewage Works Journal,
vol. 14, No. 1, pp. 147-152.
BRINLEY, F. J.
1942. Relation of Domestic Sewage to
Stream Productivity. Ohio Journal of
Science, vol. 42, No. 4, pp. 173-176.
BRINLEY, F. J.
1943. Sewage, Algae and Fish. Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 15, No. 1, pp.
78-83.
CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B. LACKEY
1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa, Flag-
ellata. University of Florida, College
of Engineering, Florida Engineering
Series No, 3, pp. 1-140.
CAMPBELL, M. S. A.
1939. Biological Indicators of Intensity
of Stream Pollution. Sewage Works
Journal, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 123-127.
CAWLEY, W. A.
1958. An Effect of Biological Imbalance
in Streams. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 30, No. 9, pp. 1174-1182.
CLAASSEN, P. W.
1932. The Biology of Stream Pollution.
Sewage Works Journal, vol. 4, No. 1,
pp. 165-172.
CORMACK, J. F. and H. R. AMBBRG
1959. The Effect of Biological Treat-
ment of Sulfite Waste Liquor on the
Growth of Sphaerotilus natans. Pro-
ceedings of the Fourteenth Industrial
Waste Conference, Purdue Univer-
sity, vol. 44, No. 5, pp. 16-25.
DIMICK, R. E.
1953. The Aquatic Biology of Industrial
Pollution. Wastes Engineering, vol.
24, No. 3, pp. 66-67. 87-88.
DYMOND, J. R. and A. V. DELAPORTE
1952. Pollution of the Spanish River.
Ontario Department of Lands and
Forests, Research Report No. 25, pp.
1-106.
ELIASSEN, R.
1952. Stream Pollution. Scientific Amer-
ican, vol. 18, No. 3, pp. 17-21.
GAUFTN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL
1955. Environmental Changes in a Pol-
luted Stream. American Midland Na-
turalist, vol. 54, No. 1, pp. 77-88.
GECKXER, J. R., K. M. MACKENTHUN
and W. M. INGRAM
1963. Glossary of Commonly Used Bio-
logical and Related Terms in Water
and Waste Water Control. Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, Publication No. 999-WP-2,
pp. 1-22.
GlLCREAS, F. W.
1952-1953. Laboratory Control of Sew-
age Treatment, Chapter 12, Stream
Analyses, pp. 79-87. Case-Shepperd-
Mann Publishing Company, New
York. 92 pp.
HARRISON, M. E. and H. HEUKELEKIAN
1958. Slime Infestation—Literature Re-
view. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 30, No. 10, pp. 1278-1302.
HEUKELEKIAN, H. and E. S. CROSBY
1955. Slime Formation in Polluted Wa-
ters. I. Laboratory and Field Study
Methods. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 27, No. 12, pp. 1391-
1398.
HEUKELEKIAN, H. and E. S. CROSBY
1956. Slime Formation in Polluted Wa-
ters. II. Factors Affecting Slime
Growths. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 28, No. 1, pp. 78-92.
IDE, F. P.
1954. Pollution in Relation to Stream
Life. Papers Presented at the First
Ontario Industrial Waste Conference,
Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph,
Ontario, pp. 86-108.
INGRAM, W. M. and K. M. MACKENTHUK
1965. Pollution. In: McClane's Standard
Fishing Encyclopedia and Interna-
tional Angling Guide. Holt, Rinehart
and Winslow, New York, pp. 687-693.
JONES, J. R. E.
1940. A Study of the Zinc-Polluted
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
River Ystwyth, in North Cardigan-
shire, Wales. Annals of Applied Biol-
ogy, vol. 27, pp. 368-378.
LACKEY, J. B.
1954. How the Biota of Sewage and In-
dustrial Wastes Work for Us. Wastes
Engineering, vol. 25, No. 12, pp. 592-
595.
LACKEY, J. B., W. T. CALAWAY and
G. B. MORGAN
1956. Biological Purification of Citrus
Wastes. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 538-546.
LAWRANCE, W. A.
1950. The Addition of Sodium Nitrate
to the Androscoggin River. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. C,
pp. 820-832.
MACKENTHUN, K. M. and W. M. INGRAM
1965. Pollution and the Life in Water.
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S, Public
Health Service, Publication No. 999-
WP-20, pp. 1-16.
MCCOY, J. H.
1963. Salinonellae in Crude Sewage,
Sewage Effluent and Sewage-Polluted
Natural Waters. International Jour-
nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7,
Nos. 6-7, pp. 597-611.
MCKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF
1963. Water Quality Criteria. 2nd Edi-
tion. The Resources Agency of Cali-
fornia. State Water Quality Board,
Publication No. 3-A, 1-548. pp.
MCLEAN, J. E. (ed.)
1963. Symposium on Streamflow Regu-
lation for Quality Control; Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, Publication No. 999-WP-30,
pp. 1-420.
NEEL, J. K.
1953. Certain Limnological Features of
a Polluted Irrigation Stream. Trans-
actions of the American Microscopical
Society, vol. 72, No. 2, pp. 119-135.
NEWTON, L.
1944. Pollution of the Rivers of West
Wales by Lead and Zinc Mine Efflu-
ent. Annals of Applied Biology, vol.
31, No. 1, pp. 1-11.
ODUM, E. P.
1954. Fundamentals of Ecology: Chap-
ter 12; No. 7, Stream Pollution, pp.
330-334. W. B. Saunders Company,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, pp. 1-384.
PALMER, C. M. and W. M. INGRAM
1955. Suggested Classification of Algae
and Protozoa in Sanitary Science.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
27, No. 10, pp. 1183-1188.
PATRICK, R.
1949. A Proposed Biological Measure of
Stream Conditions Based on a Survey
of the Conestoga Basin, Lancaster
County, Pennsylvania. Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Sciences,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, vol. 101,
pp. 277-341.
PATRICK, R.
1950. Biological Measure of Stream
Conditions. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 22, No. 7, pp. 926-938.
PATRICK, R.
1953. Aquatic Organisms as an Aid in
Solving Waste Disposal. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 2, pp.
210-214: Discussion by A. R. Gaufin
and C. M. Tarzwell, pp. 214-217. Dis-
cussion by R. Patrick, p. 217.
PATRICK, R.
1959. Certain Species Predominate in
the Fauna and Flora Which Establish
Aquatic Life in a New Stream. Water
and Sewage Works, vol. 106, No. 12,
pp. 531-535.
PATRICK, R.
1962. A Study of the Numbers and
Kinds of Species Found in Rivers in
Eastern U. S. Proceedings of the
Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sci-
ences, Philadelphia, vol. 113, No. 10,
pp. 215-218.
PENTELOW, F. T. K.
1956. The Biology of Rivers in Relation
to Pollution. Journal of the Institu-
tion of Public Health Engineers, vol.
55, pp. 85-101.
PURDY, W. C.
1926. The Biology of Polluted Water.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 16, No. 1, pp.
45-54.
RlCKER, W. E.
1946. Industrial and Domestic Wastes in
Relation to the Aquatic Life of In-
diana Streams. Proceedings of the
Second Industrial Waste Conference,
Purdue University, pp. 90-96.
3
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SCOTT, D. C.
1958. Biological Balance in Streams.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
30, No. 9, pp. 1169-1172.
SURBER, E. W.
1953. Some Important Biological Effects
Michigan Waters. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 79-
86.
SUTTER, R. and E. MOORE
1922. Stream Pollution Studies. State
of New York Conservation Commis-
sion, Albany, New York, pp. 3-27.
TARZWELL, C. M. and A. R. GAUFIN
1953. Some Important Biological Effects
of Pollution Often Disregarded in
Stream Surveys. Purdue University
Engineering Bulletin, Proceedings of
the 8th Industrial Waste Conference
(May 4-6, 1953), pp. 295-316.
TARZWELL, C. M.
1958. Aquatic Biological Investigation
as a Method of Evaluating the Self-
Purification of a Stream. Technical
Association of the Pulp and Paper In-
dustry, vol. 41, No. 10, pp. 40A-58A.
TARZWELL, C. M. (ed.)
1965. Biological Problems in Water Pol-
lution — Transactions of the 1962
Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En-
gineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service, Publica-
tion No. 999-WP-25, pp. 1-424.
VAN HORN, W. M.
1949. A Study of Kraft Pulping Wastes
in Relation to the Aquatic Environ-
ment. In: Limnological Aspects of
Water Supply and Waste Disposal.
American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, Washington,
D. C., pp. 49-55.
VAN HORN, W. M.
1952. Using Biology as a Tool in
Stream Pollution Work. Sewage
Works, vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 71-73.
ALGAE AND PLANKTON
ALLEN. M. M., G. P. FITZGERALD and
G. A. ROHLICH
1964. The Effect of Dilution Media on
the B.O.D. of Algae. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 36, No. 8, pp. 1049-1056.
AMBERG, H. R., J. F. CORMACK and
M. R. RIVERS
1962. Slime Growth Control by Inter-
mittent Discharge of Spent Sulphite
Liquor. Technical Association of the
Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 45, No.
8, pp. 770-779.
BARTSCH, A. F.
1960. Algae in Relation to Oxidation
Processes in Natural Waters. In: Ec-
ology of Algae, Pymatuning Special
Publication No. 2, University of Pitts-
burgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, pp.
56-71.
BENOIT, R. J. and J. J. CURRY
1960. Algae Blooms in Lake Zoar, Con-
necticut. In: Algae and Metropolitan
Wastes,—Transactions of the 1960
Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En-
gineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service, Publica-
tion No. W61-3, pp. 18-22.
BIRGE, E. A. and C. JUDAY
1922. The Inland Lakes of Wisconsin.
The Plankton. I. Its Quantity and
Chemical Composition. Wisconsin
Geological Natural History Survey,
Bulletin 64, Science Series 1, No. 3,
pp. 1-222.
BLUM, J. L.
1956. The Ecology of River Algae.
Botanical Review, vol. 22, No. 5, pp.
291-341.
BLUM, J. L.
1960. Algal Populations in Flowing Wa-
ters. The Ecology of Algae, Pyma-
tuning Special Publication No 2,
University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, pp. 11-21.
BORCHARDT, J. A.
1958. The Role of Algae in Pollution
Abatement. Public Works, vol. 89,
No. 12, pp. 109-110.
BRINLEY, F. J.
1942. The Effect of Pollution upon the
Plankton Population of the White
River. Indiana. Indiana Department
of Conservation, Investigations of In-
diana Lakes and Streams, vol. 2, pp.
137-143.
BRINLEY, F. J.
1942. The Effect of the Sewage from
Nashville upon the Plankton of the
Cumberland River. Journal of the
Tennessee Academy of Science, vol.
7, No. 2, pp. 179-183.
-------
WATER POLLUTION CQNTKOI.: FRESH WATER
BRINLEY, F. J. and L. J. KATZIN
1942. Distribution of Stream Plankton
in the Ohio River System. American
Midland Naturalist, vol. 27, No. 1, pp.
177-182.
BROOK, A. J.
1965, Planktonic Algae as Indicators of
Lake Types, with Special Reference
to the Desmidiaceae. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 403-
411.
CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B. LACKEY
1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa, Flag-
ellata. University of Florida, College
of Engineering, Florida Engineering
Series No. 3, pp. 1-140.
CASTENHOLZ, R. W.
1960. Seasonal Changes in the Attached
Algae of Freshwater and Saline
Lakes in the Lower Grand Coulee,
Washington. Limnology and Oceanog-
raphy, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 1-28.
COPELAND, B. J., K. W. MiNTER and
T. C. DORRIS
1964. Chlorophyll A and Suspended Or-
ganic Matter in Oil Refinery Efflu-
ent Holding Ponds. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 500-
506.
DAMANN, K. E.
1960. Plankton Studies of Lake Michi-
gan. II. Thirty-Three Years of Con-
tinuous Plankton and Coliform
Bacterial Data Collected from Lake
Michigan at Chicago, Illinois. Trans-
actions of the American Microscopical
Society, vol. 79, No. 4, pp. 397-404.
DAVIDSON, F. F.
1961. Antibacterial Activity of Oscilla-
toria, formosa Bory Extract. Water
and Sewage Works, vol. 108, No. 11,
pp. 417-420.
DAVIS, C. C.
1955. Stream Pollution. Plankton and
Industrial Pollution in Cleveland Har-
bor. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 27, No. 7, pp. 835-850.
DAVIS, C. C.
1962. The Plankton of the Cleveland
Harbor Area of Lake Erie in 1956-
1957. Ecological Monographs, vol. 32,
No. 3, pp. 209-247.
DAVIS, C. C.
1964. Evidence for the Eutrophication
of Lake Erie from Phytoplankton
Records. Limnology and Oceanogra-
phy, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 275-283.
DEAN, J. M.
1964. The Effect of Sewage on a Chain
of Lakes in Indiana. Hydrobiologia,
vol. 24, Nos. 1-3, pp. 434-440.
EDMONDS, W. R.
1963. United States-Canada Boundary
Water Pollution Studies. Journal of
the Water Pollution Control Federa-
tion, voL 35. No. 10, pp. 1339-1344.
FOGG, C. E.
1953. The Metabolism of Algae. John
Wiley and Sons, New York, 149 pp.
GERLOFF, G. C., G. P. FITZGERALD and
F. SKOOG
1950. The Isolation, Purification and
Culture of Blue-Green Algae. Ameri-
can Journal of Botany, vol. 37, No. 3.
pp. 216-218,
GOERING, J, J. and J. C. NEESS
1964. Nitrogen Fixation in Two Wiscon-
sin Lakes. Limnology and Oceanog-
raphy, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 530-539.
GOLDMAN, C. R. and R. C. CARTER
1965. An Investigation by Rapid Car-
bon-14 Bio-assay of Factors Affecting
the Cultural Eutrophication of Lake
Tahoe, California. Journal of the Wa-
ter Pollution Control Federation, vol.
37, No. 7, pp. 1044-1059.
GREENBERG, A. E.
1964. Plankton of the Sacramento River.
Ecology, vol. 45, No. 1, pp. 40-49.
HARTMAN, R. T.
1960. Algae and Metabolites of Natural
Waters. The Ecology of Algae, Pyma-
tuning Special Publication No. 2, Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, pp. 38-55.
HOHN, M.
1961. Determining the Pattern of the
Diatom Flora. Journal of the Water
Pollution Control Federation, vol. 33,
No. 1, pp. 48-53.
HOHN, M.
1961. The Relationship Between Species
Diversity and Population Density in
Diatom Populations from Silver
Springs, Florida. Transactions of the
American Microscopical Society, vol.
80, No. 2, pp. 140-165.
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
KRAUSS, R. W.
1956. Photosynthesis in the Algae. In-
dustrial and Engineering Chemistry,
vol. 48, No. 9, pp. 1449-1455.
KRAUSS, R. W.
1960. Fundamental Characteristics of
Algal Physiology. In: Algae and
Metropolitan Wastes. Transactions of
the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 40-47.
LACKEY, J. B.
1938. A Study of Some Ecological Fac-
tors Affecting the Distribution of Pro-
tozoa. Ecological Monographs, vol. 8,
No. 4, pp. 501-527.
LACKEY, J. B. and R. S. SMITH
1940. Limitation of Euglenidae as Pol-
luted Water Indicators. Public Health
Reports, vol. 55, No. 7, pp. 268-280.
LACKEY, J. B.
1941. Two Groups of Flagellated Algae
Serving as Indicators of Clean Water.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 33, No. 6, pp.
1099-1110.
LACKEY, J. B.
1941. The Significance of Plankton in
Relation to the Sanitary Condition of
Streams. In: Symposium on Hydro-
biology. University of Wisconsin
Press, Madison, Wisconsin, pp. 311-
328.
LACKEY, J. B., E. WATTIE, et al.
1943. Some Plankton Relationships in a
Small Unpolluted Stream. American
Midland Naturalist, vol. 30, No. 2, pp.
403-425.
LACKEY, J. B.
1945. Plankton Productivity of Certain
Southeastern Wisconsin Lakes as Re-
lated to Fertilization. II. Productivity.
Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17. No. 4,
pp. 795-802.
LACKEY, J. B. and C. N. SAWYER
1945. Plankton Productivity of Certain
Southeastern Wisconsin Lakes as Re-
lated to Fertilization. I. Surveys.
Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17. No. 3,
pp. 573-585.
LACKEY, J. B.
1949. Plankton as Related to Nuisance
Conditions in Surface Water. In:
Limnological Aspects of Water Sup-
ply and Waste Disposal. American
Association for the Advancement of
Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 56-63.
LACKEY, J. B.
1956. Stream Enrichment and Micro-
biota. Public Health Reports, vol. 71,
No. 7, pp. 708-718.
LACKEY, J. B.
1957, Protozoa as Indicators of the Eco-
logical Conditions of a Body of
Water. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Transactions of the
Seminar on Biological Problems in
Water Pollution, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, U. S. Public
Health Service, Cincinnati, Ohio, pp.
50-59.
MACKENTHUN, K. M., L. A. LUESCHOW
and C. D. McNABB
1960, A Study of the Effects of Divert-
ing the Effluent from Sewage Treat-
ment upon the Receiving Stream.
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts
and Letters, vol. 49, pp. 51-72.
MAYER, A. M., A. EISENBERG and M.
EVANARI
1956. Studies on The Mass Culture of
Algae in Israel. Scientific Monthly,
vol. 83, No. 10, pp. 198-203.
McNABB, C. D.
1960. Enumeration of Freshwater Phy-
toplankton Concentrated on the Mem-
brane Filter. Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 57-61.
MEHSEN, J. J.
1953. Microbiological Study of Acid Mine
Waters: Preliminary Report. Ohio
Journal of Science, vol. 53, No. 2, pp.
123-127.
PALMER, C. M. and W. M. INGRAM
1955. Suggested Classification of Algae
and Protozoa in Sanitary Science.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
27, No. 10, pp. 1183-1188.
PALMER, C. M.
1959. Algae in Water Supplies. An Il-
lustrated Manual on the Identification,
Significance, and Control of Algae in
Water Supplies. Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Publication No. 657, pp. 1-88.
PALMER, C. M.
1965. Phytoplankton Periodicity in a
6
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
Newfoundland Pond. Journal of Phy-
cology, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 39-40.
PATRICK, R.
1948. Factors Affecting the Distribu-
tion of Diatoms. Botanical Review,
vol. 14, No. 8, pp. 473-524.
PATRICK, R.
1964, A Discussion of Natural and Ab-
normal Diatom Communities. In:
Jackson, D. F. (ed.), Algae and Man.
Plenum Press, New York, pp. 185-
204.
PIPES, W. 0., JR.
1961. Algae Growth Rate. Water and
Sewage Works, vol. 108, No. 5, pp.
176-179.
PRESCOTT, G. W.
1956. A Guide to the Literature on
Ecology and Life Histories of the
Algae. Botanical Review, vol. 20, No.
3, pp. 161-240.
PRESCOTT, G, W.
1960. Biological Disturbances Resulting
from Algal Populations in Standing
Waiters. The Ecology of Algae, Pyma-
tuning Special Publication No. 2. Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania, pp. 22-37.
PROVASOLI, L. and I. J. PINTNER
1960. Artificial Media for Fresh-water
Algae: Problems and Suggestions.
The Ecology of Algae, Pymatuning
Special Publication No. 2. University
of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsyl-
vania, pp. 84-96.
PtTlDY, W. C.
1937. Experimental Studies of Natural
Purification in Polluted Waters. X.
Reoxygenation of Polluted Waters by
Microscopic Algae. Public Health Re-
ports, vol. 52, No. 29, pp. 945-978.
REED, E. B. and J. R. OLIVE
1956. Annual Cycle of Net Plankton in
a Fluctuating North Central Colorado
Reservoir. Ecology, vol. 37, No. 10,
pp. 713-719.
ROHLICH, G. A. and W. B. SARLES
1949. Chemical Composition of Algae
and Its Relationship to Taste and
Odor. Taste and Odor Control Jour-
nal, vol. 15, No. 6, pp, 1-12.
RYTHER, J. H.
1960. Organic Production by Plankton
Algae, and Its Environmental Control.
The Ecology of Algae, Pymatuning
Special Publication No. 2. University
of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsyl-
vania, pp, 72-83.
SAWYER, C. N.
1962. Causes, Effects, and Control of
Aquatic Growths. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 279-290.
SCHUETTE, H. A. and H. ADLER
1929. A Note on the Chemical Composi-
tion of Chara from Green Lake, Wis-
consin. Wisconsin Academy of Sci-
ences, Arts and Letters, vol. 24, pp.
141-145.
SCHUMACHER, G. J.
1956. A Qualitative and Quantitative
Study of the Plankton Algae in South-
western Georgia. American Midland
Naturalist, vol. 56, No. 7, pp. 88-115.
SHAPIRO, J. and R. RIBBIRO
1965. Algal Growth and Sewage Efflu-
ent in the Potomac Estuarv. Journal
of the Water Pollution Control Fed-
eration, vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1034-1043.
SILVA, P. C. and G. F. PAPENFUSS
1953. A Systematic Study of the Algae
of Sewage Oxidation Ponds. State
Water Pollution Control Board, Sac-
ramento, California, Publication No.
7, pp. 1-35.
TALLING, J. F.
1960. Comparative Laboratory and Field
Studies of Photosynthesis by a Ma-
rine Planktonic Diatom. Limnology
and Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 1, pp.
62-77.
TUCKER, A.
1957. The Relation of Phytoplankton
Periodicity to the Nature of the
Physico-Chemical Environment with
Special Reference to Phosphorus. II.
Seasonal and Vertical Distribution of
the Phytoplankton in Relation to the
Environment. American Midland Na-
turalist, vol. 57, No. 4, pp. 334-370.
WHITFORD, L. A.
1960. Ecological Distribution of Fresh-
Water Algae. The Ecology of Algae,
Pymatuning Special Publication No.
2. University of Pittsburgh, Pitts-
burgh, Pennsylvania, pp. 2-10.
-------
WATKR POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
TOXIC ALGAE
ASHWORTH, C. T. and M. F. MASON
1946. Observations on the Pathological
Changes Produced by a Toxic Sub-
stance Present in Blue-Green Algae
(Microcystis aeruginosa). American
Journal of Pathology, vol. 22, No. 2,
pp. 369-384.
BRANDENBURG, T. O. and F. M. SHIGLEY
1947. "Water Bloom" as a Cause of
Poisoning in Livestock in North Da-
kota. Journal of the American Vet-
erinary Medical Association, vol. 110,
No. 843, pp. 384-385.
DAVIDSON, F. F.
1959. Poisoning of Wild and Domestic
Animals by a Toxic Waterbloom of
Nostoc rivulare Kuetz. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 51, No. 10, pp. 1277-1287.
DEEM, A. W. and F. THORP
1939. Toxic Algae in Colorado. Journal
of the American Veterinary Medical
Association, vol. 95, No. 752, pp. 542-
544.
FITCH, C. P., L. M. BISHOP, et al.
1934. "Water Bloom" as a Cause of
Poisoning in Domestic Animals. Cor-
nell Veterinarian, vol. 24, No. 1, pp.
30-39.
GORHAM, P. R.
1962. Laboratory Studies on the Toxins
Produced by Waterblooms of Blue-
green Algae. American Journal of
Public Health, vol. 52, No. 12, pp.
2100-2105.
GORHAM, P. R.
1964. Toxic Algae. In: Jackson, D. F.
(ed.), Algae and Man, Plenum Press,
New York, pp. 307-336.
GORHAM, P. R,
1964. Toxic Algae as a Public Health
Hazard. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 56, No.
11, pp. 1481-1488.
GRANT, G. A. and E. O. HUGHES
1953. Development of Toxicity in Blue-
Green Algae. Canadian Journal of
Public Health, vol. 44, No. 9, pp. 334-
338.
HOWARD, N. J. and A. E. BERRY
1933. Algae Nuisances in Surface Wa-
ters. Canadian Journal of Public
Health, vol. 24, No. 7, pp. 377-384.
HUGHES, E. 0., P. R. GORHAM and
A. ZEHNDER
1958. Toxicity of a Unialgal Culture of
Microcystis aeruginosa. Canadian
Journal of Microbiology, vol. 4, No.
6, pp. 225-236.
INGRAM, W. M. and G. W. PRESCOTT
1954. Toxic Fresh-Water Algae. Ameri-
can Midland Naturalist, vol. 52, No.
1, pp. 75-87.
KALMBACH, E. R.
1934. Western Duck Sickness a Form
of Botulism (With Bacteriological
Contributions by M. G. Gunderson).
U. S. Department of Agriculture,
Technical Bulletin No. 411, pp. 1-81.
Louw, P. G. J.
1950. The Active Constituent of the
Poisonous Algae, Microcystis toxica
Stephens. South African Industrial
Chemistry, vol. 4, pp. 62-66.
MACKENTHUN, K. M., E. F. HERMAN and
A. F. BARTSCH
1948. A Heavy Mortality of Fishes Re-
sulting from the Decomposition of
Algae in the Yahara River, Wiscon-
sin. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 75 (1945), pp.
175-180.
MASON, M. F. and R. E. WHEELER
1942. Observations Upon the Toxicity of
Blue-Green Algae. Federation Pro-
ceedings (The American Society of
Biological Chemists), vol. 1, p. 124.
McLEOD, J. A. and G. F. BONDAR
1952. A Case of Suspected Algal Poison-
ing in Manitoba. Canadian Journal of
Public Health, vol. 43, No. 9, pp. 374-
350.
O'DoNOGHUE, J. G. and G. S. WILSON
1951. Algal Poisoning in Alberta. Ca-
nadian Journal of Comparative Medi-
cine, vol. 15, No. 8, pp. 193-198.
OLSON, T. A.
1952. Toxic Plankton. Water and Sew-
age Works, vol. 99. No. 2, pp. 75-77.
PRESCOTT, G. W.
1933. Some Effects of the Blue-Green
Algae, Aphanizomenon ftos aqwe on
Lake Fish. The Collecting Net, vol.
8, No. 4, pp. 77-80.
8
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
PRESCOTT, G. W.
1939. Some Relationships of Phyto-
plankton to Limnology and Aquatic
Biology. In: Problems of Lake Biol-
ogy. American Association for the
Advancement of Science, Washington,
D. C., Publication No. 10, pp. 65-78.
PRESCOTT, G. W.
1948. Objectionable Algae with Refer-
ence to the Killing of Fish and Other
Animals. Hydrobiologia, vol. 1, No. 1,
pp. 1-13.
QuiN, A. H.
1943. Sheep Poisoning by Algae. Jour-
nal of the American Veterinary Medi-
cal Association, vol. 102, No. 793, pp.
1-299.
ROSE, E. T.
1953. Toxic Algae in Iowa Lakes. Iowa
Academy of Science, vol. 60, pp. 738-
745.
SCHWIMMER, M. and D. SCHWIMMER
1955. The Role of Algae and Plankton
in Medicine. Grune and Stratton Pub-
lishers, New York, 85 pp.
SCHWIMMER, D. and M. SCHWIMMER
1964. Algae and Medicine. In: Jackson,
D. F. (ed.). Algae and Man, Plenum
Press, New York, pp. 368-412.
SENIOR, V. E.
1960. Algal Poisoning in Saskatchewan.
Canadian Journal of Comparative
Medicine and Veterinary Science, vol.
24, No. 1, pp. 26-30.
SMIT, J. D.
1950. Experimental Cases of Algae
Poisoning in Small Animals. South
African Industrial Chemistry, vol. 4,
pp. 1-66.
STEPHENS, E. L.
1948. Microcystis toxica sp. nov. A
Poisonous Alga from the Transvaal
and Orange Free State. Hydro-
biologia, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 1-14.
STEWART, A. G., D. A. BARNUM and
J. A. HENDERSON
1950. Algal Poisoning in Ontario,
Canada. Canadian Journal of Com-
parative Medicine, vol. 14, No. 6, pp.
197-202.
STEYN, D. G.
1943. Poisoning of Animals by Algae
in Dams and Pans. Farming in South
Africa, vol. 18, No. 208, pp. 489^92,
510.
STEYN, D. G.
1944. Poisonous and Non-Poisonous Al-
gae (Waterbloom, Scum) in Dams
and Pans. Farming in South Africa,
vol. 19, No. 220, pp. 465^66, 472.
STEYN, D. G.
1945. Poisoning of Animals and Human
Beings by Algae. South African Jour-
nal of Science, vol. 41, pp. 243-244.
STEYN, D. G.
1945. Poisoning of Animals by Algae
(Scum or Waterbloom) in Dams and
Pans. Union of South Africa, De-
partment of Agriculture and For-
estry, Pub. at Pretoria, South Africa,
pp. 1-8.
WHEELEER, R. E., J. B. LACKEY and
S. SCHOTT
1942. A Contribution on the Toxicity of
Algae. Public Health Reports, vol.
57, No. 45, pp. 1695-1701.
FUNGI
BECKER, J. G. and C. G. SHAW
1955. Fungi in Domestic Sewage-Treat-
ment Plants. Applied Microbiology,
vol. 3, No. 3, pp, 173-180.
CAWLEY, W. A.
1958. An Effect of Biological Imbalance
in Streams. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 30, No. 9, pp. 1174-1182.
COOKE, W. B.
1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
age. I. Literature Review. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 4, pp.
539-549.
COOKE, W. B.
1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
age, II. Isolation Technique. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 5,
pp. 661-674.
COOKE, W. B.
1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
age. III. Fungi in a Small Polluted
Stream. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 26, No. 6, pp. 790-794.
9
-------
WATEB POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
COOKE, W. B., W. A. MOORE and P. W.
KABLER
1956. B.O.D. Satisfaction by Fungi.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
28, No. 9, pp. 1075-1086.
COOKE, W. B. and K. A. BUSCH
1957. Activity of Cellulose-Decomposing
Fungi Isolated from Sewage-Polluted
Water. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 29, No. 2, pp. 210-217.
COOKE, W. B.
1959. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
age. IV. The Occurrence of Fungi in
a Trickling Filter-type Sewage Treat-
ment Plant. Proceedings of the 13th
Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue
University, Series No. 96, vol. 43, No.
3, pp. 26-45.
COOKE, W. B.
1959. Trickling Filter Ecology. Ecology,
vol. 40, No, 2, pp. 273-291.
COOKE, W. B. and A. F. BARTSCH
1959. Aquatic Fungi in Water with
High Waste Loads. Sewage and In-
dustrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 11, pp.
1316-1322.
COOKE, W. B.
1961. Pollution Effects on the Fungus
Population of a Stream. Ecology, vol.
42, No. 1, op. 1-18.
COOKE, W. B.
1963. Fungi Associated with Spent Sul-
fite Liquor Disposal in a Natural Sand
Bed. Technical Association of the
Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 46, pp.
573-578.
FELDMAN, A. E.
1955. Fungi from Trickling Filters.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
27, No. 11, pp. 1243-1244.
HAENSELER, C. M., W. P. MOORE and
J. G. GAINS
1923. Fungi and Algae of Sprinkling
Filters. New Jersey Agricultural Ex-
periment Station Bulletin, No. 390, pp.
39-48.
HESSELTTNE, C. W.
1953. Study of Trickling Filter Fungi.
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club,
vol. 80, No. 6, pp. 507-514.
POTTER, L. F. and G. E. BAKER
1961. The Microbiology of Flathead and
Rogers Lakes, Montana. II. Vertical
Distribution of the Microbial Popula-
tions and Chemical Analyses of Their
Environments. Ecology, vol. 42, No. 2,
pp. 338-348.
SILVEY, J. K. G.
1963. The Role of Aquatic Actinomy-
cetes in Self-Purification of Fresh
Water Streams. International Jour-
nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol.
7, Nos. 4-5, pp. 399-412.
BOTTOM ORGANISMS
BAKER, F. C.
1922. The Molluscan Fauna of the Big
Vermilion River, Illinois, with Special
Reference to its Modification as the
Result of Pollution by Sewage and
Manufacturing Wastes. Illinois Bio-
logical Monographs, vol. 7, No. 2, pp.
105-224.
BAKER, F. C.
1926. The Changes in the Bottom Fauna
of the Illinois River Due to Pollu-
tional Causes. Ecology, vol. 7, No. 2,
pp. 229-230.
BEETON, A. M.
1965. Eutrophication of the St. Lawr-
ence Great Lakes. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 240-
254.
CARR, J. F. and J. K. HILTUNEN
1965. Changes in the Bottom Fauna of
Western Lake Erie from 1930 to 1961,
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10,
No. 4, pp. 551-569.
DEAN, J. M.
1964. The Effect of Sewage on a Chain
of Lakes in Indiana. Hydrobiologia,
vol. 24, Nos. 1-3, pp. 434^40.
DORRIS, T. C. and B. J. COPELAND
1962. Limnology of the Middle Missis-
sippi River. III. Mayfly Populations
in Relation to Navigation Water-
Level Control. Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 240-247.
EDMONDS, W. R.
1963. United States-Canada Boundary
Water Pollution Studies. Journal of
the Water Pollution Control Federa-
tion, vol. 35, No. 10, pp. 1339-1344.
ELLIS, R. J.
1961. A Life History of Asellus inter-
10
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
medius Forbes. Transactions of the
American Microscopical Society, vol.
80, No. 1, pp. 88-102.
FREMLING, C. R.
1964. Mayfly Distribution Indicates
Water Quality on the Upper Missis-
sippi River. Science, vol. 146, pp.
1164-1166.
GAUFIN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL
1952. Aquatic Invertebrates as Indica-
tors of Stream Pollution. Public
Health Reports, vol. 67, No. I, pp. 57-
64.
GAUFIN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL
1955. Environmental Changes in a Pol-
luted Stream During Winter. Ameri-
can Midland Naturalist, vol. 54, No. 1,
pp. 78-88.
GAUFIN, A. R. and C. M. TARZWELL
1956. Aquatic Macro-invertebrate Com-
munities as Indicators of Organic
Pollution in Lytle Creek. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 7, pp.
906-924.
GAUFIN, A. R.
1958. The Effects of Pollution on a Mid-
western Stream. Ohio Journal of Sci-
ence, vol. 58, No. 4, pp. 197-208.
HATCHETT, S. P.
1947. Biology of the Isopoda of Michi-
gan. Ecological Monographs, vol. 17,
No. 1, pp. 47-79.
HAWKES, H. A.
1963. Effects of Domestic and Industrial
Discharge on the Ecology of Riffles
in Midland Streams. International
Journal of Air and Water Pollution,
vol. 7, Nos. 6-7, pp. 565-^586-
HENDERSON, C.
1949. Value of the Bottom Sampler in
Demonstrating the Effects of Pollu-
tion on Fish Food. Progressive Fish
Culturist, vol. 11, No. 4, pp. 217-230.
HUNT, G. S.
1962. Water Pollution and the Ecology
of Some Aquatic Invertebrates in the
Lower Detroit River. Great Lakes Re-
search Division, University of Mich-
igan, Publication No. 9, pp. 29-49.
HYNES, H. B. N.
1965. The Significance of Maeroinverte-
brates in the Study of Mild River
Pollution. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Transactions of the
1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 235-
240.
INGRAM, W. M.
1948. The Larger Freshwater Clams of
California, Oregon, and Washington.
Journal of Entomology and Zoology,
vol. 40, No. 4, pp. 72-92.
KEUP, L. E., W. M. INGRAM, J. R.
GECKLER and W. B. HORNING, II
1965. Biology of Chicago's Waterways.
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
Health Service, Publication No. 999-
WP-32, pp. 1-20.
KING, D. L. and R. C. BALL
1964. A Quantitative Biological Measure
of Stream Pollution. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 650-653.
PAINE, G. H., JR. and A. R. GAUFIN
1956. Aquatic Diptera as Indicators of
Pollution in a Midwestern Stream.
Ohio Journal of Science, vol. 56, No.
6, pp. 291-304.
PALOUMPIS, A. A. and W. C. STARRETT
1960. An Ecological Study of Benthic
Organisms in Three Illinois River
Flood Plain Lakes. American Midland
Naturalist, vol. 64, No. 2, pp. 406-
435.
PATRICK, R.
1959. Aquatic Life in a New Stream,
Water and Sewage Works, vol. 106,
No. 12, pp. 531-535.
PENNAK, R. W. and E. D. VAN GERPEN
1947. Bottom Fauna Production and
Physical Nature of the Substrate in
a Northern Colorado Trout Stream.
Ecology, vol, 28, No. 1, pp. 42-48.
RICHARDSON, R. C.
1925. Changes in the Small Bottom
Fauna of Peoria Lake, 1920-1922.
Illinois Natural History Survey, Bul-
letin 15, No. 5, pp. 327-388.
SOUTHGATE, B. A.
1948. Treatment and Disposal of Indus-
trial Waste Waters. Chapter 1, Pol-
luting Effects of Industrial Waste
Waters, pp. 1-13. Department of Sci-
entific and Industrial Research, His
Majesty's Stationery Office, London,
pp. 1-327.
11
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SUBLETT, J. E.
1957. The Ecology of the Macroscopic
Bottom Fauna in Lake Texoma (Deni-
son Reservoir) , Oklahoma and Texas.
American Midland Naturalist, vol. 57,
No. 4, pp. 371-402.
SURBER, E. W.
1953. Biological Effects of Pollution in
Michigan Lakes. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 79-86.
SURBER, E. W.
1959. Cricotopus bicinctus, a Midgefly
Resistant to Electroplating Wastes.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 88, No. 2, pp. 111-
116.
TEBO, L. B., JR.
1955. Effects of Siltation, Resulting
from Improper Logging, on the Bot-
tom Fauna of a Small Trout Stream
in the Southern Appalachians. Pro-
gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No. 2,
pp. 64-70.
WARREN, C. E., J. H. WALES, G. E.
DAVIS and P. DOUDOROFF
1964. Trout Production in an
mental Stream Enriched with Sucrose.
Journal of Wildlife Management, vol.
28, No. 4, pp. 617-660.
WEST-LAKE, D. F.
1959. Effects of Organisms on Pollu-
tion. Proceedings of the Limnological
Society, vol. 170, pp. 171-172. Jour-
nal of the Science of Food and Agri-
culture. vol. 10, 104 pp.
WILSON, J. N.
1953. Effect of Kraft Mill Wastes on
Stream Bottom Fauna. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 10, pp.
1210-1218.
WURTZ, C. B.
1956. Freshwater Mollusks and Stream
Pollution. The Nautilus, vol. 69, No.
3, pp. 96-100.
YOUNG, F. N.
1960. Effects of Pollution on Natural
Associations of Water Beetles. Pro-
ceedings of the 15th Industrial Waste
Conference, Purdue University, vol.
15, No. 2, pp. 373-580.
INSECTS
ANDERSON, J. R. and R. J. DICKE
1960. Ecology of the Immature Stages
of Some Wisconsin Black Flies
(Simuliidae: Diptera). Annals of the
Entomological Society of America,
vol. 53, No. 3, pp. 386-404.
CURRY, L. L.
1954. Notes on the Ecology of the Midge
Fauna (Diptera: Tendipedidae) of
Hunt Creek, Montgomery County,
Michigan. Ecology, vol. 35, No. 4, pp.
541-550.
EDWARDS, R. W.
1958. The Relation of Oxygen Con-
sumption to Body Size and to Tem-
perature in the Larvae of
Chironomus riparius Meigen. Journal
of Experimental Biology, vol. 35, pp.
383-395.
FELLTON, H. L.
1940. Control of Aquatic Midges with
Notes on the Biology of Certain
Species. Journal of Economic En-
tomology, vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 252-264.
FREMLING, C. R.
1960. Biology of & Large Mayfly, Hexa-
genia bihneata (Say), of the Upper
Mississippi River. Agricultural and
Home Economics Experiment Sta-
tion, Iowa State University of Sci-
ence and Technology, Ames, Iowa,
Research Bulletin 482, pp. 842-851.
FREMLING, C. R.
1960. Biology and Possible Control of
Nuisance Caddisflies of the Upper
Mississippi River. Agricultural and
Home Economics Experiment Station,
Iowa State University of Science and
Technology, Ames. Iowa, Research
Bulletin 483, pp. 856-879.
PROVOST, M. W.
1958. Chironomids and Lake Nutrients
in Florida. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1417-1419.
FISH
APPLEGATE, V. C., J. H. HOWELL and
J. W. MOFFETT
1961. Use of 3-trifluormethyl—4-nitro-
phenol as a Selective Sea Lamprey
Larvicide. Technical Report No. 1,
Great Lakes Fishery Commission, pp.
1-35.
BALDWIN, R. E., D. H. STRONG and
J. H. TORRIE
12
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
1961. Flavor and Aroma of Fish Taken
from Four Fresh-Water Sources.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 90, No. 2, pp. 175-
180.
BLACK, E. C., F. E. J. FRY and V. S.
BLACK
1954. The Influence of Carbon Dioxide
on the Utilization of Oxygen by Some
Fresh-Water Fish. Canadian Journal
of Zoology, vol. 32, pp. 408-^120.
BURDICK, G. E.
1954. An analysis of the Factors, In-
cluding Pollution, Having Possible In-
fluence on the Abundance of Shad in
the Hudson River. New York Fish
and Game Journal, vol. 1, No. 2, pp.
188-205.
BTJRDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1955. Toxicity of Emulsifiable Rotonone
to Various Species of Fish. New York
Fish and Game Journal, vol. 2, No. 1,
pp. 36-67.
CROSS, F. B.
1950. Effects of Sewage and of a Head-
waters Impoundment on the Fishes of
Stillwater Creek in Payne County,
Oklahoma. American Midland Natu-
ralist, vol. 43, No. 1, pp. 128-145.
ESCH MEYER, R. W.
1950. Fish and Fishing in TVA Im-
poundments. Tennessee Department
of Conservation, Nashville, pp. 1-28.
DAVIDSON, R. C., W. P. BREESE, C. E.
WARREN and P. DOUDOROFF
1959. Experiments on the Dissolved
Oxygen Requirements of Cold Water
Fishes. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 31, No. 8, pp. 950-966.
DYMOND, J. R. and A. V. DELAPORTE
1952. Pollution of the Spanish River.
Ontario Department of Lands and
Forests, Research Report No. 25, pp.
1-106.
EDMONDS, W. R.
1963. United States-Canada Boundary
Water Pollution Studies. Journal of
the Water Pollution Control Federa-
tion, vol. 35, No. 10, pp. 1339-1344.
ENGLISH, J. N., E. W. SURBER and
G. N. McDERMOTT
1963. Pollutional Effects of Outboard
Motor Exhaust—Field Studies. Jour-
nal of the Water Pollution Control
Federation, vol. 35, No. 9, pp. 1121-
1132.
JOB, J. V.
1955. The Oxygen Consumption of
Salvelinus fontinalis. University of
Toronto Biological Series No, 61, pp.
1-39.
JONES, B. F., C. E. WARREN, C. E.
BOND and P. DOUDOROFF
1956. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid
Fishes to Pulp Mill Effluents. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 11,
pp. 1403-1413.
KATZ, M. and A. R. GATJFIN
1953. The Effects of Sewage Pollution
on the Fish Population of a Midwest-
ern Stream. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 82,
pp. 156-165.
KATZ, M. and W. C. HOWARD
1954. The Length and Growth of O-Year
Class Creek Chubs in Relation to Do-
mestic Sewage. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 84,
pp. 228-238.
KELLING, E. E.
1963. Minnow Population of Grimes
Creek in Relation to Pollution. Pro-
ceedings of the Iowa Academy of
Science, vol. 70, pp. 236-239.
KRTJMHOLZ, L. A. and W. L. MINCKLEY
1964. Changes in the Fish Population in
the Upper Ohio River Following Tem-
porary Pollution Abatement. Trans-
actions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 93, No. 1, pp. 1-5.
LARIMORE, R. W. and P. W. SMITH
1963. The Fishes of Champaign County,
Illinois, as Affected by 60 Years of
Stream Changes. Illinois Natural His-
tory Survey, Bulletin, vol. 28, No. 2,
pp. 299-382.
MACKENTHUN, K. M., E. F. HERMAN
and A. F. BARTSCH
1948. A Heavy Mortality of Fishes Re-
sulting from the Decomposition of
Algae in the Yahara River, Wiscon-
sin. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 75, pp. 175-180.
OLSON, T. A.
1932. Some Observations on the Inter-
relationships of Sunlight, Aquatic
Plant Life and Fishes. Read at Sixty-
13
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
Second Annual Meeting, American
Fisheries Society, Baltimore, Mary-
land, pp. 1-11.
PAUTZKE, C. F.
1937. Studies on the Effect of Coal
Washings on Steelheads and Cut-
throat Trout. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 67,
pp. 232-233
SCHATJT, G. G.
1939. Fish Catastrophes During
Droughts. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 31, No.
5, pp. 771-882.
SCHIFFMAN, R. H. and P. 0. FROMM
1959. Chromium-Induced Changes in
the Blood of Rainbow Trout, Salmo
gairdnerii. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 31, No. 2, pp. 205-211.
SHAW, P. A. and J. A. MAGA
1943. The Effects of Mining Silt on
Yield of Fry from Salmon Spawn-
ing Beds. California Fish and Game,
vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 29-41.
SMITH, O. R.
1939. Placer Mining Silt and Its Rela-
tion to Salmon and Trout on the Pa-
cific Coast. Transactions of the Amer-
ican Fisheries Society, vol. 69, pp.
225-230.
SMITH, L. L., JR. and R. H. KRAMER
1963. Survival of Walleye Eggs in Re-
lation to Wood Fibers and Spkaero-
tilus natans in the Rainy River, Min-
nesota. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 92, No. 3, pp.
220-234.
SOUTHGATE, B. A.
1948. Treatment and Disposal of Indus-
trial Waste Waters. Chapter III.
Effects of Pollution on Fish, pp. 23-
42. Department of Scientific and In-
dustrial Research, His Majesty's
Stationery Office, London, pp. 1-327.
TAYLOR, C. C.
1951. A survey of Former Shad Streams
in Maine. *U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Special Scientific Report No.
66, pp. 1-29.
VAN HORN, W. M. and R. F. BALCH
1957. The Reaction of Walleyed Pike
Eggs to Reduced Dissolved Oxygen
Concentrations. Proceedings of the
llth Industrial Waste Conference,
Purdue University Engineering Ex-
tension Series 91, pp. 319-333.
WALLEN, I. E.
1951. The Direct Effect of Turbidity on
Fishes. Bulletin Oklahoma Agricul-
tural and Mechanical College, vol. 48,
No. 2, pp. 1-27.
WALKER, C. L., et al.
1923. Studies on the Treatment and Dis-
posal of Dairy Wastes. Effects on
Fish Life. Cornell University Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, Bulletin
425, pp. 1-171.
WARREN, C. E., J. H. WALES, G. E.
DAVIS and P. DOUDOROFF
1964. Trout Production in an Experi-
mental Stream Enriched with Sucrose.
Journal of Wildlife Management, vol.
28, No. 4, pp. 617-660.
WHITMORE, C. M., C. E. WARREN and
P. DOUDOROFF
1960. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid
and Centrarchid Fishes to Low Oxy-
gen Concentrations. Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
89, No. 1, pp. 17-26.
WlEBE, A. H.
1935. The Effect of Crude pil on Fresh-
Water Fish. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 65,
pp. 324-350.
WlLDUNG, J. L.
1939. The Oxygen Threshold for Three
Species of Fish. Ecology, vol. 20, pp.
253-263.
WOOD, E. M.
1960. Definite Diagnosis of Fish Mor-
talities. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 32, No. 9, pp. 994-999.
FLOWERING AQUATIC PLANTS
GORHAM, E. and A. G. GORDON
1963. Some Effects of Smelter Pollu-
tion upon Aquatic Vegetation near
Sudbury, Ontario. Canadian Journal
of Botany, vol. 41, pp. 371-378.
HARPER, H, J. and H. R. DANIEL
1939. Chemical Composition of Certain
Aquatic Plants. Botanical Gazette,
vol. 96, pp. 186-189.
14
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
MOYLE, J.
1945. Some Chemical Factors Influenc-
ing the Distribution of Aquatic Plants
in Minnesota. American Midland Na-
turalist, vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 402-420.
PENFOUND, W. T. and T. T. EARLE
1948. The Biology of Water Hyacinth.
Ecological Monographs, vol. 18. pp.
447^72.
RlCKETT, H. W.
1922. A Quantitative Study of the
Larger Aquatic Plants of Lake Men-
dota. Transactions of the Wisconsin
Academy of Sciences, Arts and Let-
ters, vol. 20, pp. 501-527.
RlCKETT, H. W.
1924. A Quantitative Study of the
Larger Aquatic Plants of Green Lake,
Wisconsin. Transactions of the Wis-
consin Academy of Sciences, Arts and
Letters, vol. 21, pp. 381-414.
SCHUETTE, H. A. and A. E. HOFFMAN
1922. Notes on the Chemical Composi-
tion of Some of the Larger Aquatic
Plants of Lake Mendpta. I. Clado-
phora and Myriophyllium. Transac-
tions of the Wisconsin Academy of
Sciences, Arts and Letters, vol. 20,
pp. 529-531.
SCHUETTE, H. A. and H. ALDER
1928. Notes on the Chemical Composi-
tion of Some of the Larger Aquatic
Plants of Lake Mendota. II. Vallis-
neria and Potamogeton. Transactions
of the Wisconsin Academy of Sci-
ences, Arts and Letters, vol. 23, pp.
249-254.
SCHUETTE, H. A. and H. ALDER
1929. Notes on the Chemical Composi-
tion of Some of the Larger Aquatic
Plants of Lake Mendota. III. Castalia
odorata and Najas flexilis. Transac-
tions of the Wisconsin Academy of
Sciences, Arts and Letters, vol. 24,
pp. 135-139.
NUTRIENTS
ALLEN, M. B.
1955. General Features of Algal Growth
in Sewage Oxidation Ponds. Califor-
nia State Water Pollution Control
Board, Sacramento, Publication No.
13, pp. 1-48.
AMBERG, H. R., J. F. CORMACK and
M. R. RIVERS
1962. Slime Growth Control by Inter-
mittent Discharge of Spent Sulphite
Liquor. Technical Association of the
Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 45. pp.
770-779.
ANDERSON, G. C.
1960. Recent Changes in the Trophic
Nature of Lake Washington—A Re-
view. In: Algae and Metropolitan
Wastes, Transactions of the 1960
Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En-
gineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service, Publica-
tion No. W61-3, pp. 27-33.
BALL, R. C.
1950. Fertilization of Natural Lakes in
Michigan. Transactions of the Ameri-
can Fisheries Society, vol. 78, pp. 145-
155.
BALL, R. C. and H. A. TANNER
1951. The Biological Effects of Fertil-
izer on a Warm-Water Lake. Michigan
State College, Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Department of Zoology,
East Lansing, Michigan, Technical
Bulletin 223, pp. 1-32.
BEETON, A. M.
1965. Eutrophication of the St. Lawr-
ence Great Lakes. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 2, pp.
240-254.
BENOIT, R. J. and J. J. CURRY
1960. Algae Blooms in Lake Zoar, Con-
necticut. In: Algae and Metropolitan
Wastes, Transactions of the 1960
Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary
Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service, Pub-
lication No. W61-3, pp. 18-22.
BOGAN, R. H.
1961. Removal of Sewage Nutrients by
Algae. Public Health Reports, vol. 76,
No. 4, pp. 301-308.
CURL, H., JR.
1959. The Origin and Distribution of
Phosphorus in Western Lake Erie.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4,
No. 1, pp. 66-76.
CURRY, J. J. and S. L. WILSON
1955. Effect of Sewage-borne Phos-
phorus on Algae. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 11, pp.
1262-1266.
15
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
DANIEL, H. A., et al.
1938. Nitrate Nitrogen Content of Rain
and Runoff Water from Plots Under
Different Cropping Systems on Soil
Classified as Vernon Fine Sandy
Loams. Soil Scientific Society of
America Proceedings, vol. 3, pp. 230-
233.
DEAN, J. M.
1964. The Effect of Sewage on a Chain
of Lakes in Indiana. Hydrobiologia,
vol. 24, Nos. 1-3, pp. 434-440.
DUGDALE, R. C. and J. C. NEESS
1960. Recent Observations on Nitrogen
Fixation in Blue-Green Algae. In:
Algae and Metropolitan Wastes,
Transactions of the 1960 Seminar,
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Pub-
lic Health Service, SEC TR W61-3,
pp. 103-106.
EDMONDSON, W. T., G. C. ANDERSON
and D. R. PETERSON
1956. Artificial Eutrophication of Lake
Washington. Limnology and Oceanog-
raphy, vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 47-53.
ELDRIDGE, E. F.
1963. Irrigation as a Source of Water
Pollution. Journal of the Water Pol-
lution Control Federation, vol. 35, No.
5, pp. 614-625.
ENGELBRECHT, R. S. and J. J. MORGAN
I960. Land Drainage as a Source of
Phosphorus in Illinois Surface Wa-
ters. In: Algae and Metropolitan
Wastes, Transactions of the 1960
Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary
Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service Publica-
tion No. W61-3, pp. 74-79.
EYSTER, C.
1964. Micronutrient Requirements for
Green Plants. Especially Algae. In:
Jackson, D. F. fed.). Algae and Man,
Plenum Press, New York, pp. 77-119.
FlPPlN, E. O.
1945. Plant Nutrient Losses in Silt and
Water in the Tennessee River Svstem.
Soil Science, vol. 60, pp. 223-239.
FITZGERALD, G. P.
1961. Stripping Effluents of Nutrients
by Biological Means. In: Algae and
Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of
the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 136-
139.
FLAIGG, N. G. and G. W. REID
1954. Effects of Nitrogenous Compounds
on Stream Conditions. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 9, pp.
1145-1154.
GERLOFF, G. and F. SKOOG
1954. Cell Content of Nitrogen and
Phosphorus as a Measure of their
Availability for Growth of Microcystis
aeruginosa. Ecology, vol. 35, No. 3,
pp. 348-353.
GERLOFF, G. and F. SKOOG
1957. Availability of Iron and Manga-
nese in Southern Wisconsin Lakes for
the Growth of Microcystis aeruginosa.
Ecology, vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 551-556.
GERLOFF, G. and F. SKOOG
1957. Nitrogen as a Limiting Factor for
the Growth of Microcystis aeruginosa
in Southern Wisconsin Lakes. Ecol-
ogy, vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 556-561.
GOERING, J. J. and J. C. NEESS
1964. Nitrogen Fixation in Two Wiscon-
sin Lakes. Limnology and Oceanog-
raphy, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 530-539.
GOLDMAN, C. R. and R. C. CARTER
1965. An Investigation by Rapid Car-
bon-14 Bioassay of Factors Affecting
the Cultural Eutrophication of Lake
Tahoe, California. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1044-1059.
HASLER, A. D.
1947. Eutrophication of Lakes by Do-
mestic Sewage. Ecology, vol. 28, No.
4, pp. 383-395.
HURwrrz, E., R. BEATJDOIN and W.
WALTERS
1965. Phosphates, their Fate in a Sew-
age Treatment Plant-Waterway Sys-
tem. Water and Sewage Works, vol.
112, No. 3, pp. 84-89, 112.
IRGENS, R. L. and H. O. HALVORSON
1965. Removal of Plant Nutrients by
Means of Aerobic Stabilization of
Sludge. Applied Microbiology, vol.
13, No. 3, pp. 373-386.
JOHNSON, W. K. and G. J. SCHROEPFER
1964. Nitrogen Removal by Nitrification
and Denitrification. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 36, No. 8, pp. 1015-1036.
16
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
KRAUSS, R. W.
I960. Fundamental Characteristics of
of Algal Physiology. In: Algae and
Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of
the I960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati. Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 40-47.
LACKEY, J. B. and C. N. SAWYER
1945, Plankton Productivity of Certain
Southeastern Wisconsin Lakes as Re-
lated to Fertilization. I. Surveys. Sew-
age Works Journal, vol. 17, No. 3, pp.
573-585.
LACKEY, J. B.
1945. Plankton Productivity of Certain
Southeastern Wisconsin Lakes as Re-
lated to Fertilization. II, Productiv-
ity. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17,
No. 4, pp. 795-802.
LACKEY, J. B.
1958. Effects of Fertilization on Receiv-
ing Waters. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1411-
1416.
LARSON, W. C.
1961. Spray Irrigation for the Removal
of Nutrients in Sewage Treatment
Plant Effluent as Practiced at Detroit
Lakes, Minnesota. In: Algae and
Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of
the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 125-
129.
LAUFF, G. H.
1960. The Role of Limnological Factors
in the Availability of Algal Nutrients.
In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes,
Transactions of the 1960 Seminar,
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Pub-
lic Health Service, Publication No.
W61-3, pp. 96-99.
LAWTON, G. W.
1960. The Madison Lakes Before and
After Diversion. In: Algae and Me-
tropolitan Wastes, Transactions of the
1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Publication No. W61-3, pp. 108-117.
LEVIN, G. V. and J. SHAPIRO
1965. Metabolic Uptake of Phosphorus
by Wastewater Organisms. Journal
of the Water Pollution Control Fed-
eration, vol. 37, No. 6, pp. 800-S21.
LUDWIG, H. F., E. KAZMIERCZAK and
R. C. CARTER
1964. Waste Disposal and the Future at
Lake Tahoe. Proceedings of the Amer-
ican Society of Civil Engineers, Jour-
nal of the Sanitary Engineering Divi-
sion, vol. 90, No. SA3, pp. 27-51.
MACKENTHUN, K. M., L. A. LUESCHOW
and C. D. McNABB
1960. A Study of the Effects of Divert-
ing the Effluent from Sewage Treat-
ment Upon the Receiving Stream.
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts
and Letters, vol. 49, pp. 51-72.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1962. A Review of Algae, Lake Weeds,
and Nutrients. Journal of the Water
Pollution Control Federation, vol. 34,
No. 10, pp. 1077-1085.
MACKENTHUN, K. M., W. M. INGRAM
and R. PORGES
1964. Nutrients and Biological Growths.
In: Limnological Aspects of Recre-
ational Lakes, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Publication No. 1167, pp. 31-46.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1965. Nitrogen and Phosphorus in Wa-
ter, An Annotated Selected Bibliog-
raphy of Their Biological Effects.
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Pub-
lic Health Service, Publication No.
1305. pp. 1-111.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1965. The Effects of Nutrients on Photo-
synthetic Oxygen Production in Lakes
and Reservoirs: In: Symposium on
Streamflow Regulation for Quality
Control, 1963, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Publication No. 999-WP-30, pp. 205-
215,
MclNTiRE, C. D. and C. E. BOND
1962. Effects of Artificial Fertilization
on Plankton and Benthos Abundance
in Four Experimental Ponds. Trans-
actions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 91, No. 3, pp. 303-312.
NEESS, J. C.
1946. Development and Status of Pond
Fertilization in Central Europe.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 76, pp. 336-358.
17
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
NEIL, J. H.
1957. Problems and Control of Unna-
tural Fertilization of Lake Waters.
Proceedings of the 12th Industrial
Waste Conference, Purdue University,
vol. 42, No. 3, pp. 301-816.
NICHOLS, M. S.
1965. Nitrates in the Environment. Jour-
nal of the American Water Works
Association, vol. 57, No. 10, pp. 1319-
1327.
OSWALD, W. J.
1960. Metropolitan Wastes and Algal
Nutrition. In: Algae and Metropoli-
tan Wastes, Transactions of the 1960
Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary
Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service, Publica-
tion No. W61-3, pp. 88-95.
PALOUMPIS, A. A. and W. C. STARRETT
1960. An Ecological Study of Benthic
Organisms in Three Illinois River
Flood Plain Lakes. American Mid-
land Naturalist, vol. 64, No. 2, pp.
406-435.
PHINNEY, H. K. and C. A. PEEK
1960. Klamath Lake, an Instance of
Natural Enrichment. In: Algae and
Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of
the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 22-27.
PROVASOLI, L.
1960. Micronutrients and Heterotrophy
as Possible Factors in Bloom Produc-
tion in Natural Waters. In: Algae and
Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of
the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp. 48-56.
PROVOST, M. W.
1958. Chironomids and Lake Nutrients
in Florida. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1417-
1419.
RlGLER, F. H.
1964. The Phosphorus Fractions and the
Turnover Time of Inorganic Phos-
phorus in Different Types of Lakes.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol.
9, No. 4, pp. 511-518.
ROHLICH, G. A.
1961. Chemical Methods for the Re-
moval of Nitrogen and Phosphorus
from Sewage Plant Effluents. In:
Algae and Metropolitan Wastes,
Transactions of the 1960 Seminar,
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
Health Service, Publication No.
W61-3, pp. 130-135.
ROHLICH, G. A.
1963. Methods for the Removal of Phos-
phorus and Nitrogen from Sewage
Plant Effluents. International Journal
of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7,
Nos. 4-5, pp. 427-434.
SANDERSON, W. W.
1953. Studies of the Character and
Treatment of Waste from Duck
Farms. Proceedings of the 8th Indus-
trial Waste Conference, Purdue Uni-
versity, Extension Series, vol. 83, No.
1, pp. 170-176.
SAWYER, C. N., J. B. LACKEY and R. T.
LENZ
1945. An Investigation of the Odor
Nuisance Occurring in the Madison
Lakes, Particularly Monona, Waubesa
and Kegonsa from July 1942-July
1944. Report of Governor's Commit-
tee, Madison, Wisconsin, 2 vols.
SAWYER, C. N.
1947. Fertilization of Lakes by Agricul-
tural and Urban Drainage. Journal
of the New England Water Works
Association, vol. 61, No. 2, pp. 109-
127.
SAWYER, C. N.
1952. Some New Aspects of Phosphates
in Relation to Lake Fertilization.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
24, No. 6, pp. 768-776.
SAWYER, C. N.
1954. Factors Involved in Disposal of
Sewage Effluents to Lakes. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No.
3, pp. 317-325.
SAWYER, C. N. and A. F. FERULLO
1960. Nitrogen Fixation in Natural
Waters under Laboratory Conditions.
In: Algae and Metropolitan Wastes,
Transactions of the 1960 Seminar,
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineer-
ing Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S.
Public Health Service, Publication
No. W61-3, pp. 100-103.
SAWYER, C. N.
1962. Causes, Effects, and Control of
18
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
Aquatic Growths. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 279-290.
SAWYER, C. N.
1965. Problem of Phosphorus in Water
Supplies. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 57,
No. 11, pp. 1431-1439.
SCHELSKE, C. L., F. F. HOOPER and E. J.
HAERTL
1962. Responses of a Marl Lake to
Chelated Iron and Fertilizer. Ecology,
vol. 43, No. 4, pp. 646-653.
SHAPIRO, J. and R. RIBEIRO
1965. Algal Growth and Sewage Efflu-
ent in the Potomac Estuary. Journal
of the Water Pollution Control Fed-
eration, vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1034-1043.
SYLVESTER, R. O.
1960. Nutrient Content of Drainage
Water from Forested, Urban, and
Agricultural Areas. In: Algae and
Metropolitan Wastes, Transactions of
the 1960 Seminar, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati, Oh:o. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. W61-3, pp.
80-87.
THOMAS, E. A.
1965. Eutrophication of Lakes and
Rivers, Cause and Prevention. In:
Biological Problems in Water Pollu-
tion—Transactions of the 1962 Semi-
nar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi-
neering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service, Publica-
tion No. 999-WP-25, pp. 299-305.
WEIBEL, S. R., R. J. ANDERSON and
E. L. WOODWARD
1964. Urban Land Runoff as a Factor
in Stream Pollution. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 36, No. 7, pp. 914-924.
WITT, V. M. and J. A. BORCHARDT
1960. The Removal of Nitrogen and
Phosphorus from Sewage Effluents
Through The Use of Algal Culture.
Journal of Biochemical and Micro-
biological Technology and Engineer-
ing, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 187-203.
WITT, V. M.
1963. Improvement of Domestic Sew-
age Effluents Through Nitrogen and
Phosphorus Removal. Environmental
Health, vol. 5, No. 2, p. 121.
INSECTICIDES AND THEIR EFFECT
UPON AQUATIC LIFE
ALLISON, D. T., B. J. KALLMAN, O. B.
COPE and C. VAN VALIN
1964. Some Chronic Effects of DDT on
Cutthroat Trout. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Research Report
No. 64, pp. 1-28.
ANON.
1964. Pesticide-Wildlife Studies, 1963.
A Review of Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice Investigations During the Calen-
dar Year. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Circular No. 199, pp. 1-129.
BISHOPP, F. C.
1950. An Expert Discusses Toxicity of
Cotton Insecticides. Agricultural
Chemicals, vol. 5, No. 5, pp. 30-32,
90-91.
BRIDGES, W. R., B. J. KALLMAN and
A. K. ANDREWS
1963. Persistence of DDT and Its
Metabolites in a Farm Pond. Trans-
actions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 92, No. 4, pp. 421-427.
BRIDGES, W. R.
1965. Effects of Time and Temperature
on the Toxicity of Heptachlor and
Kepone to Redear Sunfish. In: Bio-
logical Problems in Water Pollution
—Transactions of the 1962 Seminar,
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
Health Service, Publication No. 999-
WP-25, pp. 247-249.
BURDICK, G. E., E. J. HARRIS, H. J.
DEAN, T. M. WALKER, J. SKEA and
D. COLBY
1964. The Accumulation of DDT in
Lake Trout and the Effect on Repro-
duction. Transactions of the Ameri-
can Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 2,
pp. 127-136.
BYRD, I. B. and D. D. Moss
1952. Public Lake and Stream Investi-
gations in Alabama. State of Ala-
bama, Department of Conservation,
Division of Game and Fish, pp.
14-15.
CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER
1964. The Effect Upon the Pumpkin-
seed Sunfish Lepomis gibbosiis
(Linn.) of Chronic Exposure to
Lethal and Sublethal Concentrations
19
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
of Dieldrin. Notulae Naturae of the
Philadelphia Academy of Natural
Sciences, No. 370, pp. 1-10.
COPE, O. B.
1960. The Retention of DDT by Trout
and Whitefish. Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Technical Report W60-3, pp. 72-75.
COPE, 0. B.
1961. Effects of DDT Spraying for
Spruce Budwonn on Fish in the Yel-
lowstone River System. Transactions
of the American Fisheries Society,
vol. 90, No. 3, pp. 239-251.
COPE, O. B.
1962. Effects of Pesticides on Fish and
Wildlife in 1960. Effects on Sport
Fisheries. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Circular No. 143, pp. 1-16.
COUTANT, C. C.
1964. Insecticide Sevin: Effect of Aerial
Spraying on Drift of Stream Insects.
Science, vol. 146, pp. 420-421.
DOUDOROFF, P., M. KATZ and C. M.
TARZWELL
1953. Toxicity of Some Organic Insec-
ticides to Fish. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7, pp. 840-
GAUFIN, A. R.
1960. Bioassays to Determine the Toxi-
city of Pesticides to Aquatic Inverte-
brates. Proceedings of the 15th In-
dustrial Waste Conference, Purdue
University, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 94-98.
GKZENDA, A. R-, G. J. LAUER and H. P.
NICHOLSON
1964. Water Pollution by Insecticides
in an Agricultural River Basin. II.
The Zooplankton, Bottom Fauna, and
Fish. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 318-323.
HOFFMANN, C. H. and E. W. SURBER
1945. Effects of an Aerial Application
of Wettable DDT on Fish and Fish-
Food Organisms in Back Creek, West
Virginia. Transactions of the Ameri-
can Fisheries Society, vol. 75, pp.
48-58.
HOFFMANN, C. H. and E. W. SURBER
1949 Effects of an Aerial Application
of DDT on Fish and Fish-Food Or-
ganisms in Two Pennsylvania Water-
sheds. Progressive Fish Culturist,
vol. 11, No. 4, pp. 203-211.
HOFFMAN, R. A.
1957. Toxicity of Three Phosphorus In-
secticides to Cold Water Game Fish.
Mosquito News, vol. 17, No. 3, p. 213.
JENSEN, L. D. and A. R. GAUFIN
1964. Effects of Ten Organic Insecti-
cides on Two Species of Stonefly
Naiads. Transactions of the Ameri-
can Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 1,
pp. 27-34.
JENSEN, L. D. and A. R. GAUFIN
1964. Long-term Effects of Organic In-
secticides on Two Species of Stonefly
Naiads. Transactions of the Ameri-
can Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 4,
pp. 357-363.
JONES, B. R. and J. B. MOYLE
1963. Populations of Plankton Animals
and Residual Chlorinated Hydro-
carbons in Soils of Six Minnesota
Ponds Treated for Control of Mos-
quito Larvae. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 92,
No. 3, pp. 211-215.
KATZ, M.
1961. Acute Toxicity of Some Organic
Insecticides to Three Species of Sal-
monids and to the Threespine Stickle-
back. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 90, No. 3, pp.
264-268.
KATZ, M. and G. G. CHADWICK
1961. Toxicity of Endrin to Some Pa-
cific Northwest Fishes. Transactions
of the American Fisheries Society,
vol. 90, No. 4, pp. 394-397.
LACKEY, J. B. and M. L. STEINLE
1945. Effects of DDT Upon Some
Aquatic Organisms, Other than In-
sect Larvae. Public Health Reports,
No. 7, from Supplement No. 186, pp.
3-12.
LAWRENCE, J. M.
1950. Toxicity of Some New Insecti-
cides to Several Species of Pond
Fish. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol.
12, No. 3, pp. 141-146.
MACK, G. L.
1964. The DDT Content of Some Fishes
and Surface Waters of New York
State New York Fish and Game
Journal, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 148-153.
20
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
MOUNT, D. I.
1962. Chronic Effects of Endrin on
Bluntnose Minnows and Guppies.
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Re-
search Report No. 8, pp. 1-38.
MOVE, W. C. and W. H. LUCKMANN
1964. Fluctuations in Populations of
Certain Aquatic Insects Following
Application of Aldrin in Granules to
Sugar Creek, Iroquois County, Illi-
nois. Journal of Economic Entomol-
ogy, vol. 57, No. 3, pp. 318-322.
MULLA, M. S.
1960. Some Factors Regulating the Ef-
fectiveness of Granular Insecticides
in Mosquito Control. Mosquito News,
vol. 20, No. 9, pp. 262-267.
MULLA, M. S., L. W. ISAAK and
H. AXELROD
1963. Field Studies on the Effects of
Insecticides on Some Aquatic Wild-
life Species. Journal of Economic
Entomology, vol. 56, No. 2, pp. 184-
188.
MUNCY, R. J. and A. D. OLIVER, JR.
1963. Toxicity of Ten Insecticides to
the Red Crawfish, Procambarus
clarki (Girard). Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 92,
No. 4, pp. 428-431.
NICHOLSON, H. P.
1959. Insecticide Pollution of Water
Resources. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 51,
No. 8, pp. 981-986.
PARKHVRST, Z. E. and H. E. JOHNSON
1955. Toxicity of Malatnion 500 to Fall
Chinook Salmon Fingerlings. Pro-
gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No.
3, pp. 113-116.
PICKERING, Q. H., C. HENDERSON and
A. E. LEMKE
1962. The Toxicity of Organic Phos-
phorus Insecticides to Different Spe-
cies of Warmwater Fishes. Transac-
tions of the American Fisheries
Society, vol. 91, No. 2, pp. 175-184.
PREMDAS, F. H. and J. M. ANDERSON
1963. The Uptake and Detoxication of
C'Mabelled DDT in Atlantic Salmon,
Salmo salar. Journal of the Fish-
eries Research Board of Canada, vol.
20, No. 3, pp. 827-837.
RUDD, R. L. and R. E. GENELLY
1956. Pesticides: Their Use and Tox-
icity in Relation to Wildlife. State of
California, Department of Fish and
Game, Game Management Branch,
Game Bulletin No. 7, pp. 1-209.
SCHOENTHAL, N. D.
1963. Some Effects of DDT on Cold-
Water Fish and Fish-Food Orga-
nisms. Proceedings of the Montana
Academy of Sciences, vol. 23, pp.
63-95.
TARZWELL, C. M.
1950. Effects of DDT Mosquito Larvi-
ciding on Wildlife. V. Effects on
Fishes of the Routine Manual and
Airplane Application of DDT and
Other Mosquito Larvicides. Public
Health Reports, vol. 65, No. 8, pp.
231-255.
TARZWELL, C. M. and C. HENDERSON
1957. Toxicity of Dieldrin to Fish.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 86, pp. 245-257.
WEBB, F. E.
1960. Aerial Forest Spraying in Canada
in Relation to Effects on Aquatic
Life. Robert A. Taft Sanitary En-
gineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service, Tech-
nical Report W60-3, pp. 66-70.
WEISS, C. M.
1959. Response of Fish to Sub-Lethal
Exposures of Organic Phosphorus
Insecticides. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 580-593.
WEISS, C. M.
1961. Physiological Effect of Organic
Phosphorus Insecticides on Several
Species of Fish. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 90,
No. 2, pp. 143-152.
WEISS, C. M. and J. H. GAKSTATTER
1964. Detection of Pesticides in Water
by Biochemical Assay. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 240-253.
WELCH, E. B, and J. C. SPINDLER
1964. DDT Persistence and Its Effect
on Aquatic Insects and Fish After an
Aerial Application. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 36, No. 10, pp. 1285-1292.
YOUNG, L. A. and H. P. NICHOLSON
1951. Stream Pollution Resulting from
the Use of Organic Insecticides. Pro-
gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 13, No.
4, pp. 193-198.
21
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
ENVIRONMENT CHANGE AND
ITS EFFECT UPON AQUATIC LIFE
for Yellow Perch. New York Fish
and Game Journal, vol. 4, No. 1, pp.
92-101.
ALDERDICE, D. F., W. P. WICKETT and
J, R. BRETT
1958. Some Effects of Temporary Ex-
posure to Low Dissolved Oxygen
Levels on Pacific Salmon Eggs. Jour-
nal of the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 229-
249.
BASU, S. P.
1959. Active Respiration of Fish in Re-
lation to Ambient Concentrations of
Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide. Journal
of the Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 175-212.
BATES, J. M.
1962. The Impact of Impoundment on
the Mussel Fauna of Kentucky Res-
ervoir, Tennessee River. American
Midland Naturalist, vol. 68, No. 1,
pp. 232-236.
BEETON, A. M.
1961. Environmental Changes in Lake
Erie. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 90, No. 2, pp.
153-159.
BLACK, E. C., F. E. J. FRY and
V. BLACK
1954. The Influence of Carbon Dioxide
on the Utilization of Oxygen by
Some Fresh-Water Fish. Canadian
Journal of Zoology, vol. 32, pp. 408-
420.
BRETT, J. R.
1952. Temperature Tolerance in Young
Pacific Salmon, Genus Oncorhynchus.
Journal of the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, vol. 9, No. 6, pp.
265-321.
BRIGGS, J. C.
1948. The Quantitative Effects of a
Dam Upon the Bottom Fauna of a
Small California Stream. Transac-
tions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 78, pp. 70-81.
BURDICK, G, E., M. LlPSCHUETZ, H. J.
DEAN and E. J. HARRIS
1954. Lethal Oxygen Concentrations
for Trout and Smallmouth Bass.
New York Fish and Game Journal,
vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 84-97.
BVRDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1957. Lethal Oxygen Concentrations
CAIRNS, J., JR.
1956. Effects of Heat on Fish. Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 1, No. 5, pp. 180-
183.
CAIRNS, J., JR.
1956. Effects of Increased Tempera-
tures on Aquatic Organisms. Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 150-
152.
CLAUSEN, R. G.
1933. Fish Metabolism Under Increas-
ing Temperature. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 63,
pp. 215-219.
CLAUSEN, R. G.
1936. Oxygen Consumption in Fresh
Water Fishes. Ecology, vol. 17, No.
2, pp. 216-226.
COOPER, A. L.
1960. Lethal Oxygen Concentration for
the Northern Common Shiner. New
York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 7,
pp. 72-76.
COOPER, G. P. and G. N. WASHBURN
1946. Relation of Dissolved Oxygen to
Winter Mortality of Fish in Michi-
gan Lakes. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 76,
pp. 23-33.
CORDONE, A. J. and D. W. KELLEY
1961. The Influence of Inorganic Sedi-
ment on the Aquatic Life of Streams.
California Fish and Game, vol. 47,
No. 2, pp. 189-228.
DAVISON, R. C., W. P. BREESE, C. E.
WARREN and P. DOUDOROFF
1959. Experiments on the Dissolved
Oxygen Requirements of Cold-Water
Fishes. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 31, No. 8, pp. 950-966.
DENDY, J. S. and R. H. STROUD
1949. The Dominating Influence of
Fontana Reservoir on Temperature
and Dissolved Oxygen in the Little
Tennessee River and Its Impound-
ments. Journal of the Tennessee
Academy of Science, vol. 24, No. 1,
pp. 41-51.
22
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
DRYER, W. and N. G. BENSON
1957. Observations on the Influence of
the New Johnsonville Steam Plant on
Fish and Plankton Populations. Pro-
ceedings of the 10th Annual Confer-
ence of the Southern Association of
Game and Fish Commissioners, pp.
85-91.
ELLIS, M. M.
1936. Erosion Silt as a Factor in
Aquatic Environments. Ecology, vol.
17, No. 1, pp. 29-42.
ELLIS, M. M.
1942. Fresh - Water Impoundments.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 71, pp. 80-93.
FRY, F. E. J.
1957. The Aquatic Respiration of Fish.
In: Brown, M. E. (ed.), The Physi-
ology of Fishes, vol. 1. Metabolism.
Academic Press, New York, pp. 1-63.
GARDINER, A. J. and G. KING
1922, Respiration Exchange in Fresh
Water Fish. Biochemical Journal,
vol. 16, pp. 729-735.
GIBSON, E. S. and F. E. J. FRY
1954. The Performance of the Lake
Trout, Salvelinus namaycush at
Various Levels of Temperature and
Oxygen Pressure. Canadian Journal
of Zoology, vol. 32, pp. 252-260.
GREENBACK, J.
1945. Limnological Conditions in Ice-
Covered Lakes, Especially as Related
to Winter Kill in Fish. Ecological
Monographs, vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 343-
392.
HEATH, W. A.
1958. Cetyl Alcohol for Evaporation
Control. Water and Sewage Works,
vol. 105, No. 9, pp. 361-362.
JOB, S. V.
1955. The Oxygen Consumption of
Salvelimis fontinalis. University of
Toronto Biological Series, University
of Toronto Press, vol. 61, pp. 1-39.
JONES, J. R. E.
1952. The Reaction of Fish to Water
of Low Oxygen Concentrations. Jour-
nal of Experimental Biology, vol. 29,
pp. 403-415.
KATZ, M., A. PRITCHARD and C. E.
WARREN
1959. Ability of Some Salmonids and a
Centrarchid to Swim in Water of Re-
duced Oxygen Content. Transactions
of the American Fisheries Society,
vol. 88, No. 4, pp. 88-95.
LABERGE, R. H.
1959. A Critical Problem in Stream
Pollution Comes from Thermal Dis-
charges. Water and Sewage Works,
vol. 106, No. 12, pp. 536-540.
LARIMORE, R. W., W. C. CHILDERS and
C. HECKKOTTE
1959. Destruction and Re-establishment
of Stream Fish and Invertebrates
Affected by Drought. Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
88, pp. 261-285.
LARIMORE, R. W. and P. W. SMITH
1963. The Fishes of Champaign
County, Illinois, as Affected by 60
Years of Stream Changes. Illinois
Natural History Survey Bulletin,
vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 299-375.
Moss, D. D. and D. S. SCOTT
1961. Dissolved-Oxygen Requirements
of Three Species of Fish. Transac-
tions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 90, No. 4, pp. 377-393.
NEEL, J. K. and W. R. ALLEN
1963. The Mussel Fauna of the Upper
Cumberland Basin before Its Im-
poundment. Malacologia, vol. 1, No.
3, pp. 427-459.
RICHARDSON, R. E.
1925. Changes in the Small Bottom
Fauna of Peoria Lake, 1920-1922,
Illinois Natural History Survey Bul-
letin, vol. 15, No. 5, pp. 327-388.
SHAW, P. A. and J. A. MAGA
1943. The Effect of Mining Silt on
Yield of Fry from Salmon Spawning
Beds. California Fish and Game, vol.
9, No. 1, pp. 29-41.
SHEPARD, M. P.
1955. Resistance and Tolerance of
Young Speckled Trout (Salvelinus
fontinalis) to Oxygen Lack, with Spe-
cial Reference to Low Oxygen Accli-
mation. Journal of the Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada, vol. 12, No.
3, pp. 387-446.
23
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SlLVEY, J. K. G.
1960. Physical, Chemical, and Biologic
Effects of Hexadecanol on Lake Hef-
ner, 1958. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 52,
No. 6, pp. 791-802.
SMITH, O. R.
1939. Placer Mining Silt and Its Rela-
tion to Salmon and Trout on the Pa-
cific Coast. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 69,
pp. 225-230.
TAYLOR, C. C.
1951. A Survey of Former Shad
Streams in Maine. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Special Scientific
Report No. 66, pp. 1-29.
TEBO, L. B., JR.
1955. Effects of Siltation, Resulting
from Improper Logging on the Bot-
tom Fauna of a Small Trout Stream
in the Southern Appalachians. Pro-
gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No.
2, pp. 64-70.
VAN OOSTEN, J.
1948. Turbidity as a Factor in the De-
cline of Great Lakes Fishes with Spe-
cial Reference to Lake Erie. Trans-
actions of the American Fisheries
Society, vol. 75, pp. 281-322.
VAN VLIET, R.
1958. Effect of Heated Condenser Dis-
charge upon Aquatic Life. The
American Society of Mechanical En-
gineers, Paper No. 57-PWR-4, pp.
1-10.
W ALLEN, I. E.
1951. The Direct Effect of Turbidity
on Fishes. Bulletin of the Oklahoma
Agricultural and Mechanical College,
vol. 48, No. 2, pp. 1-27.
WALLEN, I. E., W. C. GREEK and
R. LASATER
1957. Toxicity to Gambusia affinis of
Certain Pure Chemicals in Turbid
Waters. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 29, No. 6, pp. 695-711.
WARD, H. B.
1938. Placer Mining and the Anadrom-
ous Fish of the Rogue River. Science,
vol. 88, pp. 441-443.
WATERS, T. F.
1964. Recolonization of Denuded Stream
Bottom Areas by Drift. Transactions
of the American Fisheries Society,
vol. 93, No. 3, pp. 311-315.
WHITMORE, C. M., C. E. WARREN and
P. DOUDOROFF
1960. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid
and Centrarchid Fishes to Low Oxy-
gen Concentrations. Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
89, No. 1, pp. 17-26.
WIEBE, A. H.
1933. The Effect of High Concentra-
tions of Dissolved Oxygen on Several
Species of Pond Fishes. Ohio Jour-
nal of Science, vol. 33, No. 2, pp.
110-126.
WOODBURY, L. A.
1942. A Sudden Mortality of Fishes
Accompanying a Supersaturation of
Oxygen in Lake Waubesa, Wiscon-
sin. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 71, pp. 112-
117.
WURTZ, C. B. and T. DOLAN
1958. Comparative Stream Bottom
Fauna Studies in fhe Pocono Moun-
tains Relative to Floods. Proceedings
of the Pennsylvania Academy of Sci-
ences, vol. 32, pp. 229-232.
WURTZ, C. B. and T. DOLAN
1960. A Biological Method Used in the
Evaluation of Effects of Thermal
Discharge in the Schuylkill River.
Proceedings of the 15th Industrial
Waste Conference, Purdue Univer-
sity, Engineering Bulletin, vol. 45,
No. 2, pp. 461-472.
RADIOACTIVITY AND ITS EFFECT
UPON AQUATIC LIFE
CURRY, L. L.
1960. Midge Larvae as Indicators of
Radioactive Pollution. Proceedings of
the 15th Industrial Waste Conference,
Purdue University, Engineering Bul-
letin, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 269-280.
DAVIS, J. J. and R. F. FOSTER
1958. Bioaccumulation of Radioisotopes
Through Aquatic Food Chains. Ecol-
ogy, vol. 39, No. 7, pp. 530-535.
DAVIS, J. J.
1965. Accumulation of Radionuclides by
Aquatic Insects. In: Biological Prob-
24
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
lems in Water Pollution—Transac-
tions of the 1962 Seminar, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Publication No, 999-WP-25, pp. 211-
215.
FOSTER, R. F. and R. E. ROSTENBACH
1954. Distribution of Radioisotopes in
Columbia River. Journal of the Ameri-
can Water Works Association, vol. 46,
No. 7, pp. 633-640.
FOSTER, R. F.
1959. The Need for Biological Monitor-
ing of Radioactive Waste Streams.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
31, No. 12, pp. 1409-1415.
FOSTER, R. W. and D. McCoNNON
1965. Relationships Between the Con-
centration of Radionuclides in Colum-
bia River Water and Fish. In: Bio-
logical Problems in Water Pollution—
Transactions of the 1962 Seminar,
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Pub-
lic Health Service, Publication No.
999-WP-25, pp. 216-224.
HARRIS, E. K.
1959. Estimating the Uptake of Radio-
activity in Streams. Sewage and In-
dustrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 6, pp.
719-728.
HENDERSON, C., G. G. ROBECK and
R. C. PALANGE
1956. Effects of Low-Level Radioactiv-
ity in the Columbia River. Public
Health Reports, vol. 71, No. 1, pp.
6-14.
HOOFER, F. F., H. A. PODOLIAK and
S. F. SNIESZKO
1961. Use of Radioisotopes in Hydro-
biology and Fish Culture. Transac-
tions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 90, No, 1, pp. 49-57.
LIKENS, G. E. and A. D. HASLER
1960. Movement of Radiosodium in a
Chemically Stratified Lake. Science,
vol. 131, pp. 1676-1677.
NELSON, D. J.
1962. Clams as Indicators of Strontium-
90. Science, vol. 137, pp. 38-39.
PALANGE, R. C., G. G. ROBECK and
C. HENDERSON
1956. Radioactivity in Stream Pollution.
Industrial and Engineering Chem-
istry, vol. 48, No. 10, pp. 1847-1850.
STEEL, E. W. and E. F. GIX>YNA
1955. Concentration of Radioactivity in
Oxidation Ponds. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 8, pp. 941-
956.
TSIVOGLOTJ, E. C., E. D. HARWARD and
W. M. INGRAM
1957. Stream Surveys for Radioactive
Waste Control. American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, New York;
Paper No. 57-NESC-21, Second Nu-
clear Engineering and Science Con-
ference, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania,
pp. 1-12.
TsrvoGLOU, E. C., A. F. BARTSCH, D. E.
RUSHING and D. A. HOLADAY
1958. Effects of Uranium Ore Refinery
Wastes on Receiving Waters. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 8,
pp. 1012-1027.
WATSON, D. G. and J. J. DAVIS
1957. Concentration of Radioisotopes in
Columbia River Whitefish in the Vi-
cinity of the Hanford Atomic Products
Operation. HW-48523 (Del.), pp.
1-133.
TOXICITY AND BIO-ASSAY METHODS
ALDERDICE, D. F.
1963. Some Effects of Simultaneous
Variation in Salinity, Temperature
and Dissolved Oxygen on the Resis-
tance of Young Coho Salmon to a
Toxic Substance. Journal of the Fish-
eries Research Board of Canada, vol.
20, No. 2, pp. 525-550.
ANDERSON, B. G.
1944. The Toxicity Thresholds of Vari-
ous Substances Found in Industrial
Wastes as Determined by the Use of
Daphnia magnet. Sewage Works Jour-
nal, vol. 16, No. 6, pp. 1156-1165.
ANDERSON, B. G.
1948. The Apparent Thresholds of
Toxicity to Daphnia magna for Chlo-
rides of Various Metals when Added
to Lake Erie Water. Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
78, pp. 96-113.
ANGELOVIC, J. W., W. F. SIGLER and
J. M. NETJHOLD
1961- Temperature and Fluorosis in
25
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
Rainbow Trout. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 33, No, 4, pp. 371-
381.
APPLEGATE, V. C., J. H. HOWELL and
A. E. HALL, JR.
1957. Toxicity of 4,346 Chemicals to
Larval Lampreys and Fishes. U. S.
Department of the Interior, Special
Scientific Report, Fisheries No. 207,
pp. 1-157.
APPLEGATE, V. C. and E. L. KING, JR.
1962. Comparative Toxicity of 3-Tri-
fluormethyl-4-Nitrophenol (TFM) to
Larval Lampreys and Eleven Species
of Fishes. Transactions of the Ameri-
can Fisheries Society, vol. 91, No. 4,
pp. 342-345.
AUDUS, L. J.
1964. The Physiology and Biochemistry
of Herbicides. Academic Press, Incor-
porated, New York, pp. 1-555.
BURDICK, G. E., M. LIPSCHUETZ, H. J.
DEAN and E. J. HARRIS
1954. Lethal Oxygen Concentrations for
Trout and Smallmouth Bass. New
York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 1,
No. 1, pp. 84-97.
BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1955. Toxicity of Emulsifiable Rotenone
to Various Species of Fish. New York
Fish and Game Journal, vol. 2, No. 1,
pp. 36-67.
BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1957. Lethal Oxygen Concentrations for
Yellow Perch. New York Fish and
Game Journal, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 92-
101.
BURDICK, G. E.
1957. A Graphical Method for Deriving
Threshold Values of Toxicity and the
Equation of the Toxicity Curve. New
York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 4,
No. 1, pp. 102-108,
BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1958. Toxicity of Cyanide to Brown
Trout and Smallmouth Bass. New
York Fish and Game Journal, vol. 5,
No. 2, pp. 133-163.
BURDICK, G. E., H. J. DEAN and E. J.
HARRIS
1964. Toxicity of Aqualin to Fingerling
Brown Trout and Bluegills. New York
Fish and Game Journal, vol. 11, No. 1,
pp. 106-114.
CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER
1958. The Relationship of Bluegill Sun-
fish Body Size to Tolerance for Some
Common Chemicals. Proceedings of
the 13th Industrial Waste Conference,
Purdue University, Engineering Bul-
letin, vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 243-252.
CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER
1963. Environmental Effects upon Cya-
nide Toxicity to Fish. Notulae
Naturae of the Philadelphia Academy
of Natural Sciences, No. 361, pp. 1-11.
CAIRNS, J., JR., A. SCHEIER and N. E.
HESS
1964. The Effects of Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate on Aquatic Organisms. In-
dustrial Water and Wastes, vol. 9, No.
1, pp. 22-28.
CAIRNS, J., JR. and A. SCHEIER
1964. The Effects of Sublethal Levels
of Zinc and of High Temperature
Upon the Toxicity of a Detergent to
the Sunfish Lepomis Gibbosus
(Linn.). Notulae Naturae of the
Philadelphia Academy of Natural
Sciences, No. 367, pp, 1-3.
CHANIN, G. and R. P. DEMPSTER
1958. A Complex Chemical Waste and
Its Toxicity to Fish. Industrial
Wastes, vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 155-158.
CLEMENS, H. P. and W. H. JONES
1954. Toxicity of Brine Water from Oil
Wells. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 84, pp. 97-109.
COLE, A. E.
1935. Water Pollution Studies in Wis-
consin. Effects of Industrial (Pulp
and Paper Mill) Wastes on Fish.
Sewage Works Journal, vol. 7, No. 2,
pp. 280-302.
CRANDALL, C. A. and C. J. GOODNIGHT
1959. The Effect of Various Factors on
the Toxicity of Sodium Pentachloro-
phenate to Fish. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 53-56.
DOOLEY, T. P. and J. CAVIL
1964. Minimum Lethal Concentration
of 15 Common Detergents on the
Mosquito Minnow (Gambusia affinis).
Texas Journal of Science, vol. 16, No.
2, pp. 202-209.
26
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ
1950. Critical Review of Literature on
the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and
Their Components to Fish: I. Alkalies,
Acids and Inorganic Gases. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 11,
pp. 1432-1458.
DOUDOROFF, P.
1951. Biological Observations and Tox-
icity Bioassays in the Control of In-
dustrial Waste Disposal. Proceedings
of the Sixth Industrial Waste Confer-
ence, Purdue University, pp. 88-108.
DOUDOROFF, P., B. G. ANDERSON, G. E.
BURDICK, et al.
1951. Bio-Assay Methods for the Evalu-
ation of Acute Toxicity of Industrial
Wastes to Fish. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 11, pp. 1380-
1397.
DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ
1953. Critical Review of Literature on
the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and
Their Components to Fish. II. The
Metals, as Salts. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7, pp. 802-
839.
DOUDOROFF, P., M. KATZ and C. M.
TARZWEIA
1953. Toxicity of Some Organic Insec-
ticides to Fish. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7, pp. 840-844.
DOUDOROFF, P.
1956. Some Experiments on the Toxicity
of Complex Cyanides to Fish. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 8,
pp. 1020-1040.
DOWDEN, B. F.
1962. Toxicity of Commercial Waste-
Oil Emulsifiers to Daphnia magna.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 34, No. 10, pp.
1010-1014.
DOWNING, K. M. and J. C. MERKENS
1955. The Influence of Dissolved-Oxy-
gen Concentrations on the Toxicity
of Un-ionized Ammonia to Rainbow
Trout (Salmo gairdnerii Richard-
son). Annals of Applied Biology,
vol. 43, No. 2, pp. 243-246.
ELLIS, M. M.
1937. Detection and Measurement of
Stream Pollution. U. S. Bureau of
Fisheries, Bulletin No. 22, pp. 365-
437.
ELLIS, M. M., B. A. WESTFALL and
M. D. ELLIS
1946. Determination of Water Quality.
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Re-
search Report No. 9, pp. 1-122.
FREEMAN, L.
1953. A Standardized Method for Deter-
mining Toxicity for Pure Compounds
to Fish. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 25, No. 7, pp. 845-848.
FREEMAN, L and I. FOWLER
1953. Toxicity of Combinations of Cer-
tain Inorganic Compounds to Daphnia
magna Straus. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 25, No. 10, pp. 1191-
1195.
FROMM, P. O. and R. H. SCHIFFMAN
1958. Toxic Action of Hexavalent
Chromium on Largemouth Bass. Jour-
nal of Wildlife Management, vol. 22,
No. 1, pp. 40-44.
FROMM, P. 0. and R. M. STOKES
1962. Assimilation and Metalobism of
Chromium by Trout. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 34, No. 11, pp. 1151-1155.
GAUFIN, A. R., L. JENSEN and
T. NELSON
1961. Bio-assays Determine Pesticide
Toxicity to Aquatic Invertebrates.
Water and Sewage Works, vol. 108,
No. 9, pp. 355-359.
GILLETTE, L. A., D. L. MILLER and
H. E. REDMAN
1952. Appraisal of a Chemical Waste
Problem by Fish Toxicity Tests. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 24, No.
11, pp. 1397-1401.
GOLDMAN, C. R. and R. C. CARTER
1965. An Investigation by Rapid Car-
bon-14 Bioassay of Factors Affecting
the Cultural Eutrophication of Lake
Tahoe, California. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 37, No. 7, pp. 1044-1059.
GRENIER, F.
1960. A Constant Flow Apparatus for
Toxicity Experiments on Fish. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 32, No.
10, pp. 1117-1119.
HARP, G. L. and R. S. CAMPBELL
1964. Effects of the Herbicide Silvex on
Benthos of a Farm Pond. Journal of
Wildlife Management, vol. 28, No. 2,
pp. 308-317.
27
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
HARRY, H. W. and J. B. SENTURIA
1964. The Effect of Nitrogen, Oxygen
and Carbon Dioxide in Producing the
Distress Syndrome in Tapkits glabra-
tus (Gastropoda, Pulmonata). Bio-
logical Bulletin, vol. 127, No. 2, pp.
271-279.
HART, W. B., R. F. WESTON and J. G.
DEMANN
1945. An Apparatus for Oxygenating
Test Solutions in which Fish are Used
as Test Animals for Evaluating Tox-
icity. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 75, pp. 228-236.
HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E.
DIMICK
1953. The Lethality of Methyl Mercap-
tan to King Salmon as Influenced by
Variation of the Volume of Test Solu-
tion. Technical Association of the
Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 36, No.
3, pp. 131-133.
HENDERSON, C. and Q. H. PICKERING
1957. Toxicity of Organic Phosphorus
Insecticides to Fish, Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
87, pp. 39-51,
HENDERSON, C. and C. M. TARZWELL
1957. Bio-assays for Control of Indus-
trial Effluents. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 29, No. 9, pp. 1002-1017.
HENDERSON, C.
1958. Bio-assay of Chemical Wastes Pre-
vents Serious Fish Kills. Wastes En-
gineering, vol. 29, No. 9, pp. 482-484.
HENDERSON, C., Q. H. PICKERING and
C. M. TARZWELL
1959. Relative Toxicity of Ten Chlori-
nated Hydrocarbon Insecticides to
Four Species of Fish. Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
88, No. 1, pp. 23-52.
HENDERSON, C., Q. H. PICKERING and
J. M. COHEN
1959. The Toxicity of Synthetic Deter-
gents and Soaps to Fish. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 3, pp.
295-306.
HENDERSON, C., Q. H. PICKERING and
A. E. LEMKE
1960. The Effect of Some Organic Cya-
nides (Nitriles) on Fish. Proceedings
of the 15th Industrial Waste Confer-
ence, Purdue University, Engineering
Bulletin, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 120-130.
HERBERT, D. W. M. and D. S. SHTJRBEN
1964. The Toxicity to Fish of Mixtures
of Poisons. I. Salts of Ammonia and
Zinc, Annals of Applied Biology, vol.
53, No. 1, pp. 33-41.
HERBERT, D. W. M. and J. M. VANDYKE
1964. The Toxicity to Fish of Mixtures
of Poisons. II. Copper-Ammonia and
Zinc-Phenol Mixtures. Annals of Ap-
plied Biology, vol. 53, No. 3, pp. 415-
421.
HOLLAND, G. A. (ed.)
1953. Toxic Effects of Sulfite Waste
Liquor on Spring Salmon. State of
Washington, Department of Fisheries
Research Bulletin, No. 1, pp. 1-111.
HOWARD, T. E., H. N. HALVORSON and
C. C. WALDEN
1964. Toxicity of Copper Compounds to
the Snail Vector Hosts of the Agent of
Schistpsome Dermatitis in Waters of
Differing Hardness. American Jour-
nal of Hygiene, vol. 79, No. 3, pp.
33-44.
HUGHES, J. S. and J. T. DAVIS
1963. Variations in Toxicity to Bluegill
Sunfish of Phenoxy Herbicides.
Weeds, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 50-53.
KNOLL, J. and P. O. FROMM
1960. Accumulation and Elimination of
Hexavalent Chromium in Rainbow
Trout. Physiological Zoology, vol. 33,
No. 1, pp. 1-8.
LAMMERING, M. W. and N. C. BURBANK
1960. The Toxicity of Phenol, O-Chlorp-
phenol, and 0-Nitrophenol to Bluegill
Sunfish. Proceedings of the 15th In-
dustrial Waste Conference, Purdue
University, Engineering Bulletin, vol.
45, No. 2, pp. 541-555.
LAWRENCE, J. M.
1962. Aquatic Herbicide Data. U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, Research
Service, Handbook No. 231, pp. 1-133.
LEMKE, A. E. and D. I. MOUNT
1963. Some Effects of Alkyl Benzene
Sulfonate on the Bluegill Lepomis
macrochirus. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 92,
No. 4, pp. 372-378.
LEWIS, W. M. and C. PETERS
1956. Coal Mine Slag Drainage, Tox-
icity to Representative Fishes. Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 145-147.
28
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
LLOYD, R.
1961. The Toxicity of Ammonia to
Rainbow Trout (Salmo gairdnerii
Richardson). The Water and Waste
Treatment Journal, vol. 8, No. 6, pp.
278-279.
MCDONALD, S.
1962. Rapid Detection of Chlorinated
Hydrocarbon Insecticides in Aqueous
Suspension with Ga.mma.ms lacustris
lacustris (Sars). Canadian Journal
of Zoology, vol. 40, pp. 719-723.
McKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF
1963. Water Quality Criteria, 2nd Edi-
tion. The Resources Agency of Cali-
fornia. State Water Quality Board,
Publication No. 3-A, 1-548. pp.
MorNT, D. I.
1964. An Autopsy Technique for Zinc-
Caused Fish Mortality. Transactions
of the American Fisheries Society, vol.
93, No. 2, pp. 174-182.
PARKHURST, Z. E. and H. E. JOHNSON
1955. Toxicity of Malathion 500 to Fall
Chinook Salmon Fingerlings. Pro-
gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No. 3,
pp. 113-116.
PATTERSON, R. S. and D. L. VON
WlNDEGUTH
1964. The Effects of Baytex on Some
Aquatic Organisms. Mosquito News,
vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 46-49.
SAILA, S. B.
1953. Bio-assay Procedures for the
Evaluation of Fish Toxicities with
Particular Reference to Rotenone.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 83, pp. 104-114.
SKULBERG, O.
1964. Algal Problems Related to the
Eutrophication of European Water
Supplies, and a Bio-Assay Method to
Assess Fertilizing Influences of Pollu-
tion on Inland Waters. In: Algae and
Man, Plenum Press, New York, pp.
262-299.
SNOW, J. R.
1963. Simazine as an Algicide for Bass
Ponds. Progressive Fish Culturist,
vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 34-36.
SPRAGUE, J. B.
1964. Avoidance of Copper-Zinc Solu-
tions by Young Salmon in the Labora-
tory. Journal of the Water Pollution
Control Federation, vol. 36, No. 8, pp.
990-1004.
SPRAGUE, J. B. and B. A. RAMSAY
1965. Lethal Levels of Mixed Copper-
Zinc Solutions for Juvenile Salmon.
Journal of the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, vol. 22, No. 2, pp.
425-432.
SFRINGEK, P. F.
1957. Effects of Herbicides and Fungi-
cides on Wildlife. North Carolina
Pesticide Manual. North Carolina
State College, Raleigh, North Caro-
lina, pp. 87-106.
SPROUL, 0. J. and D. W. RYCKMAN
1963. Significant Physiological Charac-
teristics of Organic Pollutants. Jour-
nal of the Water Pollution Control
Federation, vol. 35, No. 9, pp. 1136-
1145.
ST. AMANT, J. A., W. C. JOHNSON and
M. J. WHALLS
1964. Aqualin as a Fish Toxicant. Pro-
gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 26, No. 2,
pp. 84-88.
SURBER, E. W. and Q. H. PICKERING
1962. Acute Toxicity of Endothal, Di-
quat, Hyamine, Dalapon, and Silvex
to Fish. Progressive Fish Culturist,
vol. 24, No. 4, pp. 164-171.
SURBER, E. W. and T. 0. THATCHER
1963. Laboratory Studies of the Effects
of Alkyl Benzene Sulfonate (ABS)
on Aquatic Invertebrates. Transac-
tions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 92, No. 2, pp. 152-160.
TARZWELL, C. M.
1958. The Toxicity of Some Organic In-
secticides to Fishes. Proceedings of
the Twelfth Annual Conference of the
Southeastern Association of Game and
Fish Commissioners, pp. 233-239.
TRAMA, F. B. and R. J. BENOIT
1960. Toxicity of Hexavalent Chromium
to Bluegills. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 32, No. 8, pp. 868-877.
WALKER, C. R.
1963. Endothal Derivatives as Aquatic
Herbicides in Fishery Habitats.
Weeds, vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 226-232.
WALKER, C. R.
1964. Toxicological Effects of Herbi-
29
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
cides on the Fish Environment. Part
I. Water and Sewage Works, vol. 11]
No. 3, pp. 113-116.
WALKER, C. R.
1964. Toxicological Effects of Herbi-
cides on the Fish Environment. Part
II. Water and Sewage Works, vol.
Ill, No. 4, pp. 173-175.
WALLEN, I. E., W. C. GREEK and
R. LASATER
1957. Toxicity to Gambusia affinis of
Certain Pure Chemicals in Turbid
Waters. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 29, No. 6, pp. 695-711.
WEISS, C. M.
1955. A Constant Temperature Tank for
Fish Bioassay Aquaria. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 12, pp.
1399-1401.
WEISS, C. M. and J. L. BOTTS
1957. Factors Affecting the Response of
Fish to Toxic Materials. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 7, pp.
810-818.
WEISS, C. M. and J. H. GAKSTATTER
1964. Detection of Pesticides in Water
by Biochemical Assay. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 36, No. 2, pp. 240-253.
TECHNIQUES
ANDERSON, R. 0.
1959. A Modified Flotation Technique
for Sorting Bottom Fauna Samples.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol.
4, No. 2, pp. 223-225.
BAYLESS, J. R. and H. H. GERSTEIN
1929. Micro-Organisms in the Lake
Michigan Water at Chicago, Their
Effect on Filtration and Method for
Counting. Municipal News and
Water Works, vol. 76, pp. 291-296.
BICK, H.
1963. A Review of Central European
Methods for the Biological Estima-
tion of Water Pollution Levels. Bul-
letin of the World Health Organiza-
tion, No. 29, pp. 401^113.
CHANG, S. L,
1960. Proposed Method for Examina-
tion of Water for Free-Living Nema-
todes. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 52,
No. 6, pp. 695-698.
CLARK, W. J. and W. E. SIGLER
1963. Method of Concentrating Phyto-
plankton Samples Using Membrane
Filters. Limnology and Oceanogra-
phy, vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 127-129.
COLLIER, A. and S. M. RAY
1948. An Automatic Proportioning Ap-
paratus for Experimental Study of the
Effects of Chemical Solutions on
Aquatic Animals. Science, vol. 107.
pp. 576-577.
COPE, O. B.
1960. Collection and Preservation of
Fish and Other Materials Exposed to
Pesticides. Progressive Fish Culturist,
vol. 22, No. 3, pp.103-108.
COWELL, B. C.
1960. A Quantitative Study of the Win-
ter Plankton of UrscheFs Quarry.
The Ohio Journal of Science, vol. 60,
No. 3. pp. 183-191.
CUMMINS, K. W.
1962. An Evaluation of Some Tech-
niques for the Collection and Analysis
of Benthic Samples with Special Em-
phasis on Lotic Waters. American
Midland Naturalist, vol. 67, No. 2, pp.
477-504.
DAMANN, K. E.
1950. A Simplified Plankton Counting
Method. Transactions of the Illinois
Academy of Sciences, vol. 43, pp.
53-60.
EDMUNDS, G. F.
1963. A Method for Obtaining Intersti-
tial Water from Shallow Aquatic Sub-
strates and Determining the Oxygen
Concentration. Ecology, vol. 44, No.
1, pp. 191-193.
FJERDINGSTAD, E.
1965. Some Remarks on a New Saprobic
System. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Transactions of the
1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 232-
235.
FREMLING, C. R. and J. J. EVANS
1963. A Method for Determining the
30
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
Dissolved-Oxygen Concentration near
the Mud-Water Interface. Limnology
and Oceanography, vol. 8, No. 3, pp.
363-364.
GRENIER, F.
1960. A Constant Flow Apparatus for
Toxicity Experiments on Fish. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 32, No.
10, pp. 1117-1119.
GRZENDA, A. R. and M. L. BREHMBR
1960. A Quantitative Method for the
Collection and Measurement of
Stream Periphyton. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 2, pp. 190-
194.
GUYER, G. and R. HUTSON
1955. A Comparison of Sampling Tech-
niques Utilized in an Ecological Study
of Aquatic Insects. Journal of Eco-
nomic Entomology, vol. 48, No. 6, pp.
662-665.
HENDERSON, C. and Q. H. PICKERING
1963. Use of Fish in the Detection of
Contaminants in Water Supplies.
Journal of the American Water Works
Association, vol. 55, No. 6, pp. 715—
720.
HOOPER, F. F., H. A. PODOLIAK and
S. F. SNIESZKO
1961. Use of Radioisotopes in Hydro-
biology and Fish Culture, Transac-
tions of the American Fisheries
Society, vol. 90, No. 1, pp. 49-57.
INGRAM, W. M. and C. M. PALMER
1952. Simplified Procedures for Collect-
ing, Examining, and Recording Plank-
ton in Water. Journal of the Ameri-
can Water Works Association, vol. 44,
No. 7, pp. 617-624.
JACKSON, H. W. and L. G. WILLIAMS
1962. Calibration and Use of Certain
Plankton Counting Equipment.
Transactions of the American Micro-
scopical Society, vol. 81, No. 1, pp.
96-103.
KING, D. L. and R. C. BALL
1964. A Quantitative Biological Measure
of Stream Pollution. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 36, No. 5, pp. 650-653.
KOCH, L. F.
1957. Index of Biotic Dispersity. Ecol-
ogy, vol. 38, Nos. 1 and 2, pp. 145-148.
KUTKUHN, J. H.
1958. Notes on the Precision of Numeri-
cal and Volumetric Plankton Esti-
mates from Small-Sample Concen-
trates. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 69-83.
LACKEY, J, B.
1938. The Manipulation and Counting
of River Plankton and Changes in
Some Organisms Due to Formalin
Preservation. Public Health Reports,
vol. 53, No. 47, pp. 2080-2093.
LAMMERS, W. T.
1962. Density Gradient Separation of
Plankton and Clay from River Water.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7,
No. 2, pp. 224-229.
LANGELIER, W. F.
1928. The Quantitative Examination of
Plankton. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 19, No.
4, pp. 408-415.
LUND, J. W. G. and J. F. TALLING
1957. Botanical Limnological Methods
with Special Reference to the Algae.
Botanical Review, vol. 23, No. 849, pp.
489-583.
LUND, J. W. G.
1959. A Simple Counting Chamber for
Nannoplankton. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 57-65.
McKEOWN, J. J.
1963. The Control of Sphaerotilus
natans. Part 1. Industrial Water and
Wastes, vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 19-22.
McKEOWN, J. J.
1963. The Control of Sphaerotilus
natans. Part. 2. Intermittent Dis-
charge of Strong Wastes. Industrial
Water and Wastes, vol. 8, No. 4, pp.
30-33.
MCNABB, C. D.
1960. Enumeration of Freshwater
Phytoplankton Concentrated on the
Membrane Filter. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 5, No, 1, pp. 57-61.
MOORE, E. W.
1952. The Precision of Microscopic
Counts of Plankton in Water. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 44, No. 3, pp. 208-216.
NORTHCOTE, T. G.
1964. Use of a High-Frequency Echo
31
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
Sounder to Record Distribution and
Migration of Chaoborus Larvae.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9,
No. 1, pp. 87-91. '
OLSON, T. A.
1936. Microscopic Methods Used in
Biological Investigations of Lake and
Stream Pollution, and Interpretation
of Results. Sewage Works Journal,
vol. 8, No. 5, pp. 759-765.
PALMER, C. M. and T. E. MALONEY
1954. A New Counting Slide for Nanno-
plankton. American Society of Limn-
ology and Oceanography, Publication
No. 21, pp. 1-6.
PARSONS, T. R. and J. D. H. STRICK-
LAND
1963. Discussion of Spectrophotometric
Determination of Marine-Plant Pig-
ments, with Revised Equations for As-
certaining Chlorophylls and Carote-
noids. Journal of Marine Research,
vol. 21, No, 3, pp. 155-163.
PETERSON, A.
1953. A Manual of Entomological Tech-
niques. Edwards Brothers, Inc., Ann
Arbor, Michigan, 367 pp.
PWNGSHEIM, E. G.
1964. Pure Cultures of Algae. Hafner
Publishing Company, New York, 119
pp.
PURDY, W. C.
1935. Algae and Their Enumeration.
15th Annual Ohio Conference on
Water Purification, pp. 43-47.
RICHARDS, F. A. with T. G. THOMPSON
1952. The Estimation and Characteriza-
tion of Plankton Populations by Pig-
ment Analysis. II. A Spectrophoto-
metric Method for the Estimation of
Plankton Pigments. Journal of Ma-
rine Research, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 156-
175.
SLADECKOVA, A.
1962. Limnological Investigation Meth-
ods for the Periphyton (Aufwuchs)
Community. Botanical Review, vol.
28, No. 2, pp. 286-350,
TUCKER, A.
1949. Pigment Extraction as a Method
of Quantitative Analysis of Phyto-
planktpn. Transactions of the Ameri-
can Microscopical Society, vol. 68, No.
1, pp. 21-23.
WILSON, J. N., R. A. WAGNER, G. L.
TOOMBS and A. E. BECHER, JR.
1960. Methods for the Determination of
Slimes in Rivers. Journal of the Water
Pollution Control Federation, vol. 32,
No. 1, pp. 83-89.
ZURBUCH, P. E.
1963, Dissolving Limestone from Re-
volving Drums in Flowing Water.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 92, No. 2, pp. 173-
177.
SAMPLERS
COOKE, W. B.
1956. Colonization of Artificial Bare
Areas by Micro-organisms, The Bo-
tanical Review, vol. 22, No. 9, pp. 613-
638.
GLEASON, G. R. and F, G. GOFF
1963. A Multi-Level Water Sampler.
Progressive "Fish Culturist, vol. 25,
No. 2, pp. 104-105.
GRZENDA, A. R. and L. BREHMER
1960. A Quantitative Method for the
Collection and Measurement of Stream
Periphyton. Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 190-194.
GUYER, G. and R. HUTSON
1955. A Comparison of Sampling Tech-
niques Utilized in an Ecological Study
of Aquatic Insects. Journal of Eco-
nomic Entomology, vol. 48, No. 6, pp.
662-665.
HESTER, F. E. and J. S. DENDY
1962. A Multiple-Plate Sampler for
Aquatic Macroinvertebrates. Trans-
actions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 91, No. 4, pp. 420-421.
MAClNTYRE, R. J.
1964. A Box Dredge for Quantitative
Sampling of Benthic Organisms.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9,
No. 3, pp. 460-461.
NEEDHAM, P. R. and R. L. USINGER
1956. Variability in the Macrofauna of
a Single Riffle in Prosser Creek, Cali-
fornia, as Indicated by the Surber
Sampler. Hilgardia, vol. 24, No. 14,
pp, 383-409.
PATRICK, R., M. H. HOHN and J. H.
WAIXACE
32
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
1954, A New Method for Determining
the Pattern of the Diatom Flora.
Notulae Naturae, Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences of Philadelphia, No. 259,
pp. 1-12.
QADRI, S. V.
1960. A Small Drag Net for Capture of
Bottom Fish and Invertebrates. Pro-
gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 22, No. 2,
pp. 90-91.
SLADECKOVA, A.
1962. Limnological Investigation Meth-
ods for the Periphyton (Aufwuchs)
Community. Botanical Review, vol.
28, No. 2, pp. 286-350.
THOMAS, M. L. H.
1960. A Modified Anchor Dredge for
Collecting Burrowing Animals. Jour-
nal of the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 591-594.
TINDALL, D. R. and W. L. MINCKLEY
1964. An Integrated Application of
Three Kinds of Sampling Techniques
to Stream Limnology. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 270-
274.
USINGER, R. L. and P. R. NEEDHAM
1956. A Drag-Type Riffle-Bottom Samp-
ler. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol.
18, No. 1, pp. 42-44.
WALKER, C. R.
1955. A Core Sampler for Obtaining
Samples of Bottom Muds. Progressive
Fish Culturist, vol. 17, No. 3, p. 140.
CRITERIA FOR AQUATIC LIFE
ANON.
1955. Aquatic Life Water Criteria. First
Progress Report, Aquatic Life Advis-
ory Committee of the Ohio River Val-
ley Water Sanitation Commission.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
27, No. 3, pp. 321-331.
ANON.
1956. Aquatic Life Water Criteria. Sec-
ond Progress Report, Aquatic Life
Advisory Committee of the Ohio River
Valley Water Sanitation Commission.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
28, No. 5, pp. 678-690.
ANON.
1960. Aquatic Life Water Quality Cri-
teria. Third Progress Report, Journal
of the Water Pollution Control Fed-
eration, vol. 32, No. 1, pp. 65-82.
BENNFTT, G. W.
1965. The Environmental Requirements
of Centrarchids with Special Refer-
ence to Largemouth Bass. In: Biolog-
ical Problems in Water Pollution—
Transactions of the 1962 Seminar,
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Pub-
lic Health Service, Publication No.
999-WP-25, pp. 156-159.
BULLARD, W. E.
1965. Role of Watershed Management in
the Maintenance of Suitable Environ-
ments for Aquatic Life. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
actions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25,
pp. 265-269.
CAIRNS, J., JR.
1965. The Environmental Requirements
of Fresh Water Protozoa. In: Biolog-
ical Problems in Water Pollution—
Transactions of the 1962 Seminar,
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
Health Service, Publication No. 999-
WP-25, pp. 48-52.
CURRY, L. L.
1965. A Survey of Environmental Re-
quirements for the Midge (Diptera:
Tendipedidae). In: Biological Prob-
lems in Water Pollution—Transac-
tions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25,
pp. 127-140.
DOUDOROFF, P. and C. E. WARREN
1965. Dissolved Oxygen Requirements
of Fishes. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Transactions of the
1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 145-
155.
GAUFIN, A. R.
1965. Environmental Requirements of
Plecoptera. In: Biological Problems
in Water Pollution—Transactions of
the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
33
-------
WATER POLLUTION- CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No, 999-WP-25, pp.
105-110.
HlTET, M.
1965. Water Quality Criteria for Fish
Life. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Transactions of the
1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 160-
167.
JACOBS, H. L., I. N. GABRIELSON, R. K.
HORTON, W. A. LYON, E. C. HUBBARD
and G. E. McCALLUM
1965. Water Quality Criteria—Stream
Vs. Effluent Standards. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 37, No. 3, pp. 292-315.
LEONARD, J. W.
1965. Environmental Requirements of
Ephemeroptera. In: Biological Prob-
lems in Water Pollution—Transac-
tions of the 1962 Seminar, Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, Publication No. 999-WP-25,
pp. 110-117.
McKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF
1963. Water Quality Criteria, 2nd Edi-
tion. The Resources Agency of Cali-
fornia, State Water Quality Board,
Publication No. 3-A, pp. 1-548.
ROBACK, S. S.
1965. Environmental Requirements of
Trichoptera. In: Biological Problems
in Water Pollution—Transactions of
the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp.
118-126.
SILVER, S. J., C. E. WARREN and
P. DOUDOROFF
1963. Dissolved Oxygen Requirements
of Developing Steelhead Trout and
Chinook Salmon Embryos at Different
Water Velocities. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Societv, vol. 92,
No. 4, pp. 327-343.
SINCLAIR, R. M.
J964. Water Quality Requirements for
Elmid Beetles, with Larval and Adult
Keys to the Eastern Genera. Tennes-
see Department of Public Health, pp.
1-14.
THOMPSON, D. H.
1925. Some Observations on the Oxygen
Requirements of Fishes in the Illinois
River. Illinois Natural History Sur-
vey, Bulletin 15, No. 7, pp. 423-437.
WHITWORTH, W. R. and W, H. IRWIN
1961. The Minimum Oxygen Require-
ments of Five Species of Fish under
Quiescent Conditions. Proceedings of
the loth Annual Conference of the
Southeastern Association of the Game
and Fish Commissioners, pp. 226—235.
INDUSTRIAL WASTES
GENERAL REFERENCES
ANDERSON, B. G.
1944. The Toxicity Thresholds of Vari-
ous Substances Found in Industrial
Wastes as Determined by the Use of
Daphnia magna. Sewage Works
Journal, vol. 16, No. 6, pp. 1156-
1165.
ANDERSON, B. G.
1948. The Apparent Thresholds of Tox-
icity to Daphnia, magna for Chlorides
of Various Metals when Added to
Lake Erie Water. Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
78, pp. 96-113.
BEAK, T. W.
1959. Biological Survey of the St. Clair
River. Industrial Wastes, vol. 4, No.
5, pp. 107-109.
CAWLEY, W. A.
1958. An Effect of Biological Imbalance
in Streams. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 30, No. 9, pp. 1174-1182.
CHANIN, G. and P. DEMPSTER
1958. A Complex Chemical Waste and
Its Toxicity to Fish. Industrial
Wastes, vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 155-158.
COLE, V. W.
1957. Lime Treatment of Lake Reduces
Acid Mine Waste Pollution. Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 100-103.
COLMER, A. A.
1962. Relation of the Iron Oxidizer,
Thiobacillus ferro-oxidans, to Thio-
sulphate. Journal of Bacteriology,
vol. 83, pp. 761-765.
DAVIS, C. C.
1955. Plankton and Industrial Pollution
34
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
in Cleveland Harbor. Sewage and In-
dustrial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 7, pp.
835-850.
DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ
1950. Critical Review of Literature on
the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and
Their Components to Fish. I. Alkalies,
Acids, and Inorganic Gases. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 11,
pp. 1432-1458.
DUNSTAN, G. H. and L. L. SMITH
1960. Experimental Operation of Indus-
trial Waste Stabilization Ponds. Pub-
lic Works, vol. 91, No. 4, pp. 9S-95.
GILLETTE, L. A., D. L, MILLER and
H. E. REDMAN
1952. Appraisal of a Chemical Waste
Problem by Fish Toxicity Tests. Sew-
age Works Journal, vol. 24, No. 11, pp.
1397-1401.
HAWKES, H. A.
1963. Effects of Domestic and Industrial
Discharge on the Ecology of Riffles in
Midland Streams. International Jour-
nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol.
7, Nos. 6 and 7, pp. 565-586.
LACKEY, J. B.
1938. Flora and Fauna of Surface
WTaters Polluted by Acid Mine Drain-
age. Public Health Reports, vol. 53,
pp. 1499-1507.
LACKEY, J. B.
1939. Aquatic Life in Waters Polluted
by Acid Mine Waste. Public Health
Reports, vol. 54, pp. 740-746.
MKHSEN, J. J.
1953. Microbiological Study of Acid
Mine Waters: Preliminary Report.
Ohio Journal of Science, vol. 53, No.
2, pp. 123-127.
OLSON, R. A., H. F. BRUST and W. L.
TRESSLER
1941. Studies of the Effects of Industrial
Pollution in the Lower Patapsco
River Area, 1: Curtis Bay Region,
1941. Board of Natural Resources,
State of Maryland Department of Re-
search and Education, Chesapeake
Biological Laboratory, Publication
No, 43, pp. 1-40,
PARSONS, J. W.
1952. A Biological Approach to the
Study and Control of Acid Mine Pol-
lution. Journal of the Tennessee
Academy of Sciences, vol. 27, No. 4,
pp. 304-309.
COOLING WATER
AGERSBORG, H. F. K.
1930. The Influence of Temperature on
Fish. Ecology, vol. 11, No. 1, pp. 136-
144.
ARNOLD, G. E.
1962. Thermal Pollution of Surface Sup-
plies. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 54, No. 11, pp.
1332-1346.
BRETT, J. R.
1944. Some Lethal Temperature Rela-
tions of Algonquin Park Fishes. On-
tario Fisheries Research Laboratory,
Publication No. 52, pp. 1-49.
BRETT, J. R.
1956. Some Principles in the Thermal
Requirements of Fishes. Quarterly
Review of Biology, vol. 31, No. 2, pp.
75-87.
COUTANT, C. C.
1963. The Effect of a Heated Water
Effluent Upon the Macroinvertebrate
Riffle Fauna of the Delaware River.
Proceedings of the Pennsylvania
Academy of Sciences, vol. 36, pp.
58-71.
DRYER, W. and N. G. BENSON
1957. Observations on the Influence of
the New Johnsonville Steam Plant on
Fish and Plankton Populations. In:
Proceedings of the 10th Annual Con-
ference of the Southeastern Associa-
tion of Game and Fish Commissioners,
pp. 85-91.
HOAK, R. D.
1961. The Thermal Pollution Problem.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 33, No. 12, pp.
1267-1276.
LABERGE, R. H.
1959. A Critical Problem in Stream Pol-
lution Comes from Thermal Dis-
charges. Water and Sewage Works,
vol. 106, No. 12, pp. 536-540.
MARKOWSKI, S.
1959. The Cooling Water of Power Sta-
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATEK TREATMENT
tions. A New Factor in the Environ-
ment of Marine and Freshwater In-
vertebrates. Journal of Animal Ecol-
ogy, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 243-258.
MARKOWSKI, S.
1960. Observations on the Response of
Some Benthonic Organisms to Power
Station Cooling Water. Journal of
Animal Ecology, vol. 29, No. 2, pp.
349-357.
SPRAGUE, J. B.
1963. Resistance of Four Freshwater
Crustaceans to Lethal High Tempera-
ture and Low Oxygen. Journal of the
Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 387-415.
TREMBLEY, F. J.
1965. Effects of Cooling Water from
Steam-Condenser Power Plants on
Stream Biota. In: Biological Problems
in Water Pollution—Transactions of
the 1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp.
334-345.
VAN VLIET, R.
1958. Effect of Heated Condenser Dis-
charge Upon Aquatic Life. American
Society of Mechanical Engineers,
Paper No. 57, PWR-4, pp. 1-10.
FOOD, DRUGS, AND FERMENTATION
INGOLS, R. S.
1960. Studies on the Toxicity and De-
composition of Fluosilicic Acid. Jour-
nal of the American Water Works As-
sociation, vol. 52, No. 7, pp. 927-929.
KELLING, E. E.
1963. Minnow Population of Grimes
Creek in Relation to Pollution. Pro-
ceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sci-
ences, vol. 70, pp. 236-239.
LACKEY, J. B., W. T. CALAWAY and
G. B. MORGAN
1956. Biological Purification of Citrus
Wastes. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 538-546.
LUNSFORD, J. V.
1957. Effect of Cannery Waste Removal
on Stream Conditions. Sewage and In-
dustrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 4, pp.
428-431.
MALONEY, T, E., H. F. LUDWIG, J. A.
HARMON and L. MCCLINTOCK
1960. Effect of Whey Wastes on Stabili-
zation Ponds. Journal of the Water
Pollution Control Federation, vol. 32,
No. 12, pp. 1283-1299.
SANBORN, N. H.
1941. Nitrate Treatment of Cannery
Waste. Fruit Products Journal, vol.
20, pp. 207, 215, 221.
SANBORN, N. H.
1945. The Lethal Effect of Certain
Chemicals to Fish. Canning Trade,
vol. 67, No. 49, pp. 10, 12, 26.
SHAW, P. A.
1937. Pollution of the Mokelumne River
by Winery Wastes. Sewage Works
Journal, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 599-606.
WALKER, C. L., et al.
1923. Studies on the Treatment and Dis-
posal of Dairy Wastes. Effects on
Fish Life. Cornell University Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, Bul-
letin 425, pp. 1-171.
WISNIEWSKI, T. F.
1948. The Chemistry and Biology of
Milk Waste Disposal. Journal of Milk
and Food Technology, vol. 11, No. 5,
pp. 293-300.
METALS AND MANUFACTURING
ALLEN, L. A., N. BLEZARD and A. B.
WHEATLAND
1948. Formation of Cyanogen Chloride
During Chlorination of Certain
Liquids—Toxicity of Such Liquids to
Fish. Journal of Hygiene, vol. 46, pp.
184-193.
CARPENTER, K. E.
1925. On the Biological Factors In-
volved in the Destruction of River-
Fisheries by Pollution Due to Lead-
Mining. Annals of Applied Biology,
vol. 12, No. 1, pp. 1-13.
CARPENTER, K. E.
1926. The Lead Mine as an Active
Agent in River Pollution. Annals of
Applied Biology, vol. 13, No. 3, pp.
395-401.
36
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
CAWUSY, W. A. and C. C. WELLS, JR.
1959. Lagoon System for Chemical Cel-
lulose. Industrial Wastes, vol. 4, No.
5, pp. 37-39.
CORCORAN, A. N.
1950, Treatment of Cyanide Wastes
from the Electroplating Industry. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22,
No. 2, pp. 228-238,
DAVIS, C. C.
1948 Studies of the Effects of Indus-
trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco
River Area, 2: The Effect of Copperas
Pollution on Plankton. Board of Na-
tural Resources, Department of Re-
search and Education, Chesapeake
Biology Laboratory, University of
Maryland, Publication No. 72, "P-
3-12.
DECANI, J. B.
1943. Studies of the Toxicity of Am-
munition Plant Waste to Fishes.
Transactions of the American *isn-
eries Society, vol. 73, pr>. 45-51.
DOBSON, J. G.
1947. Disposal of Cyanide Wastes. Metal
Finishing, vol. 45, No. 2, pp. 78-81;
No. 3, pp. 68-71.
DODGE, B. F. and D. C. REAMS
1949. Disposal of Plating Room Wastes.
American Electroplating Society, Re-
search Report Serial No. 14, Jenkm-
town, Pa., pp. 1-48.
DOVDOKOFF, P.
1956. Some Experiments on the Toxicity
of Complex Cyanides to Fish. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 8,
pp. 1020-1040.
GOLLMAN, H. A.
1947 Industrial Wastes. Coke and
Gas Industry. Industrial Engineering
Chemistry, vol. 39, No. 5, pp. 596-601.
GORHAM, E. and A. G. GORDON
1963. Some Effects of Smelter Pollution
Upon Aquatic Vegetation Near Sud-
bury, Ontario. Canadian Journal or
Botany, vol. 41, pp. 371-378.
GRINDLEY, J.
1945 Treatment and Disposal of Waste
Waters Containing Chromate. Jour-
nal of the Society of the Chemical In-
dustry, vol. 64, pp. 339-344.
HlGGINS, E,
1933 Mine Pollution in Coeur d' Alene
District in Idaho. Progress in Bio-
logical Inquiries 1932. Appendix II
to Report. Commissioner of Fish-
eries for Fiscal Year 1933, p. 143.
JONES, J. R. E.
1940. The Fauna of the River Melindwr,
a Lead-Polluted Tributary of the
River Rheidol, in North Cardigan-
shire, Wales. Journal of Animal
Ecology, vol. 9, pp. 188-201.
JONES, J- R. E.
1940. A Study of the Zinc-Polluted
River Ystwyth, in North Cardigan-
shire, Wales. Annals of Applied Biol-
ogy, vol. 27, pp. 368-378.
KLASSEN, C. W., W. A. HASFTJRTHER
and M. K. YOUNG
1949. The Toxicity of Hexavalent
Chromium to Sunfish and Bluegills.
Proceedings of the Fourth Industrial
Waste Conference, Purdue Univer-
sity, Engineering Bulletin. Extension
Series No. 68, pp. 229-237.
KROMBACH, H. and J. BAKTHEL
1963. Investigation of a Small Water-
course Accidentally Polluted by
Phenol Compounds. International
Journal of Air and Water Pollution,
vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 39-46,
KRTJMHOLZ, L. A., and W. L. MINCKLEY
1964. Changes in the Fish Population in
the Upper Ohio River Following
Temporary Pollution Abatement.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 93, No. 1, pp. 1-5.
LAURIE, R. D. and J. R. E. JONES
1938. The Faunistic Recovery of a Lead
Polluted River in North Cardigan-
shire, Wales. Journal of Animal
Ecology, vol. 7, pp. 272-286.
LEWIS, W. M. and C. PETERS
1956. Coal Mine Slag Drainage, Toxicity
to Representative Fishes. Industrial
Wastes, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 145-147.
MALANEY, G. W., W. D. SHEETS and
R, QUILLIN
1959. Toxic Effects of Metallic Ions on
Sewage Micro-organisms. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No.
11, pp. 1309-1315.
37
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
NEWTON, L.
1944. Pollution of the Rivers of West
Wales by Lead and Zinc Mine Efflu-
ent. Annals of Applied Biology, vol.
31, No. 1, pp. 1-11.
OEMING, L. F.
1946. Stream Pollution Problems of
the Electroplating Industry- Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 4, pp.
678-685.
PARSONS, J. W.
1952. A Biological Approach to the
Study and Control of Acid Mine Pol-
lution. Journal of the Tennessee
Academy of Science, vol. 27, No. 4,
pp. 304-309.
PAUTZKE, C. F.
1937. Studies on the Effect of Coal
Washings on Steelheads and Cut-
throat Trout. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 67,
pp. 232-233.
SHAW, P. A. and J, A. MAGA
1943. The Effects of Mining Silt on
Yield of Fry from Salmon Spawning
Beds. California Fish and Game, vol.
9t No. 1, pp. 29-41.
SHEETS, W. D.
1957. Toxicity Studies of Metal-Finish-
ing Wastes. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 29, No. 12, pp. 1380-
1384.
SMITH, O. R.
1939. Placer Mining Silt and Its Rela-
tion to Salmon and Trout on the Pa-
cific Coast. Transactions of the Amer-
ican Fisheries Society, vol. 69, pp.
225-230.
SMITH, R. T.
1938. Cyanide Bearing Ore Mill Refuse
as a Menace to Fish Life. Science,
vol. 87, pp. 552-553.
SOUTHGATE, B. A.
1933. Coke Oven Effluents. Investiga-
tions of Their Toxicity. Gas Journal,
vol. 202, pp. 216-218.
SPRAGUE, J. D. and W. V. CARSON
1964. Changes in Mining Pollution of
the Northwest Mirimichi River from
June 30, 1960 to the End of 1963.
Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
Biological Station, St. Andrews, New
Brunswick. General Series Circular
No. 42, pp. 1-4.
StFRBER, E. W.
1959. Cricotopus bicinctus, a Midgefly
Resistant to Electroplating Wastes.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 88, No. 2, pp. 111-
116.
TUPHOLME, C. H. S.
1933. Death of Fish from Cyanides in
Coke-Oven Effluents. Industrial and
Engineering Chemistry, News Edi-
tion, vol. 11, No. 14, p. 211.
TURNER, W. R.
1958. The Effects of Acid Mine Pollu-
tion on the Fish Population of Goose
Creek, Clay County, Kentucky. Pro-
gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 20, No. 1,
pp. 45-46.
WALLEN, I. E., W. C. GREER and
R. LABATER
1957. Toxicity to Gambusia affinis of
Certain Pure Chemicals in Turbid
Waters. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 29, No. 6, pp. 695-711.
WARD, H. B.
1938. Placer Mining and the Anadro-
mous Fish of the Rogue River. Sci-
ence, vol. 88. pp. 441^443.
WASHBURN, G. N.
1948. The Toxicity to Warm Water
Fishes of Certain Cyanide Plating
and Carburizing Salts Before and
After Treatment by the Alkali-Chlori-
nation Method. Sewage Works Jour-
nal, vol. 20, No. 6, pp. 1074-1083.
WISE, W. S., B. F. DODGE and H. BLISS
1947. Industrial Wastes. Brass and Cop-
per Industry. Industrial and Engi-
neering Chemistry, vol. 39, No. 5, pp.
632-636.
PETROLEUM
CHIPMAN, R. K.
1959. Studies of Tolerance of Certain
Freshwater Fishes to Brine Water
from Oil Wells. Ecology, vol. 40, No.
2, pp. 299-302.
CLEMENS, H. P. and W. H. JONES
1954. Toxicity of Brine Water from Oil
Wells. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 84, pp. 97-109.
38
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
CLEMENS, H. P. and J. C. FINNELL
1956. Biological Conditions in a Stream
Receiving Refinery Effluents. Texas
Journal of Science, vol. 8, No. 12, pp.
392-398.
COPELAND, B. J., K. W. MlNTER and
T. C. DORRIS
1964. Chlorophyll A and Suspended Or-
ganic Matter in Oil Refinery Effluent
Holding Ponds. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 500-
506.
DOUGLAS, N. H. and W. H. IRWIN
1963. Relative Resistance of Fish to
Petroleum Refinery Wastes. Part 3.
Industrial Water and Wastes, vol. 8,
No. 2, pp. 22-25.
EDMISON, M. T.
1959. Mobile Laboratory for Assaying
Refinery Wastes. Industrial and En-
gineering Chemistry, vol. 51, No. 8,
pp. 69A-70A.
ENGLISH, J. N., G. N. MCDERMOTT and
C. HENDERSON
1963. Pollutional Effects of Outboard
Motor Exhaust—Laboratory Studies.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 35, No. 9, pp.
1121-1132.
GOULD, W. R. and T. C. DORRIS
1961. Toxicity Changes of Stored Oil
Refinery Effluents. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 33, No. 10, pp. 1107-1111.
LUDZACK, F. J., W. M. INGRAM and
M. B. ETTINGER
1957. Characteristics of a Stream Com-
posed of Oil Refinery and Activated
Sludge Effluents. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 10, pp.
1177-1189.
McCLINTOCK, J. H.
1959. Evaluate Pollution Control This
Way. Petroleum Refiner, vol. 38, No.
3, pp. 201-206.
MILLER, J. E. and G. F. ULLRICH
1956. Goldfish are Good Sanitary Inspec-
tors. Petroleum Engineering, vol. 28,
No. 10, pp. C9-12.
TAGATZ, M. E.
1961. Reduced Oxygen Tolerance and
Toxicity of Petroleum Products to
Juvenile American Shad. Chesapeake
Science, vol. 2, No. 1-2, pp. 65-71.
TUBE, R. A. and T. C. DORRIS
1965. Herbivorous Insect Populations in
Oil Refinery Effluent Holding Pond
Series. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 121-134.
TURNBULL, H., J. G. DEMANN and
R. F. WESTON
1954. Toxicity of Various Refinery
Materials to Fresh Water Fish. In-
dustrial and Engineering Chemistry,
vol. 46, No. 2, pp. 324-333.
WIEBE, A. H., J. G. BURR and H. E.
FAUBION
1934. The Problem of Stream Pollution
in Texas with Special Reference to
Salt Water from Oil Fields. Trans-
actions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 64, pp. 81-85.
WIEBE, A. H.
1935. The Effect of Crude Oil on Fresh-
water Fish, Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 64,
pp. 324-350.
PULP, PAPER, AND TEXTILES
ALDERDICE, D. F. and J. R. BRETT
1957. Some Effects of Kraft Mill Efflu-
ent on Young Pacific Salmon. Jour-
nal of the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada, vol. 14, pp. 783-795.
AMBERG, H. R. and R. ELDER
1956. Intermittent Discharge of Spent
Sulfite Liquor. Journal of the Sani-
tary Engineering Division, Proceed-
ings of the American Society of Civil
Engineers, Proceedings Paper 929,
pp. 1-14.
AMBERG, H. R., J. F. MCCORMACK and
M. R. RIVERS
1962. Slime Growth Control by Inter-
mittent Discharge of Spent Sulphite
Liquor. Technical Association of the
Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 45,
pp. 770-779.
BALDWIN, R. E., D. H. STRONG and
J. H. TORRIE
1961. Flavor and Aroma of Fish Taken
from Four Fresh-water Sources.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 90, No. 2, pp. 175-
180.
39
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
BEAK, T. W.
1963. Water Pollution of the Pulp and
Paper Industry. , Pulp and Paper
Magazine of Canada, vol. 64, pp. 527-
531.
BLOSSER, R. O,
1960. Oxidation Lagoons. Technical
Association of the Pulp and Paper
Industry, vol. 43, No. 5, pp. 454-458.
COLE, A. E.
1935. Water Pollution Studies in Wis-
consin. Effects of Industrial (Pulp
and Paper Mill) Wastes on Fish.
Sewage Works Journal, vol. 7, No. 2,
pp. 280-302.
COOKE, W. B.
1963. Fungi Associated with Spent Sul-
fite Liquor Disposal in a Natural
Sand Bed. Technical Association of
the Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 46,
pp. 573-578.
CORMACK, J. F. and H. R. AM BERG
1959. The Effect of Biological Treat-
ment of Sulfite Waste Liquor on the
Growth of Sphaerotilus natans. Pro-
ceedings of the 14th Industrial Waste
Conference, Purdue University, vol.
44, No. 5, pp. 16-25.
EXTROM, J. A. and D. S. FARNER
1943. Effect of Sulfate Wastes on Fish
Life. Paper Trade Journal, vol. 117,
pp. 27-32.
FUJIYA, M.
1961. Effects of Kraft Pulp Mill Wastes
on Fish. Journal of the Water Pol-
lution Control Federation, vol. 33, No.
9, pp. 968-977.
GOODNIGHT, C. J.
1942. Toxicity of Sodium Pentachloro-
phenate and Pentachlorophenol to
Fish. Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry, vol. 34, No. 7, pp. 868-872.
HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E.
DIMICK
1952. The Effects of Kraft Mill Waste
Components on Certain Salmonid
Fishes of the Pacific Northwest,
Technical Association of the Pulp and
Paper Industry, vol. 35, No. 12, pp.
545-549.
HOLLAND, G. A. (ed.)
1953. Toxic Effects of Sulfate Waste
Liquor on Young Salmon. State of
Washington, Department of Fisheries,
Research Bulletin, No. 1, pp. 1—111.
JONES, B. F., C. E. WARREN, C. E.
BOND and P. DOUDOROFF
1956. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid
Fishes to Pulp Mill Effluents. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No.
11, pp. 1403-1413.
MALONEY, T. E.
1959. Utilization of Sugars in Spent
Sulfite Liquor by a Green Alga,
Chlorococcum macrostigmatum. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31,
No. 12, pp. 1395-1400.
MALONEY, T. E. and E. L. ROBINSON
1961. Growth and Respiration of a
Green Alga in Spent Sulfite Liquor.
Technical Association of the Pulp and
Paper Industry, vol. 44, No. 2, pp.
137-141.
NIGHTINGALE, H. W. and V. LOSSANOFF
1928. The Effects of Waste Sulphite
Liquor on the Early Stages of the
Chinook Salmon, and Means of Pre-
vention by Disposal Methods. Trans-
actions of the American Fisheries
Society, vol. 58, pp. 232-238; (discus-
sion, pp. 238-244).
SMITH, L. L., JR., R. H. CRAMER and
J. C. MACLEOD
1965. Effects of Pulpwood Fibers on
Fathead Minnows and Walleye Fin-
gerlings. Journal of the Water Pol-
lution Control Federation, vol. 37,
No. 1, pp. 130-140.
VAN HORN, W. M.
1949. A Study of Kraft Pulping Wastes
in Relation to the Aquatic Environ-
ment. In: Limnological Aspects of
Water Supply and Waste Disposal.
American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, Washington,
D. C., pp. 49-55.
VAN HORN, W. M., J. B. ANDERSON
and M. KATZ
1949. The Effect of Kraft Pulp Mill
Wastes on Some Aquatic Organisms.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 79, pp. 55-63.
VAN HORN, W. M. and R. BALCH
1955. Stream Pollutional Asnects of
Slime Control Asrents. Technical
Association of the Pulp and Paper In-
dustry, vol. 38, pp. 151-153.
40
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
WESTFALL, B. A.
1950. Stream Pollution Hazards of
Wood Pulp Mill Effluents. U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, Fishery Leaflet,
No. 174, pp. 1-8.
WHITNEY, A. N. and J. C. SPINDLEK
1959. Effects of Kraft Paper Wastes on
a Montana Stream. Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
88, No. 2, p. 153.
WILSON, J. N.
1953. Effect of Kraft Mill Wastes on
Stream Bottom Fauna. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 10, pp.
1210-1218.
WOODWARD, F. E., O. J. SPROUL and
P. F. ATKINS, JR.
1964. The Biological Degradation of
Lignin from Pulp Mill Black Liquor.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 36, No. 11, pp.
1401-1410.
ORGANISM IDENTIFICATION
GENERAL REFERENCES
EDDY, S. and A. C, HODSON
1955. Taxonomic Keys to the Common
Animals of the North Central States,
Exclusive of the Parasitic Worms,
Insects, and Birds. Burgess Publish-
ing Company, Minneapolis, Minne-
sota, 141 pp.
GARNETT, W. J.
1953. Freshwater Microscopy. Constable
and Company, Ltd., 10—12 Orange St.,
London, 300 pp.
MORGAN, A. H.
1930. Fieldbook of Ponds and Streams.
G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York, 448
PP.
NEEDHAM, J. G. and P. R. NEEDHAM
1962. A Guide to the Study of Fresh-
Water Biology. Fifth Edition. Holden-
Day, Inc., San Francisco, 89 pp.
PENNAK, R. W.
1953. Fresh-Water Invertebrates of the
United States. The Ronald Press
Company, New York, 769 pp.
WARD, H. B. and G. C. WHIFFLE
(Edited by W. T. Edmondson)
1959. Fresh Water Biology. John Wiley
and Sons, New York, 1,248 pp.
INSECTS
BERNER, L.
1950. The Mayflies of Florida. Univer-
sity of Florida Press, Gainesville, 267
pp.
BURKS, B. D.
1953. The Mayflies, or Ephemeroptera,
of Illinois. Bulletin of the Illinois
Natural History Survey, vol. 26, 216
pp.
CHU, H. F.
1949. How to Know the Immature In-
sects. Wm. C. Brown Company, Du-
buque, Iowa, 234 pp.
COMSTOCK, J. H.
1940. An Introduction to Entomology.
Comstock Publishing Company, Itha-
ca, New York. 1,083 pp.
EDMONDS, G. F., R. K. ALLEN and
W. L. PETERS
1963. An Annotated Key to the Nymphs
of the Families and Sub-families of
Mayflies {Ephemeroptera). Univer-
sity of Utah Biological Series 13, No.
1, pp. 1-55.
FRISON, T. H.
1935. The Stoneflies, or Plecoptera, of
Illinois. Bulletin of the Illinois Na-
tural History Survey, vol. 20, pp.
281-471.
FRISON, T. H.
1942. Studies of North American Ple-
coptera, With Special Reference to
the Fauna of Illinois. Bulletin of
the Illinois Natural History Survey,
vol. 22, No. 2, pp. 235-355.
GARMAN, P.
1927. The Odonata or Dragonfiies of
Connecticut. Guide to the Insects of
Connecticut. Part V. Connecticut
Geological Natural History Survey
Bulletin, vol. 39, pp. 1-331/
HARDEN, P. H. and C. E. MICKEL
1952. The Stoneflies of Minnesota. Uni-
versity of Minnesota, Agricultural
Experiment Station, pp. 1-84,
HUNT, B. P.
1953. The Life History and Economic
Importance of a Burrowing Mayfly
Hexagenia limbata in Southern Mich-
igan Lakes. Bulletin No. 4 of the In-
41
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATEK TREATMENT
stitute for Fisheries Research, Ann
Arbor, Michigan, pp. 1-151.
JEWETT, S. G., JR.
1959. The Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of the
Pacific Northwest. Oregon State
Monographic Studies in Entomology,
No. 3, pp. 1-95.
JOHANNSEN, 0. A.
1934. Aquatic Diptera. Part I. Nemo-
cera, Exclusive of Chironomidae and
Ceratopogonidae. Cornell University
Agricultural Experiment Station,
Memoir 164, pp. 1-71.
JOHANNSEN, O. A.
1935. Aquatic Diptera. Part II. Or-
thorrhapha-Brachycera and Cyclorrha-
pha. Cornell University Agricultural
Experiment Station, Memoir 177, pp.
1-62.
JOHANNSEN, O. A.
1937. Aquatic Diptera. Part III. Chiro-
nomidae : Subfamilies Tanypodinae,
Diamesinae, and Orthocladinae. Cor-
nell University Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, Memoir 205, pp. 1-84.
JOHANNSEN, O. A. and L. C. THOMSEN
1937. Aquatic Diptera. Part IV. Chiro-
nomidae : Subfamily Chironominae.
Part V. Ceratopogonidae. Cornell Uni-
versity Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, Memoir 210, pp. 1-80.
JOHANNSEN, O. A., H. K. TOWNES,
F. R. SHAW and E. G. FISHER
1952. Guide to the Insects of Connecti-
cut. IV. The Diptera or True Flies.
Fifth Fascicle: Midges and Gnats.
State Geological Natural Historv Sur-
vey, Bulletin 80, pp. 1-255.
LAFFOON, J. L.
1960. Common Names of Insects. Bulle-
tin of the Entomological Society of
America, vol. 6, No. 4, pp. 175-211.
Ltrrz, F. E.
1927. Field Book of Insects. G. P. Put-
nam's Sons, New York, 562 pp.
NEEDHAM, J. G. and P. W. CLASSEN
1925. A Monograph of the Plecoptera or
Stoneflies of America North of Mexi-
co. (Publications Vol. 2) Thomas Say
Foundation of Entomological Society
of America, Lafayette, Indiana, pp.
1-397.
NEEDHAM, J. G., J. R. TRAVER and
Y. Hsu
1935. The Biology of Mayflies. Corn-
stock Publishing Company, Ithaca,
New York, 759 pp.
NEEDHAM, J. G. and M. J. WESTFALL,
JR.
1955. A Manual of the Dragonflies of
North America Including the Greater
Antilles and the Provinces of the
Mexican Border. University of Cali-
fornia Press, Berkeley, 615 pp.
PETERSON, A.
1951. Larvae of Insects. Part II. Coleop-
tera, Diptera, Neuroptera, Siphonap-
tera, Mecoptera, and Trichoptera. Ed-
wards Brothers Incorporated, Ann
Arbor, Michigan, 416 pp.
PETERSON, A.
1959, Larvae of Insects. Part I. Lepi-
doptera and Plant Infesting Hyme-
noptera. Fourth Edition, Edwards
Brothers Incorporated, Ann Arbor,
Michigan, 315 pp.
ROBACK, S. S.
1957. The Immature Tendipedids of the
Philadelphia Area. Monographs of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia, 180 pp.
Ross, H. H.
1944. The Caddis Flies, or Trichoptera,
of Illinois. Illinois Natural History
Survey Bulletin, vol. 23, No. 1, pp.
1-326.
USINGER, R. L.
1956. Aquatic Insects of California with
Keys to North American Genera and
California Species. University of Cali-
fornia Press, Berkelev, California,
508 pp.
WOOD, D. M., B. V. PETERSON, D. M.
DAVIES and H. GYORKOS
1963. The Black Flies (Diptera: Simu-
lidae) of Ontario. Part II. Larval
Identification, with Descriptions and
Illustrations. Proceedings of the En-
tomological Society of Ontario, vol.
93, pp. 99-129.
42
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
FISH
BAILEY, R. M., E. A. LACHNER, C. C.
LINDSEY, C. R. ROBINS, P. M. ROEDEL,
W, B. SCOTT and L. P. WOODS
1960. A List of Common and Scientific
Names of Fishes from the United
States and Canada. American Fish-
eries Society, Special Publication No.
2, pp. 1-102.
EDDY, S. and T. SURBER
1947. Northern Fishes. University of
Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, 276 pp.
FORBES, S. A. and R. E. RICHARDSON
1920. The Fishes of Illinois. Natural
History Survey, Illinois, vol. 3, pp.
1-357.
HARLAN, J. R. and E. B. SPEAKER
1955, Iowa Fish and Fishing (3rd Ed.).
Iowa State Fish Commission, 377 pp.
HUBBS, C. L. and K. F. LAGLER
1964. Fishes of the Great Lakes Region.
University of Michigan Press, Ann
Arbor, 135 pp.
JORDAN, D, S.
1929. Manual of the Vertebrate Animals
of the Northeastern United States.
World Book Company, New York, 446
PP-
KVHNE, E. R.
1939. A Guide to the Fishes of Tennes-
see and the Mid-South. Division of
Game and Fish, Nashville, Tennessee,
pp. 1-124.
LAGLER, K. F.
1956. Freshwater Fisheries Biology.
Wm. C. Brown Company, Dubuque,
Iowa, 421 pp.
SCHRENKEISEN, R.
1938. Editors J. T. Nichols and F. R.
LaMonte. Fieldbook of Fresh-Water
Fishes of North America North of
Mexico. G. P. Putnam's Sons, New
York, 312 pp.
TRAUTMAN, M. B.
1957. The Fishes of Ohio. Ohio State
University Press. 683 pp.
ALGAE AND FLOWERING
AQUATIC PLANTS
HOTCHKISS, N.
1964. Pondweeds and Pondweedlike
Plants of Eastern North America.
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Cir-
cular 187, pp. 1-30.
HOTCHKISS, N.
1965. Bulrushes and Bulrushlike Plants
of Eastern North America. U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, Circular 221,
pp. 1-19.
FASSETT, N. C.
1960. A Manual of Aquatic Plants
(With Revision Appendix by Eue-ene
C. Ogden). University of Wisconsin
Press, Madison, 405 pp.
FOREST, H. S.
1954. Handbook of Algae. The Univer-
sity of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennes-
see, 467 pp.
MUENSCHER, W. C.
1944. Aquatic Plants of the United
States. Comstock Publishing Com-
pany, Ithaca, New York, 374 pp.
PRESCOTT, G. W,
1951. Algae of the Western Great Lakes
Area. Cranbrook Institute of Science,
Bloomfield Hills, Michigan, 946 pp.
PRESCOTT, G. W.
1954. How to Know the Fresh Water
Algae. Wm. C. Brown Company, Du-
buque, Iowa, 211 pp.
SMITH, G. M.
1950. The Fresh-Water Algae of the
United States. McGraw-Hill Book
Company, New York, 719 pp.
TIFFANY, L. H. and M. E. BRITTON
1952. The Algae of Illinois. The Uni-
versity of Chicago Press, Chicago,
Illinois, 407 pp.
OTHER ORGANISMS
BAKER, F. C.
1928. The Fresh-Water Mollusca of
Wisconsin. Pt. I. Gastropoda, 507 pp.;
Pt. II. Pelecypoda, 495 pp.; Bulletin
70, Wisconsin Geological and Natural
History Survey, Madison, Wisconsin.
43
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B. LACKEY
1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa, Flag-
ellata. University of Florida, College
of Engineering, Florida Engineering
Series No. 3, pp. 1-140.
COOKE, W. B.
1963. A Laboratory Guide to Fungi in
Polluted Waters, Sewage, and Sew-
age Treatment Systems. Their Iden-
tification and Culture. U. S. Public
Health Service, Publication No, 999-
WP-1, pp. 1-132.
GALLOWAY, T. W.
1911. The Common Fresh Water Oligo-
chaeta of the United States. Transac-
tions of the American Microscopical
Society, vol. 30, No. 4, pp. 285-317.
GOODRICH, C.
1932. The Mollusca of Michigan. Michi-
gan Handbook Series No. 5, Univer-
sity of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michi-
gan, pp. 1-120.
GOODRICH, C. and H. VAN DER SCHALIE
1944. A Revision of the Mollusca of In-
diana. American Midland Naturalist,
vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 257-326.
JAHN, T. L. and F. F. JAHN
1949. How to Know the Protozoa. Wm.
C. Brown Company, Dubuque, Iowa,
234 pp.
KUDO, R.
1950. Protozoology. Charles C. Thomas,
Publisher, Springfield, Illinois, 778
pp.
ASPECTS OF WATER QUALITY
BOOKS
ALLEE, W. C., A. E. EMERSON, O. PARK,
T. PARK and K. P. SCHMIDT
1949. Principles of Animal Ecology.
Saunders Publishing Company, Phila-
delphia, Pennsylvania, 837 pp.
ANON.
1939. Problems of Lake Biology. Amer-
ican Association for the Advancement
of Science, Washington, D. C., 142 pp.
ANON.
1941. A Symposium on Hydrobiology.
University of Wisconsin Press, Madi-
son, Wisconsin, 405 pp.
ANON.
1957. Biological Problems in Water Pol-
lution. Transactions of the 1st Semi-
nar on Biological Problems, Robert
A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnnati, Ohio, pp. 1-272.
ANON.
1960. Biological Problems in Water Pol-
lution. Transactions of the 1959 Semi-
nar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi-
neering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. Pub-
lication No. W60-3, pp. 1-285.
ANON.
1965. Biological Problems in Water Pol-
lution. Transaction of the 1962 Semi-
nar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi-
neering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service, Publica-
tion No. 999-WP-25, pp. 1-424.
ANON.
I960. Standard Methods for the Exami-
nation of Water and Wastewater.
Eleventh Edition, American Public
Health Association, Incorporated, New
York, 626 pp.
CAMP, T. R.
1963. Water and Its Impurities. Rein-
hold Publishing Corporation, New
York, 355 pp.
CARSON, R.
1962. Silent Spring. Houghton Mifflen
Company, Boston, Massachusetts, 368
PP-
FOGG, G. E.
1953. The Metabolism of Algae. Methuen
& Company, Ltd., London, 149 pp.
FOGG, G. E.
1965. Algal Cultures and Phytoplankton.
University of Wisconsin Press, Madi-
son, Wisconsin, 136 pp.
FREY, D. G. (ed.)
1963. Limnology in North America.
University of Wisconsin Press, Madi-
son, 752 pp.
HAWKES, H. A.
1963. The Ecology of Waste Water
Treatment. Pergamon Press, New
York, 206 pp.
HAZEN, W. E. (ed.)
1964. Readings in Population and Com-
munity Ecology. W. B. Saunders
Company, Philadelphia, 388 pp.
44
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
HEUKELEKIAN, H. and N. BONDERS
(eds.)
1964. Principles and Applications in
Aquatic Microbiology. John Wiley &
Sons, New York, 470 pp.
HOBBS, A. T.
1950. Manual of British Water Supply
Practice. The Institution of Water
Engineers, W. Heffer & Sons Ltd.,
Cambridge, England, 910 pt>.
HUTCHINSON, G. E.
1957. A Treatise on Limnology. John
Wiley & Sons Incorporated, New
York, vol. 1, 1,015 pp.
HYNES, H. B. N.
1963. Tha Biology of Polluted Waters.
Liverpool University Press, Liver-
pool, England, 202 pp.
JACKSON, D. F. (ed.)
1964. -Algae and Man. Plenum Press,
New York, 434 pp.
JONES, J. R. E.
1964. Fish and River Pollution. But-
terworth & Company, Ltd. London,
202 pp.
KLEIN, L.
1957. Aspects of River Pollution. Aca-
demic Press, Incorporated, New York,
621 pp.
LEWIN, R. A. (ed.)
1962. Physiology and Biochemistry of
Algae. Academic Press, Incorporated,
New York, 929 pp.
MACAN, T. T.
1963. Fresh-Water Ecology. John Wiley
& Sons, New York, 348 pp.
MACKENTHUN, K. M., W. M. INGKAM
and R. FORGES
1964. Limnological Aspects of Recrea-
tional Lakes. U. S. Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare, Pub-
lic Health Service, Publication No.
1167. 167 pp.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1965. Nitrogen and Phosphorus in
Water, An Annotated Selected Bib-
liography of Their Biological Effects.
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
Health Service, Publication No. 1305,
111 pp.
McKEE, J. E. and H. W. WOLF
1963. Water Quality Criteria, 2nd Edi-
tion. The Resources Agency of Cali-
fornia. State Water Quality Board,
Publication No. 3-A, 548 pp.
MOULTON, F. R. and F. HITZEL (eds.)
1949. Limnological Aspects of Water
Supply and Waste Disposal. Ameri-
can Association for the Advancement
of Science, Washington, D. C., 87 pp.
ODUM, E. P. (In Collaboration with
H. T. 0-iun)
1959. Fundamentals of Ecology. 2nd
Edition, Saunders Publishing Com-
pany, Philadelphia, 546 pp.
PRINGSHEIM, E. G.
1964. Pure Cultures of Algae. Hafner
Publishing Company, New York, 119
pp.
RtJDD, R. L.
1964. Pesticides and the Living Land-
scape. University of Wisconsin Press,
Madison, 320 pp.
RUTTNER, F.
1963. Fundamentals of Limnology. Uni-
versity of Toronto Press, Toronto,
Ontario, Third Edition, 242 pp.
SPARROW, F. K.
1960. Aquatic Phycomycetes. University
of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, 1214
PP.
SOUTHGATE, B. A.
1948. Treatment and Disposal of Indus-
trial Waste Waters. Published by Her
Majesty's Stationery Office, London,
327 pp.
SUCKLING, E. V.
1943. The Examination of Waters and
Water Supplies. Fifth Edition. The
Blakiston Company, Philadelphia, 849
pp.
TRYON, C. A. and R. T. HARTMAN
(eds.)
1960. Ecology of Algae. Pymatuning
Special Publication No. 2, Pymatun-
ing Laboratory of Field Biology, Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania,
96 pp.
UDALL, S. L.
1963. The Quiet Crisis. Holt, Rinehart
and Winston, Incorporated, New
York, 209 pp.
WELCH, P. S.
1948. Limnological Methods. Blakiston
Company, Philadelphia, 381 pp.
45
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
WELCH, P. S.
1952. Limnology. McGraw-Hill Book
Company, New York, 471 pp.
WHIFFLE, G. C. (Revised by G. M. Fair
and M. C. Whipple)
1948. The Microscopy of Drinking Wa-
ter. Fourth Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, Incorporated, New York, 586 pp.
YAPP, W. B.
1959. Effects of Pollution on Living Ma-
terials. The Institute of Biology, 41
Queen's Gate, London, England, 154
PP.
JOURNALS
AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY TRANS-
ACTIONS
Allen Press, Lawrence, Kansas
(Quarterly)
THE AMERICAN MIDLAND NATURALIST
(Title Varies)
University of Notre Dame, Notre
Dame, Indiana (Bimonthly)
CALIFORNIA FISH AND GAME
California Division of Fish and
Game, Berkeley, California (Quar-
terly)
THE CONSERVATIONIST
State of New York Conservation De-
partment, Albany, New York (Bi-
monthly)
ECOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS
Official Publication of the Ecological
Society of America, Duke University
Press, Durham, North Carolina
(Quarterly)
ECOLOGY
Official Publication of the Ecological
Society of America, Duke University
Press, Durham, North Carolina
(Bimonthly)
INDUSTRIAL AND ENGINEERING CHEM-
ISTRY (Title Varies)
Washington, D. C. (Monthly)
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF Am AND
WATER POLLUTION
Pergamon Press, New York (Seven
Issues Per Volume)
JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN WATER
WORKS ASSOCIATION
Baltimore, Maryland (Monthly)
JOURNAL OF THE OHIO ACADEMY OF
SCIENCE
Ohio State University, Department
of Botany & Plant Pathology, 1735
Neil Avenue, Columbus 10, Ohio
(Bimonthly)
JOURNAL OF THE SANITARY ENGINEER-
ING DIVISION
Proceedings of the American Society
of Civil Engineers, Ann Arbor, Mich-
igan (Bimonthly)
JOURNAL OF THE WATER POLLUTION
CONTROL FEDERATION
Washington, D. C. (Monthly)
Formerly: Sewage Works Journal,
vol. 1-21, 1928-1949. Sewage & In-
dustrial Wastes, vol. 22-31, 1950-
1959.
LIMNOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY
American Society of Limnology &
Oceanography, Baltimore, Maryland
(Quarterly)
LOUISIANA CONSERVATIONIST
Wildlife and Fisheries' Commission,
New Orleans, Louisiana (Monthly)
NEW ENGLAND WATER WORKS ASSO-
CIATION JOURNAL
Boston, Massachusetts (Quarterly)
NEW YORK FISH AND GAME JOURNAL
New York Conservation Department,
Albany, New York (Semiannually)
PROGRESSIVE FISH CULTURIST
U. S. Department of the Interior,
Fish and Wildlife Service, Washing-
ton, D. C. (Quarterly)
PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING AB-
STRACTS
Public Health Service, Washington,
D. C. (Monthly)
PUBLIC WORKS (Title Varies Previ-
ously)
Public Works J. Corporation, Ridge-
wood, New Jersey (Monthly)
SANITALK
Massachusetts Department of Public
Health, Division of Sanitary Engi-
neering, Boston, Massachusetts
(Quarterly)
46
-------
WATBB POLLUTION CONTROL: FRESH WATER
SPORT FISHERIES ABSTRACTS WATER AND SEWAGE WORKS
U. S. Department of the Interior, E. Seranton Gillette, 185 N. Wabash
Fish and Wildlife Service, Washing- Ave., Chicago, Illinois, Seranton Pub-
ton, D. C. (Quarterly) lishing Company (Monthly)
TRANSACTIONS OF THE WISCONSIN
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, ARTS, AND WATER POLLUTION ABSTRACTS
LETTERS Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Lon-
Madison, Wisconsin don, England (Monthly)
47
-------
INCREASING
TURBIDITY
NURTURING UNDESIRABLE
GROWTHS
TAINTING FLESH
CAUSING EXTREME
pH CHANGES
LOWERING DISSOLVED
OXYGEN
INCREASING
TEMPERATURE
CAUSING TOXICfTY
DEPOSITING SETTLEABLE
SOLOS
Ways in which wastes may affect aquatic life.
Industrial waste source
Municipal
waste
source
Plate II—Water Pollution Control Aspects: Marine Waters
-------
PART II
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ASPECTS: MARINE WATERS
ACCELERATED ATTENTION to the control and abatement of pollution in
fresh waters, expanding populations and industries on lands adjacent
to the oceans, and recognition of the potential role of the oceans as
sources of food have generated increased concern toward the defile-
ment of marine waters.
Bacterial contamination of shellfish resources by municipal wastes
is well documented, as is similar pollution of recreational beaches.
Elsewhere pollution and decimation of shellfish "and other food re-
sources is associated with drainage and filling of tidal marshes, or
diversion of water that is essential to maintain conditions suitable
to the organisms. "Natural" amounts of nutrients, chiefly inorganic
nitrogen and phosphorus, have been supplemented by sources from
some coastal cities and industries. The combined nutrient load has
been implicated in the development of massive quantities of unwanted
marine plant growths that become deposited by waves or tides on shore
reaches wrhere they decay and emit foul odors.
Discoloration and tainting of animal foodstuffs have been noted
in estuaries and bays burdened with strong wastes. Toxic materials,
including pesticides, can comprise a major threat to the loss of
desirable marine life if not carefully controlled. A relatively recent
concern is the disposal of radioactive wastes and their long-term
effects on marine as well as fresh water organisms.
As in fresh waters, multiple use of marine waters is paramount to
any single use; control and abatement of pollution in marine waters
is requisite to provide a maximum variety of uses beneficial to all.
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
GENERAL REFERENCES
AYERS, J. C. BOWDEN, K. J.
1955. Ocean Currents, Pollution—and 1963. The Mixing Process in a Tidal
Fish. New York Conservationist, vol. Estuary. International Journal of Air
9, No. 4, pp. 2-3. and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 4
and 5, pp. 343-356.
AYERS, J. C.
1959. The Hydrography of Barnstable
Harbor, Massachusetts. Limnology BURT, W. V. and J. QUEEN
and Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 4, pp. 1957. Tidal Overmixing in Estuaries.
211-225. Science, vol. 126, pp. 972-973.
51
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
BURT, W. V.
1959. Oxygen Anomalies in the Surf
Near Coos Bay, Oregon. Ecology, vol.
40, No. 2, pp. 305-306.
BURT, W. V. and W. B. McAusTER
1959. Recent Studies in the Hydro-
graphy of Oregon Estuaries. Fish
Commission of Oregon, Research
Briefs, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 14-27.
CARRITT, D. E.
1956. Recent Developments in the Chem-
istry and Hydrography of Estuaries.
Transactions 21st North American
Wildlife Conference, Published by
Wildlife Management Institute, Wire
Building, Washington 5, D. C.
EBERMAN, J, W.
1956. Disposal of Wastes at Sea. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28,
No. 11, pp. 1365-1370.
ELDRIDGE, E. F. and R. O. SYLVESTER
1957. Silver Bay Water Pollution Con-
trol Studies Near Setka, Alaska.
Alaska Water Pollution Control
Board, Report No. 10, pp. 1-121.
ERIKSEN, A. and L. D. TOWNSEND
1940. The Occurrence and Cause of Pol-
lution in Grays Harbor. State Pollu-
tion Commission, State of Washing-
ton, Pollution Series, Bulletin No. 2,
pp. 1-100.
GALTSOFF, P. S., W. A. CHIPMAN, J. B.
ENGLE and H. N. Calderwood
1947. Ecological & Physiological Studies
of the Effect of Sulfate Pulp Mill
Wastes on Oysters in the York River,
Virginia. U. S. Fish & Wildlife Serv-
ice, Fishery Bulletin No. 43, pp.
59-186.
GOTAAS, H. G.
1949. The Effects of Sea Water on the
Biochemical Oxidation of Sewage.
Sewage Works Journal, vol. 21, No. 5,
pp. 818-839.
GUNTER, G.
I960. Pollution Problems Along the Gulf
Coast. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Transactions of the
1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp.
184-188,
HOOD, D. W.
1958. Waste Disposal in Marine Waters.
Proceedings, Sixth Conference on
Coastal Engineering, Florida, Decem-
ber 1957, pp. 607-624.
HULL, C. H. J.
1963. Photosynthetic Oxygenation of a
Polluted Estuary. International Jour-
nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol.
7, Nos. 6 and 7, pp. 669-696.
JACKSON, C. F.
1944. A Biological Survey of Great Bay,
New Hampshire: No. 1, Physical and
Biological Features of Great Bay and
the Present Status of Its Marine Re-
sources. New Hampshire Marine
Fisheries Commission, pp. 1-61.
KETCHUM, B. H.
1951. The Flushing of Tidal Estuaries.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
23, No. 2, pp. 198-209.
KETCHUM, B. H.
1951. The Exchanges of Fresh and Salt
Waters in Tidal Estuaries. Journal of
Marine Research, vol. 10, No. 1, pp.
18-38.
KETCHUM, B. H.
1954. Relation Between Circulation and
Planktonic Populations in Estuaries.
Ecology, vol. 35, No. 2, pp. 191-200.
KETCHUM, B. H.
1955. Distribution of Coliform Bacteria
and Other Pollutants in Tidal Estu-
aries. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 27, No. 11, pp, 1288-1296.
KETCHUM, B. H.
1960. Marine Pollution Problems In the
North Atlantic Area. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S, Public Health
Service, pp. 212-217.
LIEBMAN, E.
1939 (1940). River Discharges and
Their Effect on the Cycles and Produc-
tivity of the Sea. Proceedings of the
Sixth Pacific Science Congress, vol. 3,
pp. 517-523.
LYNN, W. R. and W. T. YANG
1960. The Ecological Efforts of Sewage
in Biscayne Bay. Oxygen Demand
and Organic Carbon Determinations.
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf
and Caribbean, vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 491-
509.
MARVIN, K. T., L. M. LANSFORD and
R. S. WHEELER
1961. Effects of Copper Ore on the Ecol-
ogy of a Lagoon. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin 184,
vol. 61, pp. 1-8.
McNuLTY, J. K,, E. S. REYNOLDS and
S. M. MILLER
1960. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol-
lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis-
tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chem-
ical Nutrients, and Volumes of Zoo-
plankton. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Transactions of the
1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp.
189-202.
McPHERSON, M. B.
1960. Diffusion in a Sectionally Homo-
geneous Estuary. Proceedings of the
American Society of Civil Engineers,
Sanitary Engineering Division, vol.
86, No. SA-5, pp. 69-79.
MILLS, K. E.
1952. Some Aspects of Pollution Control
in Tidal Waters. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 9, pp. 1150-
1158.
NELSON, T. C.
1960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para-
sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three
New Jersey Estuaries. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, pp. 203-211.
NUSBAUM, I. and H. E. MILLER
1952. The Oxygen Resources of San
Diego Bay. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 24, No. 12, pp. 1512-1527.
O'CONNOR, D. J.
1960. Oxygen Balance of an Estuary.
Proceedings of the American Society
of Civil Engineers, Sanitary Engi-
neering Division, vol. 86, No. SA-3,
pp. 35-55.
OLSON, R. A., H. F. BRUST and W. L.
TRESSLER
1941. Studies of the Effects of Indus-
trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco
River Area, 1: Curtis Bay Region,
1941. Board of Natural Resources
State of Maryland Department of Re-
search and Education, Chesapeake
Biological Laboratory Publication No.
43, pp. 1-40.
PARKHURST, J. D., W. E. GARRISON and
M. L. WHITT
1963. Effect of Wind, Tide and Weather
on Nearshore Ocean Conditions. In-
ternational Journal of Air and Water
Pollution, vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 813-827.
PEARSON, E. A.
1956. An Investigation of the Efficacy
of Submarine Outfall Disposal of
Sewage and Sludge. California State
Water Pollution Control Board, Sac-
ramento, Publication No. 14, pp. 1—
154.
PEARSON, E. A., R. D. POMEROY and
J. E. McKEE
1960. Summary of Marine Waste Dis-
posal Research Program in California.
California State Water Pollution Con-
trol Board, Sacramento, Publication
No. 22, pp. 1-77.
PRITCHARD, D. W.
1956. The Dynamic Structure of a
Coastal Plain Estuary. Journal of
Marine Research, vol. 15, No. 1, pp.
33-42.
REISH, D. J. and J. L. BARNARD
1959. Marine Pollution. Water and Sew-
age Works, vol. 106, No. 6, pp. 259-
262.
ROMER, H.
1956. The Health Departments Role in
New York Harbor Pollution Control.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28,
No. 12, pp. 1495-1503.
RUDOLFS, W. and H. HEUKELEKIAN
1942. Raritan River Pollution Studies.
Comparison of Results Obtained in
1927-28, 1937-38, 1940-41. Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 839-
865.
SHUSTER, C. N., JR.
1959. A Biological Evaluation of the
Delaware River Estuary. University
of Delaware, Marine Laboratories, In-
formation Series, Publication No. 3,
pp. 1-77.
53
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SIBLING, F. W.
1947. Effects of Pollution at Baltimore
on pH and Oxygen Content of Water.
Papers of the National Shellfisheries
Association, pp. 50-54.
SIMMONS, H. B.
1955. Some Effects of Upland Discharge
on Estuarine Hydraulics. Proceedings
of the American Society of Civil En-
gineers, Hydraulics Division, vol. 81,
No. 792, pp. 1-20.
THOMPSON, S. H.
1961. What is Happening to Our Estu-
aries? Transactions of the North
American Wildlife Conference, vol.
26, pp. 318-322.
TIBBY, R. B. and J. L. BARNARD
1963. Some Physical and Biological
Characteristics of Open Coastal Wa-
ters and Their Relationship to Waste
Discharge. International Journal of
Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, No. 8,
pp. 865-S88.
TULLY, J. P.
1948. Pollution Research in Alberni In-
let. Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, Pacific Progress Report, No.
76, pp. 66-71.
TYLER, R. G.
1950. Disposal of Sewage Into Tidal Wa-
ters. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 22, No. 5, pp. 685-696.
ZoBELL, C. E.
1960. Marine Pollution Problems in
Southern California. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, pp. 177-183.
BACTERIA
BUCK, T. C., JR., C. E. KEEFER and
H. HATCH
1952. Viability of Coliform Organisms
in Estuary Waters. Sewage and In-
dustrial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 6, pp.
777-784.
CARLUCCI, A. F. and D. PRAMER
1959. Microbiological Process Report.
Factors Affecting Survival of Bac-
teria in Sea Water. Applied Micro-
biology, vol. 7, No. 6, pp. 388-392.
CARLUCCI, A. F. and D. PRAMER
1960. An Evaluation of Factors Affect-
ing the Survival of Escherichia coli
in Sea Water. I-IV. Applied Micro-
biology, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 243-256.
ERDMAN, J. E. and A. D. LENNONT
1956. The Self-Cleansing of Soft-Shell
Clams; Bacteriological and Public
Health Aspects. Canadian Journal of
Public Health, vol. 47, No. 5, pp. 196-
202.
FELDMAN, G. and C. WINSLOW
1941. The Influence of Sewage Treat-
ment Upon the Bacterial Pollution of
New Haven Harbor. American Jour-
nal of Hygiene, vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 91-
101.
GREENBERG, A. E.
1956. Survival of Enteric Organisms in
Sea Water. Public Health Reports,
vol. 71, No. 1, pp. 77-86.
GUNNERSON, C. G.
1958. Sewage Disposal in Santa Monica
Bay, California. Proceedings of the
American Society of Civil Engineers,
Sanitary Engineering Division, vol.
84, No. SA-1, pp. 1-28.
HARRIS, E. K.
1958. On the Probability of Survival of
Bacteria in Sea Water. Biometrics,
vol. 14, pp. 195-206.
HOOD, D, W., B. STEVENSON and L. M.
JEFFREY
1958. Deep Sea Disposal of Industrial
Wastes. Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry, vol. 50, No. 6, pp. 885-888.
JANNASCH, H. W. and G. E. JONES
1959. Bacterial Populations in Sea Wa-
ter as Determined by Different Meth-
ods of Enumeration. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 128-
139.
KELLY, C. B. and W. ARCISZ
1954. Survival of Enteric Organisms in
Shellfish. Public Health Reports, vol.
69, No. 12, pp. 1205-1210.
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
KELLY, C. B.
1956. Public Health Service Research
on Shellfish Bacteriology. Proceedings
of the National Shellfisheries Associ-
ation, vol. 46, No. 1, pp. 21-26.
KELLY, C. B., W. ARCISZ, ML W. PRES-
NELL and E. K. HARRIS
1960. Bacterial Accumulation by the
Oyster, Crassostrea virginica, on the
Gulf Coast. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi-
needing Center, Technical Report
F60-4, pp. 1-45.
KETCHUM, B. H., J. C. AYERS and R. F.
VACCARO
1952. Processes Contributing to the De-
crease of Coliform Bacteria in a Tidal
Estuary. Ecology, vol. 33, No. 2, pp.
247-258.
KETCHUM, B. H.
1955. Distribution of Coliform Bacteria
and Other Pollutants in Tidal Estu-
aries. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 27, No. 11, pp. 1288-1296.
KNOWLTON, W. T.
1929. Bacillus Coli Surveys, Los Ange-
les Ocean Outfall. California Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 2, pp. 150-152.
LEAR, D. W.
1962. Growth of Coliform Bacteria in
Estuarine Waters. Chesapeake Sci-
ence, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 160-165.
McNuLTY, J. K., E. S. REYNOLDS and
S. M. MILLER
1960. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol-
lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis-
tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chem-
ical Nutrients, and Volumes of Zoo-
plankton. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp.
189-202.
NUSBAUM, I. and R. M. GARVER
1955. Survival of Coliform Organisms
in Pacific Ocean Coastal Waters. Sew-
age and Industrial WTastes, vol. 27,
No. 12, pp. 1383-1390.
ORLOB, G. T.
1956. Viability of Sewage Bacteria in
Sea Water. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 28, No. 9, pp. 1147-1167.
REUSZER, H. W.
1933. Marine Bacteria and their Role in
the Cycle of Life in the Sea. III. The
Distribution of Bacteria in the Ocean
Waters and Muds About Cape Cod.
Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol.
65, No. 3, pp. 480-497.
RITTENBERG, S. C., T. MiTTWER and
D.IVLER
1958. Coliform Bacteria in Sediments
Around Three Marine Sewage Out-
falls. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 101-108.
STARR, T. J. and M. E. JONES
1957. The Effect of Copper on the
Growth of Bacteria Isolated from
Marine Environments. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 33-
36.
VACCARO, R. F., M. O. BRIGGS, C. L.
CAREY and B. H. KETCHTJM
1950. Viability of Escherichia coli in
Sea Water. American Journal of Pub-
lic Health, vol. 40, No. 10, pp. 1257-
1266.
WAKSMAN, S. A. and M. HOTCHKISS
1938, On the Oxidation of Organic Mat-
ter in Marine Sediments by Bacteria.
Massachusetts, Woods Hole and
Massachusetts Bay. Journal of Marine
Research, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 101-118.
WARD, B. Q. and B. J. CARROLL
1965. Presence of Clostridium botulinum
Type E in Estuarine Waters. Applied
Microbiology, vol. 13, No. 3, p. 502.
WEISS, C. M.
1951. Adsorption of E. coli on River and
Estuarine Silts. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 227-
237.
WILSON, T. E. and C. S. McCLESKEY
1951. Indices of Pollution in Oysters.
Food Research, vol. 16, pp. 313-319.
WOOD, E. J. F.
1958. The Significance of Marine Micro-
biology. Bacteriological Review, vol.
22, No. 1, pp. 1-19.
ZoBELL, C. E.
1960. Marine Pollution Problems in the
Southern California Area. In: Bio-
logical Problems in Water Pollution—
Transactions of the 1959 Seminar,
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
Health Service, pp. 177-183.
55
-------
WATER POIXCTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
ALGAE AND PLANKTON
BANDY, O, L., 3. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M.
RESIG
1964. Foraminifera, Los Angeles County
Outfall Area, California. Limnology
and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 1, pp.
124-137.
BARLOW, J. P.
1955. Physical and Biological Processes
Determining the Distribution of Zoo-
plankton in a Tidal Estuary. Biolog-
ical Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 109,
No. 2, pp. 211-225.
BARLOW, 3, P., C. J. LARENZEN and R. T.
MYREN
1963. Eutrophication of a Tidal Estu-
ary. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 251-262.
CLENDENNING, K. A. and W. J. NORTH
1960. Effects of Wastes on the Giant
Kelp Macrocystisjpyrifera. In: Pear-
son, E. A., (ed.) Waste Disposal in the
Marine Environment. Pergamon
Press, N. Y., pp. 82-91.
FROLANDER, H. F.
1964. Biological and Chemical Features
of Tidal Estuaries. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 36, No. 8, pp. 1037-1048.
HOOD, D. W., B. STEVENSON and L. M.
JEFFREY
1958. Deep Sea Disposal of Industrial
Wastes. Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry, vol. 50, No. 6, pp. 885-888.
HOLL, C. H. J.
1961. Algae and Organic Waste Assimi-
lation in Tidal Estuaries. Proceedings
34 Annual Conference, Maryland-
Delaware Water and Sewage Associa-
tion, pp. 37-52.
HULL, C. H. J.
1963. Oxygenation of Baltimore Harbor
by Planktonic Algae. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 587-606.
JEFFRIES, H. P.
1962. Environmental Characteristics of
Raritan Bay, A Polluted Estuary.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7,
No. 1, pp. 21-31.
JOHANNES, B. E.
1965. Influence of Marine Protozoa on
Nutrient Regeneration. Limnology
and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp.
434-442.
KETCHUM, B. H.
1951. Plankton Algae and Their Biolog-
ical Significance. In: Smith, G. M.
(ed.) Manual of Phycology—An In-
troduction to the Algae and Their
Biology, Chapter 17, pp. 335-346.
KRISHNAMOORTHY, K. P. and G. Vis-
WESWARA
1963. Hydrobiological Studies with Ref-
erence to Sudden Fish Mortality.
F^drobiologia, vol. 21, Nos. 3 and 4,
pp". 275-303.
McNuLTY, J. K., E. S. REYNOLDS and
S. M. MILLER
1960. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol-
lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis-
tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chem-
ical Nutrients, and Volumes of Zoo-
plankton. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Transactions of the
1959 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service, pp.
189-202.
NASH, C. B.
1947. Environmental Characteristics of
a River Estuary- Journal of Marine
Research, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 147-174.
NORTH, W. J.
1959. Studies of the Influence Which
Water Clarity May Have on the Giant
Kelp Macrocystis pyrifera and its As-
sociated Organisms. International
Oceanographic Congress (Preprints),
American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, pp. 347-348.
NORTH, W. J.
1963. Ecology of the Rocky Nearshore
Environment in Southern California
and Possible Influences of Discharged
Wastes. International Journal of Air
and Water Pollution, vol. 7, Nos. 6 and
7, pp. 721-736.
ODUM, H. T., R. P, C. Du REST, R. J.
BEYERS and C. ALLBAUGH
1963. Diurnal Metabolism, Total Phos-
phorus, Ohle Anomaly, and Zooplank-
ton Diversity of Abnormal Marine
Ecosystems of Texas. Publications of
the Institute of Marine Science of the
University of Texas, vol. 9, pp. 404-
453.
66
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTHOL: MARINE WATERS
RYTHER, J. H.
1954. The Ecology of Phytoplankton
Blooms in Moriches Bay and Great
South Bay, Long Island, New York.
Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol.
106, No. 2, pp. 198-209.
SAWYER, C. N.
1965. The Sea-Lettuce Problem in Bos-
ton Harbor. Journal of the Water Pol-
lution Control Federation, vol. 37, No.
8, pp. 1122-1133.
TOLLEFSON, R.
1963. Basic Biological Productivity in a
Marine Industrial Area. Journal of
the Water Pollution Control Federa-
tion, vol. 35, No. 8, pp. 989-1005.
TOXIC ALGAE
ABBOTT, B. C. and D. BALLANTINE
1957. The Toxin from Gymnodinium
veneficum Ballantine. Journal of the
Marine Biological Association of the
United Kingdom, vol. 36, No. 1, pp.
169-189.
ALDBICH, D. V. and W. B. WILSON
1960. The Effect of Salinity on Growth
of Gymnodinium breve Davis. Biolog-
ical Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 119,
No. 1, pp. 57-63.
BALLANTINE, D.
1956. Two New Marine Species of
Gymnodinium Isolated from the Ply-
mouth Area. Journal of the Marine
Biological Association of the United
Kingdom, vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 467^74.
BARTSCH, A. F. and E. F. MCFARREN
1962. Fish Poisoning: A Problem in
Food Toxication. Journal of Pacific
Science, vol. 16, pp. 42-56.
BEIN, S. J.
1957. The Relationship of Total Phos-
phorus Concentration in Sea Water to
Red Tide Blooms. Bulletin of Marine
Science of the Gulf and Caribbean,
vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 316-329.
BERGMANN, F., I. PARNAS and K. REICH
1963. Observations on the Mechanism of
Action and on the Quantitative Assay
of Ichthyotoxin from Prymnesium
parvum. Toxicology and Applied
Pharmacology, vol. 5, pp. 637-649.
CHEW, F.
1953. Results of Hydrographic and
Chemical Investigations in the Region
of the "Red Tide" Bloom on the West
Coast of Florida in November 1952.
Bulletin of Marine Science of the Gulf
and Caribbean, vol. 2, No. 4, pp. 610-
625.
COLLIER, A.
1958. Some Biochemical Aspects of Red
Tides and Related Oceanographic
Problems. Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 33-39.
CONNELL, C, H. and J. B. CROSS
1950. Mass Mortality of Fish Associated
with the Protozoan Gonyaulax in the
Gulf of Mexico. Science, vol. 112, pp.
359-363.
CONOVER, S.
1954. Observations on the Structure of
Red Tides in New Haven Harbor,
Connecticut. Journal of Marine Re-
search, vol. 13, No. 2, pp. 145-155.
DAVIS, C. C.
1948. Gymnodinium brevis sp. Nov., A
Cause of Discolored Water and Ani-
mal Mortality in the Gulf of Mexico.
Botanical Gazette, vol. 109, No. 3, pp.
358-360.
DRAGOVICH, A., J. H. FINUCANE and
B. Z. MAY
1961. Counts of Red Tide Organisms,
Gymnodinium breve, and Associated
Oceanographic Data from Florida
West Coast. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Special Scientific Reports,
Fisheries No. 369, pp. 1-175.
FEINSTEIN, A.
1956. Correlations of Various Ambient
Phenomena with Red Tide Outbreaks
on the Florida West Coast. Bulletin
of Marine Science of the Gulf and
Caribbean, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 209-232.
FINUCANE, J. M. and A. DRAGOVICH
1959. Counts of Red Tide Organisms,
Gymnodinium breve, and Associated
Oceanographic Data from Florida
West Coast. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Special Scientific Reports,
Fisheries No. 289, pp. 1-220.
FINUCANE, J. H.
1964. Distribution and Seasonal Occur-
rence of Gymnodinium breve on the
West Coast of Florida. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Special Scientific
Reports, Fisheries No. 487, pp. 1-14.
57
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
GALTSOFF, P. S.
1948. Red Tide, Progress Report on the
Investigations of the Cause of Mortal-
ity of Fish Along the West Coast of
Florida conducted by the U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service and Cooperating
Organizations. U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, Special Scientific Re-
ports, Fisheries No. 46, pp. 1-44.
GATES, J. A. and W. B. WILSON
1960. The Toxicity of Gonyaulax
monilata, Howell to Mugil cephalus.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5,
No. 2, pp. 171-174.
GUNTER, G., R. H. WILLIAMS, C. C.
DAVIS and F. G. W. SMITH
1948. Catastrophic Mass Mortality of
Marine Animals and Coincident
Phytoplankton Bloom on the West
Coast of Florida, November 1946 to
August 1947. Ecological Monographs,
vol. 18, No. 3, pp. 309-324.
HELA, I.
1955. Ecological Observations on a
Locally Limited Red Tide Bloom. Bul-
letin of Marine Science of the Gulf
and Caribbean, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 269-
291.
HOWELL, F. J.
1953. Gonyaulax monilata, sp. Nov., The
Causative Dinoflagellate of a Red
Tide on the East Coast of Florida in
August-September, 1951. Transactions
of the American Microscopical So-
ciety, vol. 72, No. 2, pp. 153-156.
HUTTON, R. F.
1956. An Annotated Bibliography of
Red Tides Occurring in the Marine
Waters of Florida. Quarterly Journal
of the Florida Academy of Science,
vol. 19, Nos. 2 and 3, pp. 123-146.
KETCHUM, B. H. and J. KEEN
1948. Unusual Phosphorus Concentra-
tions in the Florida "Red Tide" Sea
Water. Journal of Marine Research,
vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 17-21.
KIERSTEAD, H. and L. B. SLOBODKIN
1953. The Size of Water Masses Con-
taining Plankton Blooms. Journal of
Marine Research, vol. 12, No. 1, pp.
141-147.
LASKER, R. and F. G. W. SMITH
1954. Red Tide. In: Galtsoff, P. S.,
(ed.). Gulf of Mexico Its Origin, Wa-
ters, and Marine Life, U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No.
89, pp. 173-176.
MCFARREN, E. F., M. L. SCHAFER, J. E.
CAMPBELL, K. H. LEWIS, E. T. JENSEN
and E. 3. SCHANTZ
1957. Public Health Significance of
Paralytic Shellfish Poison. A Review
of Literature and Unpublished Re-
search. Proceedings of the National
Shellfisheries Association, vol. 47, pp.
114-141.
MEDCOF, J. C., A. H. LEIM, A. B. NEED-
LER, A. W. H. NEEDLER, J. GIBBARD and
J. NAUBERT
1947. Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning on
the Canadian Atlantic Coast. Bulletin
of the Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, No. 75, pp. 1-32.
MEDCOF, J. C.
1960. Shellfish Posioning—A n o t h e r
North American Ghost. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, vol. 82,
No. 2, pp. 87-90.
NEEDLER, A. B.
1949. Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning and
Goniaulax tamarensis. Journal of the
Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
vol. 7, No. 8, pp. 490-504.
ODUM, H. T., J. B. LACKEY, J. HYNES
and N. MARSHALL
1955. Some Red Tide Characteristics
During 1952-1954. Bulletin of Marine
Science of the Gulf and Caribbean,
vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 247-258.
RAGOTZKIE, R. A. and L. R. POMEROY
1957. Life History of a Dinoflagellate
Bloom. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 62-69.
RAY, B. B., R. JOHNSON and J. A. ADAMS
1965. The Incidence of Dead and Dying
Fish in the Moray Firth, September
1963. Journal of the Marine Biolog-
ical Association of the United King-
dom, vol. 45, No. 1, pp. 29-47.
RAY, S. M. and W. B. WILSON
1957. The Effects of Unialgal and Bac-
teria-Free Cultures of Gymnodinium
brevis on Fish and Notes on Related
Studies with Bacteria. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Special Scientific
Reports, Fisheries No. 211, pp. 1-50.
REISH, D. J.
1963. Mass Mortality of Marine Orga-
nisms Attributed to the "Red Tide" in
58
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
Southern California. California Fish
and Game, vol. 49, No. 4, pp. 265-270.
ROUNSEFELL, G. A. and J. E. EVANS
1958. Large-Scale Experimental Test of
Copper Sulfate as a Control for the
Florida Red Tide. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Special Scientific
Reports, Fisheries No. 270, pp. 1-57.
RYTHER, J. H.
1955. Ecology of Autotrophic Marine
Dinoflagellates with Reference to Red
Water Conditions. In: F. H. Johnson,
(ed.), The Luminescence of Biological
Systems. Publication of the American
Association for the Advancement of
Science, pp. 387-414.
SLOBODKIN, L. B.
1953. A Possible Initial Condition for
Red Tides on the Coast of Florida.
Journal of Marine Research, vol. 12,
No. 1, pp. 148-155.
SMITH, F. G. W.
1949. Probable Fundamental Causes of
Red Tide off the West Coast of
Florida. Quarterly Journal of the
Florida Academy of Science, vol. 11,
No. 1, pp. 1-6.
SOMMER, H. and K. F. MEYER
1937. Paralytic Shellfish Poisoning.
Archives of Pathology, vol. 24, No. 5,
pp. 560-598.
SOMMER, H., W. F. WHEDON, C. A.
KOFOID and R. STOHLER
1937. Relation of Paralytic Shellfish
Poisoning to Certain Plankton Orga-
nisms of the Genus Gonyaulax. Ar-
chives of Pathology, vol. 24, No. 5, pp.
537-559.
SOMMER, H. and F. N. CLARK
1946. Effect of Red Water on Marine
Life in Santa Monica Bay, California.
California Fish and Game, vol. 32, No.
2, pp. 100-101.
TENNANT, A. D., J. NAUBERT and H. E.
CORBEIL
1955. An Outbreak of Paralytic Shell-
fish Poisoning. Canadian Medical As-
sociation Journal, vol. 72, No. 6, pp.
436-439.
WILSON, W. B. and S. M. RAY
1956. The Occurrence of Gymnodinium
brevis in the Western Gulf of Mexico.
Ecology, vol. 37, No. 2, pp. 1-388.
YARIV, J. and S. HESTRIN
1961. Toxicity of the Extracellular
Phase of Prymnesium parvum Cul-
tures. Journal of General Microbiol-
ogy, vol. 24, No. 2, pp. 165-175.
FUNGI
COUCH, J. N.
1942. A New Fungus on Crab Eggs.
Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scien-
tific Society, vol. 58, No. 2, pp. 158-
162.
JOHNSON, T. W. and F. K. SPARROW
1961. Fungi in Oceans and Estuaries.
Hafner Publishing Company, New
York, 668 pp.
MEYERS, S. P.
1954. Marine Fungi in Biscayne Bay,
Florida. II. Further Studies of Oc-
currence and Distribution. Bulletin of
Marine Science of the Gulf and Carib-
bean, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 307-327.
VISHNIAC, H. S.
1960. Salt Requirements of Marine
Phycomcyetes. Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 362-365.
BOTTOM ORGANISMS
AMOS, W. H.
1954. Biological Survey of the Delaware
River Estuary. Report of the Marine
Laboratory, University of Delaware,
vol. 2, pp. 21-31.
AYERS, J. C.
1956. Population Dynamics of the
Marine Clam My a aerenaria. Limn-
ology and Oceanography, vol. 1, No. 1,
pp. 26-34.
BANDY, 0. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M.
RESIG
1964. Foraminiferal Trends, Laguna
Beach Outfall Area, California. Limn-
ology and Oceanography, vol. 9, No.
1, pp. 112-123.
BANDY, 0. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M.
RESIG
1964. Foraminifera, Los Angeles
County Outfall Area. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 1, pp. 124-
137.
59
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
BANDY, 0. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M.
RESIG
1965. Foraminiferal Trends, Hyperion
Outfall, California. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 314-
332.
BANDY, O. L., J. C. INGLE, JR. and J. M.
RESIG
1965. Modification of Foraminiferal Dis-
tribution by the Orange County Out-
fall Area, California. Transactions
of the Marine Technological Society,
pp. 54-76.
BURBANK, W. D., M. E. PIERCE and G. C.
WHITELEY, JR.
1956. A Study of the Bottom Fauna of
Rand's Harbor, Massachusetts: An
Application of the Ecotone Concept.
Ecological Monographs, vol. 26, No. 3,
pp. 213-243.
DEAN, D. and H. H. HASKIN
1964. Benthic Repopulation of the Rari-
tan River Estuary Following Pollu-
tion Abatement. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 551-
563.
FILICE, F. P.
1954a. An Ecological Survey of the
Castro Creek Area in San Pablo Bay.
Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 12,
pp. 1-24.
FILICE, F. P.
1954b. A Study of Some Factors Affect-
ing the Bottom Fauna of a Portion of
the San Francisco Bay Estuary.
Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 12,
pp. 257-292.
FILICE, F. P.
1958. Invertebrates from the Estuarine
Portion of San Francisco Bay and
Some Factors Influencing Their Dis-
tributions. The Wasmann Journal of
Biology, vol. 16, pp. 159-211.
FILICE, F. P.
1959. The Effect of Wastes on the Dis-
tribution of Bottom Invertebrates in
the San Francisco Bay Estuary. The
Wasmann Journal of Biology, vol. 17,
pp. 1-17.
HARTMAN, O.
1956. Contributions to a Biological Sur-
vey of Santa Monica Bay, California.
Final Report Submitted to Hyperion
Engineers, Inc., by Geology Depart-
ment, University of Southern Cali-
fornia, pp. 1-161.
HARTMAN, 0.
1960. The Benthonic Fauna of Southern
California in Shallow Depths and Pos-
sible Effects of Wastes on the Marine
Biota. In: E. A. Pearson (ed.). Waste
Disposal in the Marine Environment.
Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 57-
81.
HOOD, D. W., B. STEVENSON and L. M.
JEFFREY
1958. Deep Sea Disposal of Industrial
Wastes. Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry, vol. 50, No. 6, pp. 885-888.
HUME, N, B. and C. E, GUNNERSON
1962. Characteristics and Effects of
Hyperion Effluent. Journal of the Wa-
ter Pollution Control Federation, vol.
34, No. 1, pp. 15-35.
McNuLTY, J. K.
1961. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol-
lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Sedi-
ments and the Distribution of Benthic
and Fouling Macroorganisms. Bul-
letin of Marine Science of the Gulf
and Caribbean, vol. 11, No. 3, pp. 394-
447.
NELSON, T. C.
I960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para-
sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three
New Jersey Estuaries. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, pp. 203-211.
REISH, D. J. and H. A. WINTER
1954. The Ecology of Alamitos Bay,
California, with Special Reference to
Pollution. California Fish and Game,
vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 105-121.
REISH, D. J.
1955. The Relation of Polychaetous
Annelids to Harbor Pollution. Public
Health Reports, U. S. Department of
Health, Education, and Welfare, vol.
70, No. 12, pp. 1168-1174.
REISH, D. J.
1956. An Ecological Study of Lower
San Gabriel River, California, with
Special Reference to Pollution. Cali-
fornia Fish and Game, vol. 42, No. 1,
pp. 51-61.
REISH, D. J.
1957. The Relationship of the Poly-
60
-------
WATEK POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
chaetous Annelid Capitella capitata,
(Fabricius) to Waste Discharges of
Biological Origin. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert
A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Cen-
ter, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
Health Service, pp. 195-200-
REISH, D. J.
1959. An Ecological Study of Pollu-
tion in Los Angeles—Long Beach
Harbors, California. Allan Hancock
Foundation Publications, Occasional
Paper No. 22, pp. 1-19.
RESIG, J. M.
1960. Foraminiferal Ecology Around
Ocean Outfalls off Southern Cali-
fornia. In: E. A. Pearson (ed).
Waste Disposal in the Marine En-
vironment, pp. 104-121.
RlTTENBERG, S. C., T. MlTTWER and
D. IVLEB
1958. Coliform Bacteria in Sediments
Around Three Marine Sewage Out-
falls. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 101-108.
SANDERS, H. L.
1958. Benthic Studies in Buzzards Bay.
I. Animal-Sediment Relationships.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3,
No. 3, pp. 245-258.
SMITH, R. I.
1953. The Distribution of the Poly-
ehaete Neanthes lighti in the Salinas
River Estuary, California. Biological
Bulletin, vol. 105, No. 2, pp. 335-347.
TURNER, C. H., E. E. EBERT and R. R.
GIVEN
1965. Survey of the Marine Environ-
ment Offshore of San Eli jo Lagoon,
San Diego County. California Fish
and Game, vol. 51, No. 2, pp. 81-112.
WALDICHUCK, M. and E. L. BOUSFIELD
1962. Amphipods in Low-Oxygen Ma-
rine Waters Adjacent to a Sulphite
Pulp Mill. Journal of the Fisheries
Research Board of Canada, vol. 19,
No. 6, pp. 1163-1165.
FISH AND SHELLFISH
BIDWELL, M. H. and C. B. KELLY
1949. A Study of Duck Farm Pollution
of a Shellfish Area. Papers of the
National Shellfisheries Association,
pp. 78-85.
BULLER, R. J. and H. S. SPEAR
1950, Survey of the Sport Fishery of
the Middle Atlantic Bight in 1948.
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Spe-
cial Scientific Reports, Fisheries No.
7, pp. 1-20.
BURDICK, G. E.
1954. An Analysis of the Factors, In-
cluding Pollution, Having Possible
Influence on the Abundance of Shad
in the Hudson River. New York Fish
and Game Journal, vol. 1, No. 2, pp.
188-205.
ELLIS, M. M., B. A. WESTFALL, D. K.
MEYER and W. S. PLATNER
1947. Water Quality Studies of the
Delaware River with Reference to
Shad Migration. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Special Scientific
Reports, Fisheries No. 38, pp. 1-19.
FISHER; L. M.
1938. Effects of Industrial Wastes and
Sewage on Shellfish and Fin Fish.
Civil Engineering, vol. 8, No. 7, pp.
454-456.
GALTSOFF, P. S.
1946. Reaction of Oysters to Chlorina-
tion. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Research Report No. 11, pp. 1-28.
GALTSOFF, P.. S.
1964. Environmental Factors Affecting
Oyster Populations. In: The Ameri-
can Oyster Crassostrea virginica
Gmelin. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Special Scientific Reports,
Fisheries No. 64, pp. 397-456.
GLUD, J. B.
1951. The Effect of Man on Shellfish
Populations. Transactions of the
North American Wildlife Conference,
vol. 16, pp. 397-403.
GUNTER, G. and J. McKEE
1961. On Oysters and Sulfite Waste
Liquor. Part I. Industrial Water and
Wastes, vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 182-186.
GUNTER, G. and J. McKEE
1962. On Oysters and Sulfite Waste
Liquor. Part II. Industrial Water
and Wastes, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 7-9.
HALL, F. G.
1929. The Influence of Varying Oxygen
Tensions Upon the Rate of Oxygen
61
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTKOL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
Consumption in Marine Fishes. The
American Journal of Physiology, vol.
88, pp. 212-218.
HERBERT, D. W. M. and A. C. WAKEFORD
1964. The Susceptibility of Salmonid
Fish to Poisons Under Estuarine Con-
ditions. I. Zinc Sulphate. Interna-
tional Journal of Air and Water Pol-
lution, vol. 8, No. 3-4, pp. 251-256.
HOURSTON, A. S. and E. H. HERLIVEAUX
1957. A "Mass Mortality" of Fish in
Alberni Harbor, British Columbia.
Journal of the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, Pacific Progress Re-
port No. 109, pp. 3-6.
KELLY, C. B., W. ARCISZ, M. W. PRES-
NELL and E. K. HARRIS
1960. Bacterial Accumulation by the
Oyster, Crassostrea virginica on the
Gulf Coast. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi-
neering Center, Technical Report
F60-4, pp.
LEBOSQUET, M., JR.
1956. Sewage Treatment Protects Shell-
fish Growing Areas. Proceedings of
the National Shellfisheries Associa-
tion, vol. 46, pp. 35-38.
MANSUETI, R. J.
1961. Effects of Civilization on Striped
Bass and Other Estuarine Biota in
Chesapeake Bay and Tributaries.
Proceedings of the Gulf and Carib-
bean Fisheries Institute, 14th Annual
Session, pp. 110-136.
NELSON, T. C.
I960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para-
sitism, and Inlet Restrictions in Three
New Jersey Estuaries. In : Biological
Problems in Water Pollution — Trans-
actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert
A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, pp. 203-211.
PAUL, R. M.
1951. San Diego Bay Water Pollution
Survey, Appendix II (pp. 67-80).
Project No. 52-9-1, Department of
Fish and Game. In : Report Upon the
Extent, Effects and Limitations of
Waste Disposal into San Diego Bay —
1951. San Diego Regional Water Pol-
lution Control Board, San Diego, Cali-
fornia, pp. 1-95.
SYKES, J. E. and B. A. LEHMAN
1957, Past and Present Delaware River
Shad Fishery and Considerations for
Its Future. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Research Report No. 46, pp.
-L—^O.
WISE, R. I., J. W. WINSTON and
G. CULLI
1948. Factors of Sewage Pollution of
Oyster Beds in Galveston Bay. Ameri-
can Journal of Public Health, vol. 38,
No. 12, pp. 1109-1117.
YOUNG, P. H.
1964. Some Effects of Sewer Effluent on
Marine Life. California Fish and
Game, vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 33-41.
FLOWERING AQUATIC PUNTS
COTTAM, C, and D. A. MUNRO
1954. Eelgrass Status and Environ-
mental Relations. Journal of Wildlife
Management, vol. 18, No. 4, pp. 449-
460.
DEXTER, R. W.
1944. Ecological Significance of the Dis-
appearance of Eelgrass at Cape Ann,
Massachusetts. Journal of Wildlife
Management, vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 173-
176.
NUTRIENTS
ANDERSON, D. R.
1940. Distribution of Organic Matter in
Marine Sediments and Its Availability
to Further Decomposition. Journal of
Marine Research, vol. 2, No. 3, pp.
225-235.
ANDERSON, G. C.
1964. The Seasonal and Geographic Dis-
tribution of Primary Productivity Off
the Washington and Oregon Coasts.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9,
No. 3, pp. 284-302.
ATKINS, W. R. G.
1923. Phosphate Content of Waters in
Relationship to Growth of Algal
Plankton. Journal of the Marine Bi-
ological Association of the United
Kingdom, vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 99-150.
62
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
BARLOW, J. P., C. J. LORENZEN and R. T.
MYREN
1963. Eutrophication of a Tidal Estu-
ary. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 251-262.
BEIN, S. J.
1957. The Relationship of Total Phos-
phorus Concentrations in Sea Water
to Red Tide Blooms. Bulletin of Ma-
rine Science of the Gulf and Carib-
bean, vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 316-329.
BURKHOLDER, P. R. and L. M. BURK-
HOLDER
1956. Vitamin B12 in Suspended Solids
and Marsh Muds Collected Along the
Coast of Georgia. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 1, No, 3, pp. 202-
208.
CONOVER, R. J.
1961. A Study of Charlestown and
Green Hill Ponds, Rhode Island. Ecol-
ogy, vol. 42, No. 1, pp. 119-140.
COOPER, L. H. N.
1941. The Rate of Liberation of Phos-
phates in Sea Water by Breakdown of
Plankton Organisms. Journal of the
Marine Biological Association of the
United Kingdom, vol. 20, No. 2, pp.
197-220.
CURL, H.
1962. Effect of Divalent Sulphur and
Vitamin B12 in Controlling the Distri-
bution of Skeletonema costatum.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7,
No. 4, pp. 422-424.
DAISLEY. K. WT. and L. R. FISHER
1958. Vertical Distribution of Vitamin
Bis in the Sea. Journal of the Marine
Biological Association of the United
Kingdom, vol. 37, No. 3, pp. 383-385.
DROOP, M. R.
1957. Vitamin B-12 in Marine Ecology.
Nature, vol. 180, pp. 1041-1042.
EDMONDSON, W. T. and Y. H. EDMOND-
SON
1947. Measurements of Production in
Fertilized Sea Water. Journal of Ma-
rine Research, vol. 6, pp. 228-246.
EDMONDSON, W. T.
1955. Factors Affecting Productivity in
Fertilized Salt Water. Papers in Ma-
rine Biology and Oceanography, Sup-
plement to Deep Sea Research, vol. 3,
pp. 451-464.
GRAHAM, H. W., J. M. AMISON and
K. T. MARVIN
1954. Phosphorus Content of Waters
Along the West Coast of Florida.
U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Spe-
cial Scientific Reports, Fisheries No.
122, pp. 1-43.
GRILL, E. V. and F. A. RICHARDS
1964. Nutrient Regeneration from
Phytoplankton Decomposing in Sea
Water. Journal of Marine Research,
vol. 22, No. 1, pp. 51-69.
GUILLARD, R. R. L. and P. J. WANGER-
SKY
1958. The Production of Extracellular
Carbohydrates by Some Marine Flag-
ellates. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 449-454.
HARRIS, E. and G. A. RILEY
1956. Oceanography of Long Island
Sound, 1952-1954. VIII. Chemical
Composition of the Plankton. Bulletin
of the Bingham Oceanographic Col-
lection, vol. 15, pp. 315-323.
HARVEY, H. W.
1933. On the Rate of Diatom Growth.
Journal of the Marine Biological As-
sociation of the United Kingdom, vol.
19, No. 1, pp. 253-276.
GEST, H. and M. D. KAMEN
1948. Studies on the Phosphorus Metab-
olism of Green Algae and Purple Bac-
teria in Relation to Photosynthesis.
Journal of Biological Chemistry, vol.
176, pp. 299-318.
HULBURT, E. M.
1956. Distribution of Phosphorus in
Great Pond, Massachusetts. Journal
of Marine Research, vol. 15, No. 3,
pp. 181-192.
HUME, N. B. and C. E. GUNNERSON
1962. Characteristics and Effects of
Hyperion Effluent. Journal of the Wa-
ter Pollution Control Federation, vol.
34, No. 1, pp. 15-35.
HUTNER, S. H.
1948. Essentiality of Constituents of
Sea Water for Growth of a Marine
Diatom. Transactions of the New
York Academy of Science, Series No.
2, vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 136-141.
JEFFRIES, H. P.
1962. Environmental Characteristics of
Raritan Bay, A Polluted Estuary.
63
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTBOL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 7,
No. 1, pp. 21-31.
JOHANNES, R. E.
1964. Phosphorus Excretion and Body
Size in Marine Animals: Microzoo-
plankton and Nutrient Regeneration.
Science, vol. 146, pp. 923-924.
JOHANNES, R. E.
1965. Influence of Marine Protozoa on
Nutrient Regeneration. Limnology
and Oceanography, vol. 10, No. 3, pp.
434-442.
KETCHUM, B. H., R. F. VACCAEO and
N. COEWIN
1958. The Annual Cycle of Phosphorus
and Nitrogen in New England Coastal
Waters. Journal of Marine Research,
vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 282-301.
MARRIAGE, L. D.
1959. Relation of the Estuary to Marine
Production. Proceedings of the 6th
Symposium on Water Pollution Re-
search, Department of Health, Educa-
tion, and Welfare, U. S. Public Health
Service, Portland, Oregon, pp. 1-33.
McNuLTY, J. K., E. S. REYNOLDS and
S. M. MILLER
1959. Ecological Effects of Sewage Pol-
lution in Biscayne Bay, Florida: Dis-
tribution of Coliform Bacteria, Chemi-
- cal Nutrients, and Volumes of Zoo-
plankton. In: Transactions of the
Second Seminar on Biological Prob-
lems in Water Pollution, Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
U. S. Public Health Service, Publica-
tion No. W60-3, pp. 189-202.
MENZEL, D. W. and J. P. SPAETH
1962. Occurrence of Ammonia in Sar-
gasso Sea Waters and in Rain Water
at Bermuda, Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 7, No, 2, pp. 159-162.
MUNK, W, H. and G. A. RILEY
1952. Absorption of Nutrients by
Aquatic Plants. Journal of Marine
Research, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 215-240.
NASH, C. B.
1947. Environmental Characteristics of
a River Estuary. Journal of Marine
Research, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 147-174.
NEWCOMBE, C. L., W. A. HORNE and
B. B. SHEPHERD
1939, Studies on the Physics and Chem-
istry of Estuarine Waters in Chesa-
peake Bay. Journal of Marine Re-
search, vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 87-116.
NEWCOMBE, C. L. and H. F. BRUST
1940. Variations in the Phosphorus Con-
tent of Estuarine Waters of the Chesa-
peake Bay Near Solomons Island,
Maryland. Journal of Marine Re-
search, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 76-88.
ODUM, H. T., J. B. LACKEY, J. HYNES
and N. MARSHALL
1955. Some Red Tide Characteristics
During 1952-1954. Bulletin of Marine
Science of the Gulf and Caribbean,
vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 247-258.
ODUM, H. T., R. P, CUZON DU REST,
R. J. BEYERS and C. ALLBAUGH
1963. Diurnal Metabolism, Total Phos-
phorus, Ohle Anomaly, and Zooplank-
ton Diversity of Abnormal Marine
Ecosystems of Texas. Publication of
the Institute of Marine Science of the
University of Texas, vol. 9, pp. 404-
453.
PARK, K., W. T. WILLIAMS, J. M. PRES-
COTT and D. W. HOOD
1962. Amino Acids in Deep-Sea Water.
Science, vol. 138, pp. 531-532.
PATTEN, B. C. and J. R. LACEY
1961. Distribution of Ammonia Nitro-
gen in the Lower York River, Vir-
ginia, Spring 1961. Virginia Institute
of Marine Science, Special Scientific
Report, vol. 25, No. 1-3, pp. 4-13.
POMEROY, L. R., E. E. SMITH and C. M.
GRANT
1965. The Exchange of Phosphate Be-
tween Estuarine Water and Sediment.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 10,
No. 2, pp. 167-172.
PRATT, D. M.
1950. Experimental Study of the Phos-
phorus Cycle in Fertilized Salt Water.
Journal of Marine Research, vol. 9,
No. 1, pp. 29-54.
RAKESTRAW, N. W. and T. VON BRAND
1947. Decomposition and Regeneration
of Nitrogenous Organic Matter in Sea
Water. VI. The Effect of Enzyme
Poisons. Biological Bulletin, Woods
Hole, vol. 92, No. 2, pp. 110-114.
64
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
REDFIELD, A. C.
1958. The Biological Control of Chem-
ical Factors in the Environment.
American Scientist, vol. 46. No. 3, pp
205-221.
RICE, T. R.
1953. Phosphorus Exchange in Marine
Phytoplankton. U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, Fishery Bulletin 54, pp.
77-89. ^
RILEY, G. A.
1946. Factors Controlling Phytoplank-
ton Populations on Georges Bank.
Journal of Marine Research, vol. 6,
No. 1, pp. 54-73.
RILEY, G. A.
1951. Oxygen, Phosphate, and Nitrate
in the Atlantic Ocean. Bulletin of the
Bingham Oceanography Collection,
vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 1-126.
RYTHER, J. H. and D. D. KRAMER
1961. Relative Iron Requirement of
Some Coastal and Offshore Plankton
Algae. Ecology, vol. 42, No. 2, pp.
444-446.
RYTHER, J. H. and C. S. YENTSCH
1958. Primary Production of Conti-
nental Shelf Waters off New York.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 3,
No. 3, pp. 327-335.
SAWYER, C. N.
1965. The Sea-Lettuce Problem in Bos-
ton Harbor. Journal of the Water Pol-
lution Control Federation, vol. 37, No.
8, pp. 1122-1133.
STARR, T. J.
1956. Relative Amounts of Vitamin B1S
in Detritus from Oceanic and Estu-
arine Environments Near Sapelo Is-
land, Georgia. Ecology, vol. 37. No. 4,
pp. 658-664.
STEVENSON, R. E. and J. R. GRADY
1956. Plankton and Associated Nutri-
ents in the Waters Surrounding Three
Sewer Outfalls in Southern Cali-
fornia. University of Southern Cali-
fornia, Allan Hancock Foundation
Report, pp. 1-48.
TIBBY, R. B. and J. L. BARNARD
1963. Some Physical and Biological
Characteristics of Open Coastal Wa-
ters and Their Relationship to Waste
Discharge. International Journal of
Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7, No. 8,
pp. 365-388.
VACCARO, R. F.
1963. Available Nitrogen and Phos-
phorus and the Biochemical Cycle in
the Atlantic off New England. Jour-
nal of Marine Research, vol. 21, No, 3,
pp. 284-301.
VISHNIAC, H. S. and G. A. RILEY
1961. Cobalamin and Thiamine in Long
Island Sound. Patterns of Distribu-
tion and Ecological Significance.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 6,
No. 1, pp. 36-41.
WHEATLAND, A. B., M. J. BARRETT and
A. M. BRUCE
1959. Some Observations on Denitrifica-
tion in Rivers and Estuaries. Journal
and Proceedings of the Institute of
Sewage Purification, Part 2, pp. 149-
159.
WILKINSON, L.
1963. Nitrogen Transformations in a
Polluted Estuary. International Jour-
nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7,
No. 6, pp. 737-752.
YENTSCH, C. S. and R. F. VACCARO
1958. Phytoplankton Nitrogen in the
Oceans. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 443-448.
YOUNG, E. G. and W. M. LANGILLE
1958. The Occurrence of Inorganic Ele-
ments in Marine Algae of the Atlantic
Provinces of Canada. Canadian Jour-
nal of Botany, vol. 36, No. 3, pp. 301-
O J_U»
RECREATIONAL WATERS
LEVINE, M., H. MINETTE and R. H.
TANIMOTO
1960. Characteristics and Expeditious
Detection of Bacterial Indices of Pol-
lution of Marine Bathing Beaches. In:
Pearson, E. A. {ed,)} Proceedings of
the First International Conference on
Waste Disposal in the Marine En-
vironment, Berkeley, California, 1959.
Pergamon Press Inc., New York, pp.
12-28.
65
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
MOORE, B.
1954. Sewage Contamination of Coastal
Bathing Beaches. Bulletin of Hygiene,
vol. 29, pp. 689-704.
PEARSON, E. A., R. D. POMEROY and
J. E, McKEE
1960. Summary of Marine Waste Dis-
posal Research Program in California.
California State Water Pollution Con-
trol Board, Publication No. 22, pp.
1-77.
SINDERMANN, C. J. and R. F. GIBBS
1953. A Dermatitis-Producing Schisto-
some which Causes "Clam Diggers"
Itch Along the Central Maine Coast.
Maine Department of Sea Fisheries,
Bulletin No. 12, pp. 1-20.
SINDERMANN, C. J.
1956. The Ecology of Marine Derma-
titis-Producing Schistosomes. I. Sea-
sonal Variation in Infection of Mud
Snails Nassa obsolete by Larvae of
Austrobilharzia variglandis. Journal
of Parasitology, Section 2, vol. 42, No.
4, pp. 1-27.
SINDERMANN, C., A. ROSENFIELJD and
L. STROM
1957. The Ecology of Marine Derma-
titis-Producing Schistosomes. II. Ef-
fects of Certain Environmental Fac-
tors on Emergence of Cercariae of
Austrobilharzia variglandis, Nassar-
ius. Journal of Parasitology, vol. 43,
No. 3, p. 382.
SINDERMANN, C. and A. ROSENFIELD
1957. The Ecology of Marine Derma-
titis - Producing Schistosomes. III.
Oxygen Consumption of Normal and
Parasitized Nassarius ofcsoZetits
(Nassa obsoleta) Under Varying Con-
ditions of Salinity. Journal of Para-
sitology, Section 2, vol. 43, No. 5, pp.
1-28.
STUNKARD, H. W.
1951. Causative Agents of Swimmer's
Itch in Narragansett Bay, Rhode Is-
land. Journal of Parasitology, Section
2, vol. 37, No. 5, pp. 26-27.
WINSLOW, C. and D. MOXON
1928. Bacterial Pollution of Bathing
Beach Waters in New Haven Harbor.
American Journal of Hygiene, vol. 8,
pp. 299-310.
PESTICIDES AND THEIR EFFECT
UPON AQUATIC LIFE
BOYD, C. E.
1964. Insecticides Cause Mosquitofish to
Abort. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol.
26, No. 3, pp. 1-138.
BUTLER, P. A., A. J. WILSON and A. J.
RICK
1960. Effect of Pesticides on Oysters.
Proceedings of the National Shellfish-
eries Association, vol. 51, pp. 123-132.
BUTLER, P. A.
1961. Effects of Pesticides on Commer-
cial Fisheries. Proceedings of the Gulf
and Caribbean Fisheries Institute, vol.
13, pp. 168-172.
BUTLER, P. A. and P. F. SRINGER
1963. Pesticides—A New Factor in
Coastal Environments. Transactions
of the North American Wildlife Con-
ference, vol. 28, pp. 378-390.
CHIN, E. and D. M. ALLEN
1957. Toxicity of an Insecticide to Two
Species of Shrimp, Penaeus aztecus
and Penaeus setiferus. Texas Jour-
nal of Science, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 270-
278.
CROKER, R. A. and A. J. WILSON
1965. Kinetics and Effects of DDT in a
Tidal Marsh Ditch. Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
94, No. 2, pp. 152-159.
DARSIE, R. F., JR. and F. E. CORRIDEN
1959. The Toxicity of Malathion to Killi-
fish (Cyprinodontidae) in Delaware.
Journal of Economic Entomology, vol.
52, No. 4, pp. 696-700.
GEORGE, J. L., R. F. DARSIE and P. F.
SPRINGER
1957. Effects on Wildlife of Aerial Ap-
plications of Strobane, DDT, and
BHC to Tidal Marshes in Delaware.
Journal of Wildlife Management, vol.
21, No. 1, pp. 42-53.
HARRINGTON, R. W., JR. and W. L. Bro-
LINGMAYER
1958. Effects of Dieldrin on Fishes and
Invertebrates of a Salt Marsh. Jour-
nal of Wildlife Management, vol. 22,
No. 1, pp. 76-82.
66
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
JANZEN, D. H.
1960. The Effects of Pesticides on Sport
Fisheries. Proceedings of the Gulf and
Caribbean Fisheries Institute, vol. 12,
pp. 50-55.
LOWE, J. I.
1964. Chronic Exposure of Spot, Leios-
tomus xanthurus, to Sublethal Con-
centrations of Toxaphene in Sea Wa-
ter. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 93, No. 4, pp.
396-399.
LOWE, J. I.
1965. Chronic Exposure of Blue Crabs,
Callinectes sapidns, to Sublethal Con-
centrations of DDT. Ecology, vol. 46,
No. 6, pp. 899-900.
NELSON, A. L. and E. W. SURBER
1947. DDT Investigations by the Fish
and Wildlife Service in 1946, U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Special Sci-
entific Reports, Fisheries No. 41, pp.
1-8.
NELSON, T. C.
1960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para-
sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three
New Jersey Estuaries. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, pp. 203-211,
RICHARDS, A. G. and L. K. CUTKOMP
1946. Correlation Between the Posses-
sion of a Chitinous Cuticle and Sensi-
tivity to DDT. Biological Bulletin,
Woods Hole, vol. 90, No. 2, pp. 97-108.
RUBER, E.
1963. The Effects of Certain Mosquito
Larvicides on Microcrustacean Popu-
lations. Proceedings of the Annual
Meeting of the New Jersey Mosquito
Exterminators Association, vol. 50,
pp. 256-263.
SPRINGER, P. F. and J. R. WEBSTER
1951. Biological Effects of DDT Appli-
cation on Tidal Salt Marshes. Mos-
quito News, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 67-74.
SPRINGER, P. F. and J. R. WEBSTER
1951. Biological Effects of DDT Appli-
cation on Tidal Salt Marshes. Trans-
actions of the North American Wild-
life Conference, vol. 16, pp. 383-397.
SPRINGER, P. F. and J. R. WEBSTER
1951. Effects of DDT on Saltmarsh
Wildlife: 1949. U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, Special Scientific Re-
ports, Wildlife No. 10, pp. 1-24.
TILLER, R. E. and E. N. CORY
1947. Effects of DDT on Some Tide-
water Aquatic Animals. Journal of
Economic Entomology, vol. 40, No. 3,
pp. 431-433.
UKELES, R.
1960. Effects of Several Toxicants on
Five Genera of Marine Phytoplank-
ton. Effects of Pesticides on Fish and
Wildlife: A Review of Investigations
During 1960. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service Circular No. 143, pp. 1-21.
WEISS, C. M.
1959. Response of Fish to Sub-Lethal
Exposures of Organic Phosphorus In-
secticides. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 31, No. 5, pp. 580-593.
WERNER, A. E. and M. WALDICHUK
1961. Decay of Hexachlorocyclohexane
in Sea Water. Journal of the Fish-
eries Research Board of Canada, vol.
18, No. 2, pp. 287-289.
ENVIRONMENT CHANGE AND ITS
EFFECT UPON AQUATIC LIFE
ANDREWS, J. D., D. HAVEN and D. B.
QUAYLE
1959. Fresh-water Kill of -Oysters
(Crassostrea virginica) in James
River, Virginia, 1958. Proceedings of
the National Shellfisheries Associa-
tion, vol. 49, No. 1, pp. 29-49.
BOURN, W. S. and C. COTTAM
1950. Some Biological Effects of Ditch-
ing Tidewater Marshes. "U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, Special Scien-
tific Reports, Research No. 19, pp.
1-30.
BUTLER, P. A.
1952. Effect of Floodwaters on Oysters
in Mississippi Sound in 1950. U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Special
Scientific Reports, Research No. 31,
pp. 1-20.
67
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
COFFEY, P. J., W. R. SLATER and C. A.
McCULLOUGH
1955. Water Quality and Waste Dis-
posal. Appendix F of Report to the
Water Project Authority of the State
of California on Feasibility of Con-
struction by the State of Barriers in
the San Francisco Bay System. Divi-
sion of Water Resources, Department
of Public Works, State of California,
pp. 1-71.
COLTON, J. B., JR.
1959. A Field Observation of Mortality
of Marine Fish Larvae Due to Wann-
ing. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 219-222.
CURL, H., JR.
1957. Changes in Bottom Topography
off Alligator Harbor Since 1889.
Quarterly Journal of the Florida
Academy of Science, vol. 20, No. 3, pp.
205-208.
DAIBER, F. C.
1959. Tidal Marsh, Conflicts and Inter-
actions. Estuarine Bulletin, vol. 4, No.
1, pp. 4-16.
DICKIE, L. M. and J. C. MEDCOF
1963. Causes of Mass Mortalities of
Scallops (Plaeopecten magellanicus)
ip the Southwestern Gulf of St.
Lawrence. Journal of the Fisheries
Research Board of Canada, vol. 20,
No. 2, pp. 451-482.
DOW, R. L.
1959. Investigations of Past, Present,
and Possible Future Status of Fish
and Shellfish Species in the United
States Area Affected by the Passama-
quoddy Power Project. In: Appendix
III, Biology—United States. Interna-
tional Passamaquoddy Fisheries
Board, Report to International Joint
Commission, Ottawa, Ontario, and
Washington, D. C., pp. 1-103.
HOESB, H. D.
1960. Biotic Changes in a Bay Associ-
ated with the End of a Drought.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5,
No. 3, pp. 326-336.
INGLE, R. M.
1952. Studies on the Effect of Dredg-
ing Operations upon Fish and Shell-
fish. Florida Board of Conservation,
Technical Series 5, pp. 1-25.
KERSWILL, C. J.
1959. Effects of Proposed Passama-
quoddy Power Project on Anadrom-
ous Fishes in Canadian Waters. In:
Appendix II, Studies in Fisheries
Biology for the Passamaquoddy
Power Project. International Passa-
maquoddy Fisheries Board, Report to
International Joint Commission, Ot-
tawa, Ontario, and Washington,
D. C., pp. 1-8.
MARTIN, W. R.
1960. Predicted Effects of Proposed
Tidal Power Structures on Ground-
fish Catches in Charlotte County,
N. B. Journal of the Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada, vol. 17, No.
2, pp. 169-173.
NELSON, T. C.
1960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para-
sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three
New Jersey Estuaries. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert
A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Cen-
ter, U. S. Public Health Service, Cin-
cinnati, Ohio, pp. 203-211.
ODUM, H. T.
1963. Productivity Measurements in
Texas Turtle Grass and the Effects
of Dredging an Intracoastal Channel.
Publications of the Institute of Ma-
rine Science of the University of
Texas, vol. 9, pp. 48-58.
OPPENHEIMER, C. H.
1963. Effects of Huricane Carla on the
Ecology of Redfish Bay, Texas. Bul-
letin of Marine Science of the Gulf
and Caribbean, vol. 13, No. 1, pp.
59-72.
PELGEN, D. E.
1955. The Effect of a San Francisco
Salinity Control Barrier on Fisheries
and Wildlife. Fish and Wildlife Ap-
pendix C of Report to the Water
Project Authority of the State of
California on Feasibility of Con-
struction by the State of Barriers in
the San Francisco Bay System, Divi-
sion of Water Resources, Department
of Public Works, State of California,
pp. 1-53.
PERLMTJTTER, A.
1959. Our Changing Shoreline. New
York State Conservationist, pp. 12-
15.
68
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL : MARINE WATERS
PHILLIPS, R. C.
I960. Ecology and Distribution of Ma-
rine Algae Found in Tampa Bay,
Boca Ciega Bay and at Tarpon
Springs, Florida. Quarterly Journal
of the Florida Academy of Science,
vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 222-260.
PHILLIPS, R. C.
1960. Observations on the Ecology and
Distribution of the Florida Sea-
grasses. Florida State Board of Con-
servation, Technical Series 2, pp.
1-72.
RlLEY, G. A.
1937. The Significance of the Missis-
sippi River Drainage for Biological
Conditions in the Northern Gulf of
Mexico. Journal of Marine Research,
vol. 1, No. 1, pp. 60-74.
SCHULTZ, E. A, and H. B. SIMMONS
1957. Fresh Water-Salt Water Density
Currents, a Major Cause of Siltation
in Estuaries. Nineteenth Naviga-
tional Congress, London, England—
1957, Paper S-II, C-3, pp. 1-20.
SCHWARTZ, F. J.
1964. Effects of Winter Water Condi-
tions on Fifteen Species of Captive
Marine Fishes. American Midland
Naturalist, vol. 71, No. 2, pp. 434-
444.
SIMMONS, E. G.
1957. An Ecological Survey of the
Upper Laguna Madre of Texas. Pub-
lications of the Institute of Marine
Science of the University of Texas,
vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 156-200.
SOLOMON, C. H.
1965. Bait Shrimp (Penaeus duorarum)
in Tampa Bay, Florida—Biology,
Fishery Economics, and Changing
Habitat. U. S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Special Scientific Reports,
Fisheries No. 520, pp. 1-16.
STAUFFER, R. C.
1937. Changes in the Invertebrate Com-
munity of a Lagoon after Disappear-
ance of the Eelgrass. Ecology, vol.
18, No. 3, pp. 427-431.
TABB, D. C. and A. C. JONES
1962. Effect of Hurricane Donna on
the Aquatic Fauna of North Florida
Bay. Transactions of the American
Fisheries Society, vol. 91, No. 4, pp.
375-378.
ZETLER, B. D.
1953. Some Effects of the Diversion of
the Santee River on the Waters of
Charleston Harbor. Transactions of
the American Geophysical Union,
vol. 34, No. 5, pp. 729-732.
RADIOACTIVITY AND ITS EFFECT
UPON AQUATIC LIFE
BAPTIST, J. P. and T. J. PRICE
1962. Accumulation and Retention of
Cesium1" by Marine Fishes. U. S. Fish
and Wildlife Service, Special Scien-
tific Reports, Fisheries No. 62, pp.
177-187.
BOROUGHS, H., W. A. CHIPMAN and
T. R. RICE
1957. Laboratory Experiments on the
Uptake, Accumulation, and Loss of
Radionuclides by Marine Organisms.
In: The Effects of Atomic Radiation
on Oceanography and Fisheries. Na-
tional Academy of Science, National
Research Council, Publication No.
551, pp. 80-87.
BOWEN, H. J. M.
1956. Strontium and Barium in Sea Wa-
ter and Marine Organisms. Journal
of the Marine Biological Association
of the United Kingdom, vol. 35, No. 3,
pp. 451-460.
BRYAN, G. W.
1963. The Accumulation of Caesium-137
by Brackish-Water Invertebrates and
Its Relation to the Regulation of
Potassium and Sodium. Journal of
the Marine Biological Association of
the United Kingdom, vol. 43, No. 3,
pp. 541-565.
BRYAN, G. W.
1963. The Accumulation of Radioactive
Caesium by Marine Invertebrates.
Journal of the Marine Biological As-
sociation of the United Kingdom, vol.
43, No. 3, pp. 519-539.
CARRITT, D. E.
1960. Disposal into the Sea and into
Geological Structures of Wastes Re-
sulting from the Peaceful Uses of
Atomic Energy. Disposal of Radioac-
tive Wastes, vol. 2, Conference Pro-
ceedings, Monaco, November 16—21,
1959, pp. 259-264.
69
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
CARRITT, D. E. and J. H. HARLEY
1957. Precipitation of Fission Product
Elements on the Ocean Bottom by
Physical, Chemical, and Biological
Processes. In: The Effects of Atomic
Radiation on Oceanography and Fish-
eries. National Academy of Science,
National Research Council, Publica-
tion No. 551, pp. 60-68.
CARRITT, D. E.
1959. Radioactive Waste Disposal into
Atlantic and Gulf Coast Waters. Na-
tional Academy of Science, National
Research Council, Publication No.
655, pp. 1-37.
CHIPMAN, W. A., T. R. RICE and T. J.
PRICE
1958. Uptake and Accumulation of
Radioactive Zinc by Marine Plankton,
Fish, and Shellfish. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Fisheries Bulletin
No. 135, pp. 279-292.
CHIPMAN, W. A.
1958. Biological Accumulation of Radio-
active Materials. First Texas Confer-
ence on Uses of Atomic Energy, Spe-
cial Publication of Agricultural and
Mechanical College of Texas, College
Station, Texas, pp. 36-41.
CHIPMAN, W. A.
1959. Accumulation of Radioactive Ma-
terials by Fishery Organisms. Pro-
ceedings of the Gulf and Caribbean
Fisheries Institute, vol. 11, pp. 97-
110, 115.
CHIPMAN, W. A.
1959. Disposal of Radioactive Materials
and Its Relation to Fisheries. Pro-
ceedings of the National Shellfisheries
Association, vol. 49, No. 1, pp. 5-12.
CHIPMAN, W. A.
1959. Accumulation of Radioactive Pol-
lutants by Marine Organisms and Its
Relation to Fisheries. In: Biological
Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
actions of the 2nd Seminar, Robert A,
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Publication No. W60-3, pp. 8-14.
DEXTER, R. W.
1962. Studies on Marine Food Chains
which could Introduce Radioactive
Materials to Man, and on Annual
Changes in Certain Natural Popula-
tions. Final Report. U. S. Atomic
Energy Commission, TID-17907, pp.
1-14.
DONALDSON, L. R. and R. F. FOSTER
1957. Effects of Radiation on Aquatic
Organisms. In: The Effects of Atomic
Radiation on Oceanography and Fish-
eries. National Academy of Science,
National Research Council, Publica-
tion No. 551, pp. 96-102.
FITZGERALD, B. W. and D. M. SKAUEN
1963. Zinc-65 in Oysters in Fishers
Island Sound and its Estuaries. In:
Radioecology. Reinhold Publishing
Corporation, New York, pp. 159-162.
GORBMAN, A. and M. S. JAMES
1963. An Exploratory Study of Radia-
tion Damage in the Thyroids of Coral
Reef Fishes from the Eniwetok Atoll.
In: Radioecology. Reinhold Publish-
ing Corporation, New York, pp. 385-
399.
GUTKNECHT, J.
1961. Mechanism of Radioactive Zinc
Uptake by Ulva lactuca. Limnology
and Oceanography, vol. 6, No. 4, pp.
426-431.
GUTKNECHT, J.
1965. Uptake and Retention of Cesium-
137 and Zinc-65 by Seaweeds. Limn-
ology and Oceanography, vol. 10, No.
1, pp. 58-66.
HATFIELD, T. W., D. M. SKATJEN and
J. S. RANKIN, JR.
1963. Gross Beta Radioactivity in Ma-
rine Organisms. In: Radioecology.
Reinhold Publishing Corporation,
New York, pp. 141-143.
HIGGINS, E.
1951. Atomic Radiation Hazards for
Fish. Journal of Wildlife Manage-
ment, vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 1-12.
Hoss, D. E.
1964. Accumulation of Zinc-65 by Floun-
der of the Genus Paralichthys. Trans-
actions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 93, No. 4, pp. 364-368.
JAFFE, G. and J. H. HUGHES
1953. The Radioactivity of Bottom Sedi-
ments in Chesapeake Bay. Transac-
tions of the American Geophysical
Union, vol. 34, No. 4, pp. 539-542.
JONES, R. F.
1960. The Accumulation of Nitrosyl
Ruthenium by Fine Particles and
Marine Organisms. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 5, No. 3, pp. 312-
325.
70
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
KETCHTJM, B. H. and V. T. BOWEN
1958. Biological Factors Determining
the Distribution of Radioisotopes in
the Sea. Proceedings of the Interna-
tional Conference on Peaceful Uses of
Atomic Energy, No. 18, pp. 429-433.
KETCHUM, B. H.
1960. Oceanographic Research Required
in Support of Radioactive Waste Dis-
posal. Disposal of Radioactive Wastes,
vol. 2, Conference Proceedings,
Monaco, November 16-21, 1959, pp.
283-291.
KRUMHOLZ, L. A., E. D. GOLDBERG and
H. BOROUGHS
1957. Ecological Factors Involved in the
Uptake, Accumulation, and Loss of
Radionuclides by Aquatic Organisms.
In: The Effects of Atomic Radiation
on Oceanography and Fisheries, Na-
tional Academy of Science, National
Research Council, Publication No.
551, pp. 69-79.
KRUMHOLZ, L. A. and R. F. FOSTER
1957. Accumulation and Retention of
Radioactivity from Fission Products
and Other Radiomaterials by Fresh-
Water Organisms. In: The Effects of
Atomic Radiation on Oceanography
and Fisheries. National Academy of
Science, National Research Council,
Publication No. 551, pp. 88-95.
NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL
1962. Disposal of Low-Level Radioactive
Waste into Pacific Coastal Waters.
National Academy of Science, Na-
tional Research Council, Publication
No. 985, pp. 1-100.
MAUCHLINE, J. and A. M. TAYLOR
1964. The Accumulation of Radio-
nuclides by the Thornback Ray, Raia
clavata L., in the Irish Sea, Limnology
and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 3, pp.
303-309.
MAUCHLINE, J. and W, L. TEMPLETON
1963. Dispersion in the Irish Sea of the
Radioactive Liquid Effluent from
Windscale Works of the U. K. Atomic
Energy Authority. Nature, vol. 198,
pp. 623-626.
OSTERBERG, C., J. PATTULLO and
W. PEARCY
1964. Zinc 65 in Euphausiids as Related
to Columbia River Water off the
Oregon Coast. Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 249-257.
OSTERBERG, C., W. G. PEARCY and
H. CURL
1964. Radioactivity and Its Relationship
to Oceanic Food Chains. Journal of
Marine Research, vol. 22, No. 1, pp.
2-12.
PEARCY, W. G. and C. L. OSTERBERG
1964. Vertical Distribution of Radio-
nuclides as Measured in Oceanic Ani-
mals. Nature, vol. 204, pp. 440-441.
PRICE, T. J.
1962. Accumulation of Radionuclides
and the Effects of Radiation on Mol-
luscs. In: Biological Problems in Wa-
ter Pollution—Transactions of the 3rd
Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary En-
gineering Center. Public Health Serv-
ice Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp.
202-210.
PRITCHARD, D. W.
1960. Problems Related to Disposal of
Radioactive Wastes in Estuarine and
Coastal Waters. In: Biological Prob-
lems in Water Pollution—Transac-
tions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, pp. 22-32.
RAY, K. M. (ed.)
1962. Oceanographic Studies During
Operation "Wigwam." Limnology and
Oceanography, Supplement to Volume
7, pp. 1-91.
REVELLE, R. and M. B. SCHAEFER
1957. General Considerations Concern-
ing the Ocean as a Receptacle for Ar-
tificially Radioactive Materials. Na-
tional Academy of Science. National
Research Council, Publication No.
511, pp. 1-25,
REVELLE, R. and M. B. SCHAEFER
1958. Oceanic Research Needed for Safe
Disposal of Radioactive Wastes at
Sea. Proceedings 2nd International
Conference on Peaceful Uses of
Atomic Energy, June 1958, Session
D-19, P/2431, pp. 364-370.
RICE, T. R.
1956. The Accumulation and Exchange
of Strontium by Marine Plankton
Algae. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 123-138.
71
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
RICE, T. R. and V. M. WILLIS
1959. Uptake, Accumulation and Loss
of Radioactive Cerium-144 by Marine
Planktonic Algae. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 3, pp. 277-
290.
SABO, J. J. and P. H. BEDROSIAN
(Editors)
1963. Studies of the Fate of Certain
Radionuclides in Estuariane and
Other Aquatic Environments. U. S.
Public Health Service Publication No.
999-R-3, p. 1-73.
SCHAEFER, M. B.
1960. New Research Required in Sup-
port of Radioactive Waste Disposal.
Disposal of Radioactive Wastes, vol.
2, Conference Proceedings, Monaco,
November 16-21, 1959, pp. 265-282.
SEYMOUR, A. H.
1963. Radioactivity of Marine Orga-
nisms from Guam, Palau and the Gulf
of Siam, 1958-1959. In: Radioecology.
Reinhold Publishing Corporation,
New York, pp. 151-157.
SKAUEN, D. M.
1963. Radioactive Zinc-65 in Marine
Organisms in Fisher's Island Sound
and Its Estuaries. Final Report, De-
cember 1, 1959 through November 30,
1963. U. S. Atomic Energy Commis-
sion, TID-19922, pp. 1-52.
TAYLOR, W. R.
1960. Some Results of Studies on the
Uptake of Radioactive Waste Mate-
rials by Marine and Estuarine Phyto-
plankton Organisms Using Continu-
ous Culture Techniques. Chesapeake
Bay Institute, Technical Report, No.
21, pp.
TOWNSLEY, S. J., R. E. JOHANNES and
B. T. SATHER
1962. The Accumulation of Radioactive
Isotopes by Tropical Marine Orga-
nisms. Annual Report, 1961-1962.
U. S. Atomic Energy Commission,
TID-19104, pp. 1-52.
WATSON, D. G., J. J. DAVIS and W. C.
HANSON
1961. Zinc-65 in Marine Organisms
Along the Oregon and Washington
Coasts. Science, vol. 133, pp. 1826-
1828.
WATSON, D. G., J. J. DAVIS and W. C.
HANSON
1963. Interspecies Differences in Ac-
cumulation of Gamma Emitters by
Marine Organisms near the Columbia
River Mouth. Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 8, No. 2, pp. 305-308.
TOXICITY AND BIO-ASSAY METHODS
ALDERDICE, D. F.
1963. Some Effects of Simultaneous
Variation in Salinity, Temperature
and Dissolved Oxygen on the Resis-
tance of Young Coho Salmon to a
Toxic Substance. Journal of the Fish-
eries Research Board of Canada, vol.
20, No. 2, pp. 525-550.
BEAVER, G. F., C. K. RAWLS and G. E.
BECKETT
1962. Field Observations upon Estuarine
Animals Exposed to 2,4—D. Proceed-
ings of the Northeast Weed Control
Conference, No. 16, pp. 449-458.
BERGMAN, F., I. PARNAS and K. REICH
1963. Observations on the Mechanism
of Action and on the Quantitative As-
say of Ichthyotoxin from Prymnesium
parvum. Toxicology and Applied
Pharmacology, vol. 5, pp. 637-649.
CHADWICK, H. K.
1960. Toxicity of Tricon Oil Spill Eradi-
cator to Striped Bass Roccus sexatilis.
California Fish and Game, vol. 46,
No. 3, pp. 371-372.
CHANIN, G. and P. DEMPSTER
1958. A Complex Chemical Waste and
Its Toxicity to Fish. Industrial
Wastes, vol. 3, No. 6, pp. 155-158.
COLLIER, A., S. RAY, W. MAGNITZKY and
J. O. BELL
1953. Effect of Dissolved Organic Sub-
stances on Oysters. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin,
vol. 54, No. 84, pp. 167-185.
COOPER, R. A., S. B. CHENOWETH and
N. MARSHALL
1964. Condition of the Quahog, Merce-
naria mercenaria, from Polluted and
Unpolluted Waters. Chesapeake Sci-
ence, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 155-160.
72
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
DAUGHERTY, F. M., JR.
1951. A Proposed Toxicity Test for In-
dustrial Wastes to be Discharged to
Marine Waters. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 8, pp. 1029-
1031.
DAUGHERTY, F. M., JR.
1951. Effects of Some Chemicals Used
in Oil Well Drilling on Marine Ani-
mals. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 23, No. 10, pp. 1282-1287.
DAVIS, C. C.
1948. Studies of the Effects of Indus-
trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco
River Area. 2. The Effect of Copper-
as Pollution on Plankton. Publica-
tions of the Chesapeake Biological
Laboratory, vol. 72, No. 1, pp. 1-12.
DAVIS, H. C. and P. E. CHANLEY
1956. Effects of Some Dissolved Sub-
stances on Bivalve Larvae. Proceed-
ings of the National Shellfisheries As-
sociation, vol. 46, pp. 59-74.
EISLER, R.
1965, Some Effects of a Synthetic De-
tergent on Estuarine Fishes. Transac-
tions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 94, No. 1, pp. 26-31.
GALTSOFF, P. S.
1932. Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on
Oysters. II. The Effect of Sulphite
Waste Liquor on the Rate of Feeding
of Ostrea, lurida and Ostrea gigas. In:
Hopkins, et al., Effects of Pulp Mill
Pollution on Oysters. U. S. Bureau of
Fisheries Bulletin, vol. 47, No. 6, pp.
162-167.
GALTSOFF, P. S.
1946. Reaction of Oysters to Chlorina-
tion. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
Special Scientific Reports, Research
No. 11, pp. 1-28.
GALTSOFF, P. S., W. A. CHIPMAN, JR.,
J. B. ENGLE and H. N. CALDERWOOD
1947. Ecological and Physiological
Studies of the Effect of Sulfate Pulp
Mill Wastes on Oysters in the York
River, Virginia. U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, Fishery Bulletin, vol. 51,
No. 43, pp. 59-186.
GATES, J. A. and W. B. WILSON
1960. The Toxicity of Gonyaulax moni-
lata Howell to Mugil cepkalus. Limn-
ology and Oceanography, vol. 5, No.
2, pp. 171-174.
HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E.
DlMICK
1953. The Lethality of Methyl Mercap-
tan to King Salmon as Influenced by
Variation of the Volume of Test Solu-
tion. Technical Association of the
Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 36, No.
3, pp. 131-133.
HENDERSON, W. L.
1959. Studies on the Use of Membrane
Filters for the Estimation of Coliform
Densities in Sea Water. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 1, pp.
78-91.
HERBERT, D. W. M. and A. C. WAKEFORD
1964. The Susceptibility of Salmonid
Fish to Poisons Under Estuarine Con-
ditions—I. Zinc Sulphate. Interna-
tional Journal of Air and Water
Pollution, vol. 8, Nos. 3 and 4, pp.
251-256.
HOOD, D. W., T. W. DUKE and
B. STEVENSON
1960. Measurement of Toxicity of Or-
ganic Wastes to Marine Organisms.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 32, No. 9, pp.
982-993.
LINDSAY, C. E.
1960. The Bio-assay Approach to Estu-
arine Pollution Problems. Journal of
the Water Pollution Control Federa-
tion, vol. 32, No. 2, pp. 195-197.
LOWE, J. I.
1965. Chronic Exposure of Blue Crabs,
Callinectes sapidus, to Sublethal Con-
centrations of DDT. Ecology, vol. 46,
No. 6, pp. 899-900.
MACKIN, J. G.
1961. Mortalities of Oysters. Proceed-
ings of the National Shellfisheries As-
sociation, vol. 50, pp. 21—40.
MARVIN, K. T., L. M. LANSFORD and
R. S. WHEELER
1961. Effects of Copper Ore on the Ecol-
ogy of a Lagoon. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No.
184, pp. 153-160.
NELSON, T. C.
1921. Some Aspects of Pollution as Af-
fecting Oyster Propagation. American
Journal of Public Health, vol. 11, No.
6, pp. 498-501.
73
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
PEARSON, E. A., R. D. POMEROY and
J. E. McKEE
1960. Summary of Marine Waste Dis-
posal Research Program in California.
State Water Pollution Control Board,
Sacramento, California, Publication
No. 22, pp. 1-77.
PULLEY, T. E.
1950. The Effect of Aluminum Chloride
in Small Concentrations on Various
Marine Organisms, Texas Journal of
Science, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 405-411.
RAWLS, C. K.
1965. Field Tests of Herbicide Toxicity
to Certain Estuarine Animals. Chesa-
peake Science, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 150-
161.
RAYMONT, J. E. G, and J, SHIELDS
1963. Toxicity of Copper and Chromium
in the Marine Environment. Interna-
tional Journal of Air and Water Pol-
lution, vol. 7, Nos. 4 and 5, pp. 435-443.
REISH, D. J. and J. L. BARNARD
1960. Field Toxicity Tests in Marine
Waters Utilizing the Polychaetous
Annelid, Capitella capitata (Frabic-
ius). Pacific Naturalist, vol. 1, No.
21, pp. 1-S.
RITCHIE, L. S.} I. Fox, L. P. FRICK and
L. A. BERRIES-DURAN
1963. Molluskicidal Qualities of Dinex
(dinitro-o-cyclohexylphenol) Revealed
by 6-Hour and 24-Hour Exposures
Against Representative Stages and
S:zes of Australorbis glabratus. Bul-
letin of the World Health Organiza-
tion, vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 545-^548.
STARR, T. J. and M. E. JONES
1957. The Effect of Copper on the
Growth of Bacteria Isolated from Ma-
rine Environments. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 33-36,
TAGATZ, M. E.
1961. Reduced Oxygen Tolerance and
Toxicity of Petroleum Products to
Juvenile American Shad. Chesapeake
Science, vol. 2, Nos. 1 and 2, pp. 65-71.
UKELES, R.
1962. Growth of Pure Cultures of Ma-
rine Phytoplankton in the Presence of
Toxicants. Applied Microbiology, vol.
10, No. 6, pp. 532-537.
WAUGH, G. D.
1964. Observations on the Effects of
Chlorine on the Larvae of Oysters
(Ostrea edulis L.) and Barnacles
(Etminius modestus Darwin). Annals
of Applied Biology, vol. 54, No. 3, pp.
423-440.
YOUNG, P. H.
1964. Some Effects of Sewer Effluent on
Marine Life. California Fish and
Game, vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 33-41.
TECHNIQUES
BARNARD, J. L. and G. F. JONES
1960. Techniques in a Large Scale Sur-
vey of Marine Benthic Biology. In:
Pearson, E. A. (ed.), Disposal of
Wastes in the Marine Environment.
Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 413-
447.
BUCK, J. D. and R. C. CLEVERDON
1960. The Spread Plate as a Method for
the Enumeration of Marine Bacteria.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5,
No. 1, pp. 78-80.
BUCK, J. D. and R. C. CLEVERDON
1961. The Effect of Tween 80 on the
Enumeration of Marine Bacteria by
the Spread and Pour Plate Methods.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 6,
No. 1, pp. 42-44.
BURT, W. V. and L. D. MARRIAGE
1957. Computation of Pollution in the
Yaquina River Estuary. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 12, pp.
1385-1389.
CLARK, J. R. and R. L. CLARK
1964. Sea-Water Systems for Experi-
mental Aquariums. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Research Report,
Fisheries No. 63, pp. 1-192.
DODSON, A. N. and W. H. THOMAS
1964. Concentrating Plankton in a Gen-
tle Fashion. Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 455-456.
HOHN, M. H.
1959. The Use of Diatom Populations as
a Measure of Water Quality in
Selected Areas of Galveston and
Chocolate Bay, Texas. Publications
of the Institute of Marine Science of
the University of Texas, vol. 6, pp.
206-212.
74
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
HOLMES, R. W.
1962. The Preparation of Marine Phyto-
plankton for Microscopic Examination
and Enumeration on Molecular
Filters. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, Special Scientific Report No. 433,
pp. 1-6.
JANNASCH, H. W. and G. E. JONES
1959. Bacterial Populations in Sea Wa-
ter as Determined by Different Meth-
ods of Enumeration. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 128-
139.
JOHNSON, M. C.
1954. A Suggested Inorganic Fertilizer
for Use in Brackish Water. Quarterly
Journal of the Florida Academy of
Science, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 119-127.
KUTKUHN, J. H.
1958. Notes on the Precision of Numer-
ical and Volumetric Plankton Esti-
mates from Small-Sample Concen-
trates. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 69-83.
MOORE, J. K.
1963. Refinement of a Method for Filter-
ing and Preserving Marine Phyto-
plankton on a Membrane Filter.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 8,
No. 2, pp. 304-305.
ODUM, E. P. and R. W. BACHMANN
1959. Uptake of Zinc-65 and Primary
Productivity in Marine Benthic Algae.
Biological Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol.
117, pp. 1-421.
ODUM, H. T.
1960. Analyses of Diurnal Oxygen
Curves for the Essay of Reaeration
Rates and Metabolism in Polluted Ma-
rine Bays. In: Pearson, E. A. (ed.),
Waste Disposal in the Marine En-
vironment. Pergamon Press, New
York, pp. 547-555.
ORLOB, G. T.
1956. Evaluating Bacterial Contamina-
tion in Sea Water Samples. Public
Health Reports, vol. 71, No. 12, pp.
1246-1252.
PARSONS, T. R. and J. D. H. STRICKLAND
1963. Discussion of Spectrophotometric
Determination of Marine-Plant Pig-
ments, with Revised Equations for
Ascertaining Chlorophylls and Caro-
tenoids. Journal of Marine Research,
vol. 21, No. 3, pp. 155-163.
PRATT, D. M. and H. BERKSON
1959. Two Sources of Error in the Oxy-
gen Light and Dark Bottle Method.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4,
No. 3, pp. 328-334.
PRESNELL, M. W., W. ARCISZ and C. B.
KELLY
1954. Comparison of the Membrane
Filter and Most Probable Number
Techniques in Examining Sea Water.
Public Health Reports, vol. 69, No. 3,
pp. 300-304.
REISH, D. J.
1961. The Use of the Sediment Bottle
Collector for Monitoring Polluted Ma-
rine Waters. California Fish and
Game, vol. 47, No. 3, pp. 261-272.
RICHARDS, F. A. with T. C. THOMPSON
1952. The Estimation and Characteriza-
tion of Plankton Populations by Pig-
ment Analysis. II. A Spectrophoto-
metric Method for the Estimation of
Plankton Pigments. Journal of Ma-
rine Research, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 156-
175.
REISH, D. J.
1960. The Use of Marine Invertebrates
as Indicators of Water Quality. In:
Pearson, E. A. (ed.), Waste Disposal
in the Marine Environment. Perga-
mon Press, New York, pp. 92-103.
RYTHER, J. H.
1956. The Measurement of Primary
Production. Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 72-84.
RYTHER, J. H. and C. S. YENTSCH
1957. The Estimation of Phytoplankton
Production in the Ocean from Chloro-
phyll and Light Data. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 281-
286.
RYTHER, J. H. and R. R. L. GUILLARD
1959. Enrichment Experiments as a
Means of Studying Nutrients Limit-
ing to Phytoplankton Production.
Deep Sea Research, vol. 6, No. 1, pp.
65-69.
SAYED, S. Z. E. and B. D. LEE
1963. Evaluation of an Automatic Tech-
nique for Counting Unicellular Orga-
nisms. Journal of Marine Research,
vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 59-73.
75
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SIMMONS, H. B.
1960. Application and Limitations of
Estuary Models in Pollution Analyses.
In: Pearson, E. A. (ed.), Waste Dis-
posal in the Marine Environment.
Pergamon Press, New York, pp. 540-
546.
TURNER, C. H., E. E. EBERT and R. R.
GIVEN
1964. An Ecological Survey of a Marine
Environment Prior to Installation of
a Submarine Outfall. California Fish
and Game, vol. 50, No. 3, pp. 176-188.
TURNER, C. H., E. E. EBERT and R. R.
GIVEN
1965. Survey of the Marine Environ-
ment Off Shore of San Elijo Lagoon,
San Diego County. California Fish
and Game, vol. 51, No. 2, pp. 81-112.
SAMPLERS
ALLEN, D. M. and A. INGLIS
1958. A Pushnet for Quantitative
Sampling of Shrimp in Shallow Estu-
aries. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 239-241.
BODMAN, R. H., L. V. SLABAWJH and
V. T. BOWEN
1961. A Multi-Purpose Large-Volume
Sea-Water Sampler. Journal of Ma-
rine Research, vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 141-
148.
BUCK, J. D. and R. C. CLEVERDON
1960. The Spread Plate as a Method for
the Enumeration of Marine Bacteria.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 5,
No. 1, pp. 78-80.
COLLIER, A. and S. M. RAY
1948. An Automatic Proportioning Ap-
paratus for Experimental Study of
the Effects of Chemical Solutions on
Aquatic Animals. Science, vol. 107,
pp. 576-577.
GAUL, R. D,, D. D. KETCHUM, J. T.
SHAW and J. M. SNODGRASS (eds.)
1962. Marine Sciences Instrumentation.
Plenum Press, New York, vol. 1, 354
PP.
HOLME, N. A.
1964. Methods of Sampling the Benthos.
In: Russell, F. S. (ed.), Advances in
Marine Biology, vol. 2, Academic
Press, Inc. (London) Ltd., 274 pp.
HOLMES, R. W.
1962. The Preparation of Marine Phyto-
plankton for Microscopic Examina-
tion and Enumeration on Molecular
Filters. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, Special Scientific Report, Fish-
eries No. 433, pp. 1-6.
KIMBALL, J. F., JR. and E. J. F. WOOD
1964. A Simple Centrifuge for Phyto-
plankton Studies. Bulletin of Marine
Science of the Gulf and Caribbean,
vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 539-544.
MAClNTYRE, R. J.
1964. A Box Dredge for Quantitative
Sampling of Benthic Organisms.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 9,
No. 3, pp. 460-461.
MERNA, J. W.
1962. Quantitative Sampling with the
Orange Peel Dredge. Limnology and
Oceanography, vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 432-
433.
MILLER, D.
1962. A Modification of the Small Hardy
Plankton Sampler for Simultaneous
High-Speed Plankton Hauls. Bulletin
of Marine Ecology, vol. 5, No. 45, pp.
165-172.
MOORE, J. K.
1963. Refinement of a Method for Filter-
ing and Preserving Marine Phyto-
plankton on a Membrane Filter. Limn-
ology and Oceanography, vol. 8, No. 2,
pp. 304-305.
MURRAY, J. W.
1962. A New Bottom-Water Sampler
for Ecplogists. Journal of the Marine
Biological Association of the United
Kingdom, vol. 42, No. 3, pp. 499-501.
PEARCY, W. G. and L. HUBBARD
1964. A Modification of the Isaacs-Kidd
Midwater Trawl for Sampling at Dif-
ferent Depth Intervals. Deep Sea Re-
search, vol. 11, No. 2, pp. 263-264.
SACHS, P. L. and S. 0. RAYMOND
1965. A New Unattached Sediment
Sampler. Journal of Marine Research,
vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 44-53.
SOLI, G.
1964. A System for Isolating Phyto-
plankton Organisms in Unialgal and
Bacteria-Free Culture. Limnology
and Oceanography, vol. 9, No. 2, pp,
265-268.
78
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
CRITERIA FOR AQUATIC LIFE
BROAD, A. C.
1965. Environmental Requirements of
Shrimp. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Transactions of the
1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service,
Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp.
86-91.
COULSON, E. J., H. LEVINE and R, E.
REMINGTON
1932. Oysters and Anemia. American
Journal of Public Health, vol. 22, No.
11, pp. 1141-1146.
RAYMONT, J. E. G.
1959. The Respiration of some Plank-
tonic Copepods III. The Oxygen Re-
quirements of some American Species.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 4,
No. 4, pp. 479-491.
INDUSTRIAL WASTES
GENERAL REFERENCES
EBERMAN, J. W.
1956. Disposal of Wastes at Sea. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28,
No. 11, pp. 1365-1370.
DEUBLER, E. E., JR. and G. S. POSNER
1963. Response of Postlarval Flounders,
Paralicthys lethostigma, to Water of
Low Oxygen Concentrations. Copeia,
No. 2, pp. 312-319.
Dow, R. L.
1958. Sanitary Criteria for Shellfish by
Species and by Area. Proceedings of
the National Shellfisheries Associa-
tion, vol. 48, pp. 23-29.
GALTSOPF, P. S.
1960. Environmental Requirements of
Oysters in Relation to Pollution. In:
Biological Problems in Water Pollu-
tion—Transactions of the 1959 Semi-
nar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engi-
neering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S.
Public Health Service, pp. 128-134.
FISHER, L. M.
1938. Effects of Industrial Wastes and
Sewage on Shellfish and Fin Fish.
Civil Engineering, vol. 8, No. 7, pp.
454-456.
HOOD, D. W., B. STEVENSON and L. M.
JEFFREY
1958. Deep Sea Disposal of Industrial
Wastes. Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry, No. 50, pp. 885-888.
INGRAM, W. M. and P. DOUDOROFF
1953. Selected Bibliography of Publica-
tions on Industrial Wastes Relating
to Fish and Oysters. Public Health
Service Publication No. 270, (Public
Health Service Bibliography Series
No. 10), pp. 1-28.
CAREER, W. F.
1956. Bacteriological Standards for
Bathing Waters. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 6, pp. 795-
808.
HUNTER, A. C. and C. W. HARRISON
1928. Bacteriology and Chemistry of
Oysters, with Special Reference to
Regulatory Control of Production,
Handling, and Shipment. U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, Technical
Bulletin No. 64, pp. 1-75.
LOOSANOFP, V. L., H. C. DAVIS and P. E.
CHANLEY
1955. Food Requirements of Some Bi-
valve Larvae. Proceedings of the Na-
tional Shellfisheries Association, vol.
45, pp. 66-83.
KRISHNAMOORTHY, K. P. and G. Vis-
WESWARA
1963. Hydrobiological Studies with Ref-
erence to Sudden Fish Mortality.
Hydrbiologia, vol. 21, Nos. 3 and 4,
pp. 275-303.
OLSON, R. A., H. F. BRUST and W. L.
TRESSLER
1941. Studies of the Effects of Indus-
trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco
River Area. Chesapeake Biological
Laboratory, Publication No. 43, pp.
1-40.
REDFIELD, A. C. and L. A. WALFORD
1951. A Study of the Disposal of Chem-
ical Wastes at Sea. National Academy
of Sciences—National Research Coun-
cil, Publication 201, pp. 1-49.
77
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
COOLING WATER
DOUDOROFF, P.
1938. Reactions of Marine Fishes to
Temperature Gradients. Biological
Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 75, pp.
494-509.
DOUDOROFF, P.
1942. The Resistance and Acclimation of
Marine Fishes to Temperature
Changes. I. Experiments with Girella
nigricans (Ayers). Biological Bul-
letin, Woods Hole, vol. 83, pp. 219-244.
DOUDOROFF, P.
1945. The Resistance and Acclimation
of Marine Fishes to Temperature
Changes. II. Experiments with Fun-
dulus and Atkerinops. Biological
Bulletin, Woods Hole, vol. 88, pp.
194-206.
GAMESON, A. L. H., H. HALL and W. S.
PREDDY
1957. Effects of Heated Discharges on
the Temperature of the Thames Estu-
ary. The Engineer, December 6, 13
and 20, 1957, Water Pollution Re-
search Laboratory Reprint No. 318,
pp. 3-12.
MABKOWSKI, S.
1959. The Cooling Water of Power Sta-
tions: A New Factor in the Environ-
ment of Marine and Freshwater
Invertebrates. Journal of Animal
Ecology, vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 243-258.
REISH, D. J. and J. L. BARNARD
1959. Marine Pollution. Water and Sew-
age Works, vol. 106, No. 6, pp.
259-262.
as Pollution on Plankton. Chesapeake
Biological Laboratory, Publication
No. 72, pp. 3-12.
NELSON, T. C.
I960. Some Aspects of Pollution, Para-
sitism, and Inlet Restriction in Three
New Jersey Estuaries. Biological
Problems in Water Pollution—Trans-
actions of the 1959 Seminar, Robert
A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Cen-
ter, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
Health Service, pp. 203-211.
O'CONNOR, J. T., C. E, RENN and
L WINTNER
1964. Zinc Concentrations in Rivers of
the Chesapeake Bay Region. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 56, No. 3, pp. 280-286.
PETROLEUM
ANON.
1926. Oil Pollution of Navigable Wa-
ters. Appendix 6, Report of the U. S.
Bureau of Fisheries: Preliminary In-
vestigation on Effect of Oil Pollution
on Marine Pelagic Eggs. April 1925,
pp. 85-92.
CHIPMAN, W. A. and P. S. GALTSOFF
1949. Effects of Oil Mixed with Carbon-
ized Sand on Aquatic Animals. U. S.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Special
Scientific Report, Fisheries No. 1, pp.
1-52.
COLE, B. T., H. J. BENNET and J. D.
MILLER
1958. Tolerance of Euryhaline Fish
Forms to Dilutions of Oil Field Bleed
Water. Proceedings of the Louisiana
Academy of Science, vol. 20, pp. 13-
METALS AND MANUFACTURING
ARNOLD, E. L., JR. and W. F. ROYCE
1950. Observations of the Effect of Acid-
Iron Waste Disposal at Sea on Animal
Populations. U, S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Special Scientific Reports,
Fisheries, No. 11, pp. 1-12.
DAVIS, C. C.
1948. Studies of the Effects of Indus-
trial Pollution in the Lower Patapsco
River Area, 2: The Effect of Copper-
DAUGHERTY, F. M., JR.
1951. Effects of Some Chemicals Used
in Oil Well Drilling on Marine Ani-
mals. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 23, No. 10, pp. 1282-1287.
GALTSOFF, P. S., H. F. PRYTHERCH, et al.
1935. Effects of Crude Oil Pollution on
Oysters. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries
Bulletin, vol. 48, pp. 142-210.
GALTSOFF, P. S.
1936. Oil Pollution in Coastal Waters.
Proceedings of the North American
78
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
Wildlife Conference, February 3-7,
1936, Senate Committee Print, 74th
Congress, Second Session, pp. 550-555.
GILES, L. A., JR. and J. LIVINGSTON
1960. Oil Pollution of the Seas. Trans-
actions of the North American Wild-
life Conference, vol. 25, pp. 297-303.
GOWANLOCH, J. N.
1935. Pollution by Oil in Relation to
Oysters. Transactions of the Ameri-
can Fisheries Society, vol. 65, pp.
293-296.
GUTSELL, J. S.
1921. Danger to Fisheries from Oil and
Tar Pollution of Waters. Appendix
VII, Report of U. S. Commissioner of
Fisheries for 1921, pp. 3-10.
HART, J. L., H. B. MARSHALL, and
D. BEALL
1933. The Extent of the Pollution Caused
by Pilchard Reduction Plants in Brit-
ish Columbia. Bulletin of the Fish-
eries Research Board of Canada, No.
39, pp. 1-11.
HART, J. L.
1933. The Investigation of Pollution by
Pilchard Reduction Plants. Fisheries
Research Board of Canada, Pacific
Progress Report No. 16, pp. 14-15.
HAWKES, A. L.
1961. A Review of the Nature and Ex-
tent of Damage Caused by Oil Pollu-
tion at Sea. Transactions of the North
American Wildlife and Natural Re-
sources Conference, vol. 26, pp. 343-
355.
HOPKINS, A. E.
1935. Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on
Oysters. I. The Effect of Sulphite
Waste Liquor on the Oyster, Ostrea
lurida. In: Hopkins, et al., Effects of
Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. U. S.
Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin, vol. 47,
No. 6, pp. 125-162.
LANE, F. W., A. D. BAUER, et al.
1924. Effect of Oil Pollution of Coast
and Other Waters on the Public
Health. Public Health Reports, vol.
39, No. 12, pp. 1657-1664.
LANE, F. W., A. D. BAUER, et al.
1925. Effect of Oil Pollution on Marine
and Wildlife. Appendix 5 to Report of
the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries
for 1925, Bureau of Fisheries Docu-
ment No. 995, pp. 171-181.
LANE, F. W., A. D. BAUER, H. F. FISHER
and P. N. HARDING
1926. Effect of Oil Pollution on Marine
and Wildlife. Report of the U. S.
Commissioner of Fisheries for 1925,
pp. 171-181.
MCDONALD, M.
1885. Report on the Pollution of the
Potomac River by the Discharge of
Waste Products from Gas Manufac-
ture. U. S. Fish Commission Bulletin,
No. 5, pp. 125-126.
TAGATZ, M. E.
1961. Reduced Oxygen Tolerance and
Toxicity of Petroleum Products to
Juvenile American Shad. Chesapeake
Science, vol. 2, Nos. 1/2, pp. 65-71.
ZoBELL, C. E.
1963. The Occurrence, Effects, and Fate
of Oil Polluting the Sea. International
Journal of Air and Water Pollution,
vol. 7, Nos. 2/3, pp. 173-178.
PULP, PAPER, AND TEXTILES
ALDERDICE, D. F. and J. R. BRETT
1957. Some Effects of Kraft Mill Efflu-
ent on Young Pacific Salmon. Journal
of the Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, vol. 14, No. 5, pp. 783-795.
BARTSCH, A. F.
1963. Paper Mill Pollution in Puget
Sound. Transactions of the North
American Wildlife Conference, vol.
28, pp. 1-369.
BREESE, W. P., R. E. MILLEMANN and
R. E. DIMICK
1963. Stimulation of Spawning in the
Mussels, Mytilus edulis Linnaeus and
Mytilus californianus Conrad by
Kraft Mill Effluent. Biological Bul-
letin, Woods Hole, vol. 25, pp. 1-197.
CHIPMAN, W. A.
1948. Physiological Effects of Sulphate
Pulp Mill Wastes on Shellfish. Paper
Trade Journal, vol. 127, No. 12, pp.
47-49.
GALTSOFF, P. S., W. A. CHIPMAN, et al.
1938. Preliminary Report on the Decline
of the Oyster Industry of the York
River, Virginia, and the Effects of
79
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
Palp-Mill Pollution on Oysters. U. S.
Bureau of Fisheries, Investigational
Report No. 37, vol. 2, pp. 1-42.
GALTSOFF, P. S., W. A. CHIPMAN, et al,
1947. Ecological and Physiological
Studies of the Effect of Sulfate Pulp
Mill Wastes on Oysters in the York
River, Virginia. U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, Fishery Bulletin No. 43,
pp. 59-186.
GREER, B. A., R. E. GILLESPIE and P. C.
TRUSSELL
1956. Biochemical Oxygen Demand of
Total Effluent from Full-Bleach Kraft
Mill. Technical Association of the
Pulp and Paper Industry, vol. 39, No.
8, pp. 599-602.
GUKTER, G. and J. McKEE
1960. On Oysters and Sulfite Waste
Liquor. A Report for the Pollution
Control Commission of the State of
Washington, pp. 1-93.
GUNTER, G. and J. McKEE
1961. On Oysters and Sulfite Waste
Liquor. Part I. Industrial Water and
Wastes, vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 182-186.
GUNTER, G. and J. McKEE
1962. On Oysters and Sulfite Waste
Liquor. Part II. Industrial Water and
Wastes, vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 7-9.
HAYDU, E. P., H. R. AMBERG and R. E.
DIMICK
1952. The Effects of Kraft Mill Waste
Components on Certain Salmonid
Fishes of the Pacific Northwest Tech-
nical Association of the Pulp and
Paper Industry, vol. 35, No. 12, pp.
545-549.
HOLLAND, G. A. (ed.)
1953. Toxic Effects of Sulfite Waste
Liquor on Young Salmon. State of
Washington, Department of Fisheries,
Research Bulletin No. 1, pp. 1-111.
HOPKINS, A. E., P. S. GALTSOFF and
H. C. McMimN
1931. Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on
Oysters. U. S. Bureau of Fishery
Bulletin, vol. 47, pp. 125-186.
JONES, B. F., C. E. WARREN, C. E. BOND
and P. DOUDOROFF
1956. Avoidance Reactions of Salmonid
Fishes to Pulp Mill Effluents. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 12,
pp. 1403-1413.
MCKERNAN, D. L., V. TARTAR and
R. TOLLEFSON
1949. An Investigation of the Decline
of the Native Oyster Industry of the
State of Washington, with Special
Reference to the Effects of Sulfite
Pulp Mill Waste on the Olympia
Oyster (Ostrea lurida). State of
Washington Department of Fisheries
Biological Report No, 49a, pp. 115-
165.
McMlLLlN, H. C.
1935. Effects of Pulp Mill Pollution on
Oysters. III. Investigations of Oyster
Mortality in Oakland Bay, Washing-
ton. In: Hopkins, et al., Effects of
Pulp Mill Pollution on Oysters. U. S.
Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin, vol. 47,
No. 6, pp. 167-186.
ODLAUG, T. 0.
1946. Effects of Stabilized and Unstabi-
lized Waste Sulfite Liquor on the
Olympia Oyster, Ostrea lurida. Trans-
actions of the American Microscopical
Society, vol. 68, No. 3, pp. 163-182.
ORLOB, G. T. and E. F. ELDRIDGE
1954. Deep-Water Disposal of Pulp Mill
Wastes into Port Gardner Bay,
Everett, Washington. Sewage and In-
dustrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 4, pp.
520-530.
TULLY, J. P.
1949. Oceanography and Prediction of
Pulp Mill Pollution in Alberni Inlet.
Bulletin of the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, No. 83, pp. 1-169.
WALDICHUK, M. and J. P. TULLY
1953. Pollution Study in Nanaimo Har-
bour. Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, Pacific Progress Report, No.
97, pp. 14-17.
WALDICHUK, M.
1954. Effect of Pulp Mill Waste in
Alberni Harbour. Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, Pacific Progress Re-
port, No. 101, pp. 23-26.
WALDICHUK, M.
1956. Pulp Mill Pollution in Alberni
Harbour, British Columbia. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 28, No. 2,
pp. 199-205.
WALDICHUK, M.
1957. Report on Pollution Studies Con-
ducted in Western Canada. In: Bio-
logical Problems in Water Pollution—
80
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
Transactions of 1956 Seminar, Robert
A. Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
U. S, Public Health Service, Cincin-
nati, Ohio, pp. 188-194.
WALDICHUK, M.
1960. Effects of Pulp and Paper Mill
Wastes on the Marine Environment.
In: Biological Problems on Water Pol-
lution—Transactions of the 1959
Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sanitary
Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service, pp. 160-
176.
WALDICHUK, M.
1962. Some Water Pollution Problems
Connected with the Disposal of Pulp
Mill Wastes. Canadian Fish Cultur-
ist, vol. 31, No. 1, pp. 3-34.
WALDICHUK, M.
1962. Amphipods in Low-Oxygen Ma-
rine Waters Adjacent to a Sulphite
Pulp Mill. Journal of the Fisheries
Research Board of Canada, vol. 19,
No. 6, pp. 1163-1165.
WALDICHUK, M.
1964. Dispersion of Kraft-Mill Effluent
from a Submarine Diffuser in Stuart
Channel, British Columbia. Journal
of the Fisheries Research Board of
Canada, vol. 21, No. 5, pp. 1289-1316.
ORGANISM IDENTIFICATION
GENERAL REFERENCES
HHJGEPETH, J. and X. HINTON
1961. Common Seashore Life of South-
ern California. Naturegraph Com-
pany, Heraldsburg, California, 65 pp.
LIGHT, S. F., R. I. SMITH, F. A.
PTTELKA, D. P. ABBOTT and F. M.
WEESNER
1961. Intertidal Invertebrates of the
Central California Coast. University
of California Press, Berkeley and Los
Angeles, California, 446 pp.
MINER, R. W.
1950. Field Book of Seashore Life. G. P.
Putnam's Sons, New York, 888 pp.
PRATT, H. S.
1951. A Manual of the Common Inverte-
brate Animals Exclusive of Insects.
The Blakiston Company, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania, 854 pp.
RICKETTS, E. F. and J. CALVIN
1963. Between Pacific Tides. Third Edi-
tion, Revised. Revisions by Joel W.
Hedgpeth. Stanford University Press,
California, 516 pp.
PROTOZOA, PORIFERA,
COELENTERATES, ECHINODERMS,
AND ANNELIDS
DELAUBENFELS, M. W.
1948. The Order Keratosa of the Phylum
Porifera, A Monographic Study.
Allan Hancock Foundation, Occasion-
al Paper No. 3, pp. 1-217.
FRASER, C. M.
1937. Hydroids of the Pacific Coast of
Canada and the United States. Uni-
versity of Toronto Press, 207 pp.
GALLOWAY, J. J.
1933. Manual of the Foraminifera. Prin-
cipia Press, Bloomington, Indiana, 483
pp.
HARTMAN, O.
1961. Polychaete Annelids from Cali-
fornia. Publications of the Allan Han-
cock Foundation, Occasional Paper
No. 25, pp. 1-226.
HARVEY, E. B.
1956. The American Arbacia and Other
Sea Urchins. Princeton University
Press, Princeton, New Jersey, 298 pp.
HORNFELD, M. M.
1931. Recent Littoral Foraminifera from
Texas and Louisiana. Department of
Geology, Stanford University, Contri-
bution No. 3, pp. 77-101.
MAYER, A. G.
1910. Medusae of the World. Carnegie
Institute, Washington, Publication
109, 3 vols.
PETTIBONE, M. H.
1963. Marine Polychaete Worms of the
New England Region. I. Aphroditidae
through Trochoahaetidae. Smithson-
ian Institution, United States Na-
tional Museum, Bulletin 227, pp.
1-356.
SCHAEFFER, A. A.
1926. Taxonomy of the Amoebas with
Descriptions of Thirty-Nine New Ma-
81
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
rine and Freshwater Species. Carnegie
Institution, Washington, Publication
No. 345, pp. 1-116.,
MOLLUSCS
ABBOTT, R. T.
1954. American Seashells. D. Van
Nostrand Company, Incorporated, 541
PP.
BAKER, F. and G. D. HANNA
1927. Marine Mollusca of the Order
Opisthobranchiata. Proceedings of the
California Academy of Science, Ser. 4,
16, No. 5, pp. 123-135.
BAKER, F.
1926. Mollusca of the Family Triphori-
dae. Proceedings of the California
Academy of Science, Ser. 4, 15, No. 6,
pp. 222-239.
CLENCH, W. J.
1947. The genera Purpura and Thais in
the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia, vol.
2, No. 23, pp. 61-92.
FITCH, J. E.
1953. Common Marine Bivalves of Cali-
fornia. California Fish arid Game,
Fisheries Bulletin No. 90, pp. 1-102.
HELPER, J. R.
1946. The Classification of Cypraeidae.
Nautilus, vol. 60, No. 2, pp. 49-53.
INGRAM, W. M.
1947. Hawaiian Cypraeidae. B. P. Bishop
Museum, Occasional Papers, vol. 19,
No. 1, pp. 1-23.
INGRAM, W. M.
1951. The Living Cypraeidae of the
Western Hemisphere. Bulletin of
American Paleontology, vol. 33, No.
136, pp. 1-55.
KEEN, A. M.
1963. Marine Molluscan Genera of West-
ern North America. Stanford Univer-
sity Press, Pasadena, California, 126
pp.
KEEN, A. M. and D. FRIZZELL
1946. Illustrated Key to West North
American Pelecepod Genera. Stan-
ford University Press, California, pp.
1—28.
KEEN, A. M. and J. C. PEARSON
1952. Illustrated Key to West North
American Gastropod Genera. Stan-
ford University Press, California, pp.
1-39.
MAWRY, C. J.
1922. Recent Molluscs of the Gulf of
Mexico and Pleistocene and Pliocene
Species from the Gulf States. Bulletin
of American Paleontology, vol. 9, No.
38, pp. 34-142.
MAWRY, C. J.
1920. Recent Molluscs of the Gulf of
Mexico and Pleistocene and Pliocene
Species from the Gulf States. Bulletin
of American Paleontology, vol. 8, No.
34, pp. 1-115.
OLDROYD, I. S.
1924. Marine Shells of Puget Sound and
Vicinity. Puget Sound Biological Sta-
tion, University of Washington,
Seattle, Washington, No. 4, pp. 1-272.
SMITH, M.
1951. East Coast Marine Shells. Descrip-
tions of Shore Mollusks Together with
Many Living Below Tide Mark, from
Maine to Texas Inclusive, Especially
Florida. (4th Ed.), Edwards Brothers,
Ann Arbor, Michigan, 314 pp.
TURNER, R. D.
1955. The Family Pholadidae in the
Western Atlantic and the Eastern
Pacific. Part II. Martensunae,
Jouannetinae, and Xylophazinae. John-
sonia, vol. 3, No. 34, pp. 65-160.
ARTHROPODS
BANNER, A. H.
1947. A Taxonomic Study of the Mysi-
dacea and Euphausiacea (Crustacea)
of the Northeastern Pacific. Part I.
Mysidacea, from family Tophogastri-
dae through Tribe Eurythropini.
Transactions of the Royal Canadian
Institute, vol. 26, pp. 345-399.
1948. Ibid. Part 2. Mysidacea from
Tribe Inysini through Sub-family
Mysidellinae, Ibid, vol. 27, pp. 65-111.
1949. Ibid. Part 3. Euphausiacea, Ibid,
vol. 28, pp. 1-62.
82
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
BARNARD, J. L.
1954. Marine Amphipoda of Oregon.
Oregon State University, Corvallis,
Oregon, pp. 1-107.
DAVIS, C. C.
1949. The Pelagic Copepoda of the
Northeastern Pacific Ocean. Univer-
sity of Washington, Publication of
Biology, vol. 14, pp. 1-118.
GARTH, J. S.
1958, Brachyura of the Pacific Coast of
America, Oxyrhyncha. Publications
of the Allan Hancock Foundation, Oc-
eational Paper 21, pp. 1-499.
HAIZ, J.
1960. The Porcellanidae (Crustacea,
Anomura) of the Eastern Pacific.
Publications of the Allan Hancock
Foundation, Occasional Paper No. 24,
pp. 1-440.
HEDGPETH, J. W.
1949. The North American Species of
Macrobrachium (river shrimp). Texas
Journal of Science, vol. 1, No. 3, pp.
28-38,
HEDGPETH, J. W.
1948. The Pycnogonida of the Western
North Atlantic and the Caribbean.
Proceedings of the U. S. National Mu-
seum, vol. 97, pp. 157-342.
HALTHITJS, L. B.
1951. A General Revision of the Palae-
monidae (Crustacea Decapoda Na-
tantia) of the Americas. I. The Sub-
families Euryrhynchinae and Ponto-
niinae. Allan Hancock Foundation
Publications, Occasional Papers, No.
11, pp.1-332.
HOLTHIUS, L. B.
1952. A General Revision of the Palae-
monidae (Crustacea Depacoda Na-
tantia) of the Americas. II. The Sub-
family Palaemoninae. Allan Hancock
Foundation Publications, Occasional
Papers, No. 12, pp. 1-396.
PlLSBRY, H. A.
1916. The Sessile Barnacles (Cirripedia)
Contained in the Collections of the
U, S. National Museum, Including a
Monograph of the America Species.
Bulletin of the U. S. National Mu-
seum, No. 93, pp. 1-366.
RATHBURN, M. J.
1918. The Grapsoid Crabs of America.
Bulletin of the U. S. National Mu-
seum, No. 97, pp. 1-461.
RATHBURN, M. J.
1925. The Spider Crabs of America.
Bulletin of the U. S. National Mu-
seum, No. 129, pp. 1-613.
RATHBURN, M. J.
1930. The Cancroid Crabs of America.
Bulletin of the U. S. National Mu-
seum, No. 152, pp. 1-609.
SCHMITT, W. L.
1921. Marine Decapod Crustacea of Cali-
fornia. University of California Pub-
lications of Zoology, No. 23, pp. 1—470.
TATTERSALL, W. M..
1951. A Review of the Mysidacea of the
United States. Bulletin of the U. S.
National Museum, No. 201, pp. 1-292.
Voss, G. L.
1955. A Key to the Commercial and
Potentially Commercial Shrimp of the
Family Penaeidae of the Western
North Atlantic and the Gulf of
Mexico. Florida State Board of Con-
servation, Technical Ser. 14, pp. 1-23.
WILLIAMS, A. B.
1965. Marine Decapod Crustaceans of
the Carolinas. U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, Fishery Bulletin, vol. 65,
No. 1, pp. 1-298.
WILSON, C. B.
1932. The Copepods of the Woods Hole
Region, Massachusetts. Bulletin of the
U. S. National Museum, No. 158, pp.
1-635.
FISHES
BAILEY, R. M., E. A. LACHNER, C. C.
LINDSEY, C. R. ROBINS, P. M. ROEDEL,
W. B. SCOTT and L. P. WOODS
1960. A List of Common and Scientific
Names of Fishes from the United
States and Canada. American Fish-
eries Society, Special Publication No.
2, pp. 1-102.
BREDER, C. M.
1948. Fieldbook of Marine Fishes. G. P.
Putnam's Sons, New York, 332 pp.
83
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
BRIGGS, J. C.
1955. A Monograph of the Clingfishes
(Order Xenopterygji). Stanford Ich-
thyology Bulletin, No. 6, pp. 1-224.
CLEMENS, W. A. and G. V. WILBY
1961. (2nd Edition) Fishes of the Pacific
Coast of Canada. Bulletin of the Fish-
eries Research Board of Canada, No.
68, pp. 1-443.
GlNSBURG, I.
1952. Flounders of the Genus Paralich-
thys and Related Genera in American
Waters. U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, Fishery Bulletin, vol. 52, No. 71,
pp. 265-351.
JORDAN, D. S.
1963. The Genera of Fishes and a
Classification of Fishes. Stanford Uni-
versity Press, Stanford, California,
800 pp.
OLSEN, Y. H.
1963. Fishes of the Western North At-
lantic, Part 3, Soft-Rayed Bony
Fishes. Sears Foundation for Marine
Research, Yale University, New
Haven, Connecticut, 630 pp.
PERLMUTTER, A.
1961. Guide to Marine Fishes. New
York University Press, New York,
431 pp.
PHILLIPS, J. B.
1957. A Review of the Rockfishes of
California (Family Scorpaenidae).
California Fish and Game, Fisheries
Bulletin No. 104, pp. 1-158.
ROEDEL, P. M.
1948. Common Marine Fishes of Cali-
fornia. California Fish and Game,
Fisheries Bulletin No. 68, pp. 1-150.
ROEDEL, P. M.
1953. Common Ocean Fishes of the Cali-
fornia Coast. California Fish and
Game, Fisheries Bulletin No. 91, pp.
1-184.
SEARS FOUNDATION FOR MAKING RE-
SEARCH, Memoir No. I. Fishes of the
Western North Atlantic.
PARR, A. E. and Y. H. OLSEN (eds.)
1948. Part I. Lancelets, Cyclostomes,
and Sharks. 576 pp.
1953. Part II. Sawfishes, Guitarfishes,
Skates, Rays, and Chimaeroids. 588
PP.
OLSEN, Y. H. (ed.)
1963. Part III. Soft-Rayed Bony Fishes,
Class Osteichthyes. Order Lepistostei.
Order Isospondylei. Suborders Salm-
onoidea, Elopoidea, Clupeoidea. 630
pp.
1964. Part IV. Soft-Rayed Bony Fishes,
Order Isospondylei (In Part). Sub-
orders Argentinoidea, Stomiatoidea,
Esocoidea, and Bathylaconoidea.
Order Giganturoidei. 599 pp.
OLSEN, Y. H. and J. W. ATZ (eds.)
1966. Part V. Order Iniomi. Aulopidae,
Synodontidae, Bathysauridae, Bathy-
pteroidae, Ipnopidae, Chlorophthal-
midae, Myctophidae and Neoscopeli-
dae (Interim Accounts), Scopelosauri-
dae, Paralepididae, Omosudidae,
Alepisauridae, Anotopteridae, Ever-
mannellidae, Scopelarchidae. Order
Lyomeri. Eurypharyngidae, Sacco-
pharyngidae. 647 pp.
WALFORD, L. A.
1937. Marine Game Fishes of the Pacific
Coast from Alaska to the Equator.
University of California Press,
Berkeley, California, 205 pp.
ALGAE AND FLOWERING
AQUATIC PLANTS
DAWSON, E. Y.
1946. Marine Algae of the Pacific Coast
of North America. Memoirs of the
Southern California Academy of Sci-
ences, vol. 3, No. 2.
CUFF, E. E.
1943. Marine Plankton Diatoms of the
West Coast of North America. Scripps
Institute of Oceanography Bulletin,
vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 1-238.
DAVIS, C. C.
1955. The Marine and Fresh-Water
Plankton. Michigan State University
Press, East Lansing, Michigan, 562
PP-
GRAHAM, H. W. and N. BRONIKOVSKY
1944. The Genus Cerntium in the Pacific
and North Atlantic Oceans. Publica-
tions of the Carnegie Institute, Wash-
ington, No. 565, pp. 1-209.
84
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
GRIFFITH, R. E.
1961. The Phytoplankton of Chesapeake
Bay—An Illustrated Guide to the
Genera. Chesapeake Biological Lab-
oratory Contribution No. 172, pp.
1-79.
BENDY, N. I.
1964. An Introductory Account of the
Smaller Algae of British Coastal Wa-
ters. Part V. Bacillariophceae (Dia-
toms). Fishery Investigations, Series
IV, Her Majesty's Stationery Office,
London, England, pp. 1-317.
HUMM, H. J.
1962. Key to the Genera of Marine Blue-
green Algae of Southeastern North
America. Virginia Fisheries Labora-
tory, Special Scientific Report No. 28,
pp. 1-5.
Koporo, C. A. and O. SWEZY
1921. The Free-Living Unarmored Dino-
flagellata. University of California
Press, Berkeley, California, 563 pp.
MULFORD, R. A.
1962. Diatoms from Virginia Tidal Wa-
ters. Virginia Institute of Marine Sci-
ence, Special Scientific Report No. 30,
pp. 1-33.
TAYLOR, W. R.
1.957. Marine Algae of the Northeastern
Coast of North America. 2nd Ed. Uni-
versity of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor,
509 pp.
OTHER ORGANISMS
COE, W. R.
1926, The Pelagic Nemerteans. Memoirs
of the Museum of Comparative Zool-
ogy, No. 49, pp. 1-244.
CHITWOOD, B. G.
1951. North American Marine Nema-
todes. Texas Journal of Science, vol.
3, No. 4, pp. 617-672.
MAYER, A. G.
1912. Ctenophores of the Atlantic Coast
of North America. Publications of
the Carnegie Institute, Washington,
No. 162, pp. 1-58.
MINER, R. W.
1950. Fieldbook of Seashore Life. Put-
nam's & Sons, New York, 888 pp.
OSBURN, R. C.
1953. Bryozoa of the Pacific Coast of
America. Allan Hancock Foundation,
Occasional Paper, No. 14, pp. 1-841.
PRATT, H. S.
1951. A Manual of the Common Inverte-
brate Animals Exclusive of Insects.
The Blakiston Company, Philadelphia
and Toronto, 854 pp.
SMITH, F. G. W.
1948. Atlantic Reef Corals. University
of Miami Press, Coral Gables, Florida,
pp. 1-112.
VAN NAME, W. G.
1945. The North and South American
Ascidians. Bulletin of the American
Museum of Natural History, No. 84,
pp. 1-476.
ASPECTS OF WATER QUALITY
BOOKS
CHAPMAN, V. J.
1960. Salt Marshes and Salt Deserts of
the World. Interscience Publishers,
New York, 392 pp.
EKMAN, S.
1953. Zoogeography of the Sea. Sidg-
wick & Jackson, London, 417 pp.
GALTSOFF, P. S. (Coordinator)
1954. Gulf of Mexico, Its Origin, Wa-
ters, and Marine Life. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No.
89, 604 pp.
GALTSOFF, P. S.
1964. The American Oyster Crossostrea
virginica Gmelin. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Fishery Bulletin No.
64, 480 pp.
HARVEY, H. W.
1955. The Chemistry and Fertility of
Sea Waters. Cambridge University
Press, 240 pp.
HETJKELEKIAN, H. and N. C. DONDERO
(eds.)
1964. Principles and Applications of
Aquatic Microbiology. (Rudolfs Re-
search Conference Proceedings, 1963)
John Wiley and Sons, New York, 452
PP.
85
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
HILL, M. N. (ed.)
1963. The Sea. Vol. 2. The Composition
of Sea Water. Comparative and De-
scriptive Oceanography, John Wiley
and Sons, New York, 554 pp.
HEDGEPETH, J. W. (ed.)
1957. (Reprinted 1963) Treatise on Ma-
rine Ecology and Paleoecology. Vol.
1. Ecology. Geological Society ol
America, Memoir 67, New York, 1296
pp.
JOHNSON, T. W., JR. and F. K. SPARROW,
JR.
1961. Fungi in Oceans and Estuaries.
Hafner Publishing Company, New
York, 668 pp.
REID, G. K.
1961. Ecology of Inland Waters and
Estuaries. Reinhold Publishing Cor-
poration, New York, 375 pp.
LEWIN, R. A. (ed.)
1962. Algae. Scripps Institute of Ocean-
ography, La Jolla, California, 938 pp.
LEWIN, R. A. (ed.)
1962. Physiology and Biochemistry of
Algae. Academic Press, New York,
929 pp.
LEWIS, J. R.
1964. Ecology of Rocky Shores. English
Universities Press, Ltd., London, 323
pp.
MACGmrnE, G. E. and N. MACGiNlTE
1949. Natural History of Marine Ani-
mals. McGraw-Hill Book Company,
Incorporated, New York, 473 pp.
MOORE, H. B.
1958. Marine Ecology. John Wiley and
Sons, New York, 493 pp.
NIOOL, J. A. C.
1960. The Biology of Marine Animals.
Interscience Publishers, New York,
707 pp.
OPPENHEIMER, C. H. (ed.)
1961. Symposium on Marine Microbiol-
ogy. Chicago, Illinois, Thomas Print-
ers, Springfield, Illinois, 769 pp.
PEARSON, E. A. (ed.)
I960. Waste Disposal in the Marine En-
vironment. Proceedings of the First
International Conference, Pergamon
Press, New York, 569 pp.
PROSSER, C. L. (ed.)
1952. Comparative Animal Physiology.
W. B. Saunders Company, Phila-
delphia and London, 888 pp.
RAY, D. L. (ed.)
1959. Marine Boring and Fouling Orga-
nisms. University of Washington
Press, Seattle, Washington, 584 pp.
RAYMONT, J. E.
1963. Plankton and Productivity in the
Oceans. Pergamon Press, New York,
666 pp.
REID, G. K.
1961. Ecology of Inland Waters and
Estuaries. Reinhold Publishing Cor-
poration, New York, 375 pp.
REVELLE, R. (Chairman)
1957. The Effects of Atomic Radiation
on Oceanography and Fisheries. Na-
tional Academy of Sciences—National
Research Council, Washington, D. C.,
Publication No. 551, 137 pp.
RUSSELL, F. S. (ed.)
1964. Advances in Marine Biology, Vol.
2. Academic Press, New York, 274 pp.
SEARS, M. (ed.)
1961. Oceanography. American Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science,
Washington, Publication No. 67, 665
pp.
SMITH, G. M. (ed.)
1951. Manual of Phycology: An Intro-
duction to the Algae and Their Biol-
ogy. The Chronica Botanica Com-
pany, Waltham, Massachusetts, 375
pp.
STRICKLAND, J. D. H. and T. R. PARSONS
1960. A Manual of Sea Water Analysis.
Fisheries Research Board of Canada,
Bulletin No. 125, Queen's Printers,
Ottawa, Canada, 185 pp.
STRICKLAND, J. D. H.
1960. Measuring the Production of Ma-
rine Phytoplankton. Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada Bulletin No.
122, 172 pp.
SVERDRUP, H, U., M. W. JOHNSON and
R. H. FLEMING
1942. The Oceans, Their Physics, Chem-
istry, and General Biology. Prentice
Hall, Inc., New York, 1087 pp.
-------
WATER POLLUTION- CONTROL: MARINE WATERS
WILBUR, K. M. and C. M. YONZE (eds.)
1964. Physiology of Mollusca. Vol. I.
Academic Press, New York, 487 pp.
WOOD, E. J. F.
1965. Marine Microbial Ecology. Chap-
man and Hall, London, 243 pp.
YAPP, W. B. (ed.)
1959. Effects of Pollution on Living Ma-
terial. Published by The Institute of
Biology, London, England, 154 pp.
ZoBELL, C. E.
1946. Marine Microbiology. Chronics
Botanica Company, Waltham, Massa-
chusetts, 240 pp.
JOURNALS
ALLAN HANCOCK FOUNDATION PUBLICA-
TIONS
University of Southern California
Press, Los Angeles, California. (Ir-
regular)
AMERICAN FISHERIES SOCIETY TRANS-
ACTIONS
Allen Press, Lawrence, Kansas (Quar-
terly)
BIOLOGICAL BULLETIN
Official Publication of the Woods Hole
Marine Biological Institution, Woods
Hole, Massachusetts
BULLETIN OF MARINE SCIENCE OF THE
GULF AND CARIBBEAN
The Marine Laboratory of the Univer-
sity of Miami, Miami, Florida (Quar-
terly)
BULLETIN OF THE BINGHAM OCEAN-
OGRAPHIC COLLECTION
Peabody Museum of Natural History,
Yale University, New Haven, Con-
necticut (Annual)
CALIFORNIA FISH AND GAME
California Division of Fish and Game,
Berkeley, California (Quarterly)
CHESAPEAKE SCIENCE
National Resources Institute of the
University of Maryland, Chesapeake
Biological Laboratory, Solomons,
Maryland (Quarterly)
DEEP SEA RESEARCH
Pergamon Press, New York (Quar-
terly)
ECOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS
Official Publication of the Ecological
Society of America, Duke University
Press, Durham, North Carolina
(Quarterly)
ECOLOGY
Official Publication of the Ecological
Society of America, Duke University
Press, Durham, North Carolina
(Bimonthly)
ESTUARINE BULLETIN
University of Delaware Marine La-
boratories, Newark, New Jersey
(Quarterly)
INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF AIR AND
WATER POLLUTION
Pergamon Press, New York (Seven
Issues Per Year)
JOURNAL OF ANIMAL ECOLOGY
Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ltd.,
Oxford, England (Three Issues Per
Year)
JOURNAL OF ECOLOGY
Blackwell Scientific Publications, Ox-
ford, England (Three Issues Per
Year)
JOURNAL OF THE FISHERIES RESEARCH
BOARD OF CANADA
Official Publication of the Fisheries
Research Board of Canada, Sir
Charles Tupper Building, Ottawa,
Ontario, Canada (Bimonthly through
1965, Monthly Thereafter)
JOURNAL OF MARINE RESEARCH
Sears Foundation for Marine Re-
search, Bingham Oceanographic La-
boratory, Yale University, New
Haven, Connecticut (Three Issues Per
Year)
JOURNAL OF THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL
ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED KINGDOM
Cambridge University Press, London,
England (Three Issues Per Year)
JOURNAL OF THE SANITARY ENGINEER-
ING DIVISION
Proceedings of the American Society
of Civil Engineers, Ann Arbor, Michi-
gan (Bimonthly)
JOURNAL OF THE WATER POLLUTION
CONTROL FEDERATION
Washington, D. C. (Monthly) For-
merly: Sewage Works Journal, vol.
87
-------
WATER POLX-DTION CONTROL, WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
1-21, 1928-1949; Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 22-31, 1950-1959.
LIMNOLOGY AND OCEANOGRAPHY
American Society of Limnology &
Oceanography, Baltimore, Maryland
(Quarterly)
PACIFIC NATURALIST
Publication of the Beaudette Founda-
tion for Biological Research, Solvang,
California (Irregularly)
PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL SHELL-
FISHERIES ASSOCIATION
Official Publication of the National
Shellfisheries Association, Duplicating
Department, University of North
Carolina, Chapel HOI, North Carolina
(Annual)
PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING AB-
STRACTS
Public Health Service, Washington,
D. C. (Monthly)
PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTITUTE OF MA-
RINE SCIENCE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF
TEXAS, Port Aransas, Texas
SPORT FISHERY ABSTRACTS
U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish
»nd Wildlife Service, Washington,
D. C. (Quarterly)
WATER POLLUTION ABSTRACTS
Her Majesty's Stationery Office, Lon-
don, England (Monthly)
-------
Activated sludge sewage
treatment plant.
Waste stabilization pond
Water purification plant
Plate III—Waste Treatment and Water Treatment Aspects
-------
PART III
WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT ASPECTS
SPECIFIC COMMUNITIES of plants and animals are associated with the
various phases of decomposition in the biological treatment of wastes.
Each of these communities is dependent on the other, and there is
gradation of organisms from one community to another at various
places in the system. Only those organisms adapted to the conditions
for the stage of decomposition under consideration are to be found
in abundance at any particular time and place in the decomposition
processes.
In designing bio-chemical waste treatment facilities, engineers pro-
vide for an optimum physical habitat in which maximum biological
decomposition can take place. These vary from imhoff tanks to waste
stabilization ponds; each contains a particular assemblage of organ-
isms. Early efforts to study the biological aspects of waste treatment
facilities were concerned with the determination of types of organ-
isms present in various treatment processes. Subsequent investiga-
tions dealt with the fate of specific organisms in activated sludge
and trickling filter systems. Additional studies need to be undertaken
to determine organism responses to operational changes within waste
treatment facilities.
Unlike the role of organisms in waste treatment, most organisms
in water supplies are detrimental, and considerable effort is devoted
to providing organism-free water to consumers. Organisms in water
supplies and delivery systems can cause discoloration, turbidity, un-
desirable tastes and odors, disease, plugging, and reduced flowage;
their control often involves use of chemicals which in turn may affect
the quality of water delivered to the consumer.
In recreational waters, sometimes employed as sources of water for
many purposes, certain organisms are deemed beneficial because they
are associated in one way or another with the pleasurable use of the
water. Man-induced enrichment of such waters, however, often results
in excessive growths of organisms which frequently achieve nuisance
proportions and restrict or eliminate recreational use. The excessive
development of organisms to nuisance proportions stimulates demands
for appropriate control measures to retain potential recreational
values. Proper control is only achieved by eliminating the cause of
such growths, but this may not be feasible for economic or other
91
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTBOL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
reasons, and chemical treatment may be undertaken. Unfortunately
chemical treatment rarely provides complete satisfaction in the con-
trol of aquatic nuisance organisms, and often the chemical employed
has adverse effects on other organisms considered beneficial in the
resource.
WASTE TREATMENT
GENERAL REFERENCES
AGEESBORG, H. P. K. and W. D. HAT-
FIELD
1929. The Biology of a Sewage Treat-
ment Plant—A Preliminary Survey—
Decatur, Illinois. Sewage Works
Journal, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 411-424.
BARKER, A.
1943. The Protozoa Fauna of Sewage
Disposal Plants. The Naturalist, pp.
65-69.
BOGAN, R. H.
1961. Removal of Sewage Nutrients by
Algae. Public Health Reports, vol.
76, No. 4, pp. 301-308.
CALAWAY, W. T. and J. B. LACKEY
.1962. Waste Treatment Protozoa, Flag-
ellata. University of Florida, College
of Engineering, Florida Engineering
Series No. 3, pp. 1-140.
CHANIN, 6.
1961. Fundamentals of Sludge Diges-
tion. Part II. Biology and Operation.
Water and Sewage Works, vol. 108,
No. 3, pp. 85-88.
COOKE, W. B.
1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
age. I. Literature Review. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 4,
pp. 539-549.
COOKE, W. B.
1954. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
age. II. Isolation Technique. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 5,
pp. 661-674.
GULP, R. L.
1963. Wpstewater Reclamation by Ter-
tiary Treatment. Journal of Water
Supply and Pollution Control, vol. 35,
No. 6, pp. 799-806.
GAINEY, P. L. and T. H. LORD
1952. Microbiology of Water and Sew-
age. Prentice-Hall, Incorporated, New
York, 430 pp.
GlLCREAS, F. W.
1952-53. Laboratory Control of Sewage
Treatment, Chapter 11, Biology of
Sewage Treatment, pp. 72-79. Case-
Shepperd-Mann Publishing Corpora-
tion, New York. 92 pp.
GOLUCKE, C. G. and W. J. OSWALD
1965. Harvesting and Processing Sew-
age-Grown Planktonic Algae. Jour-
nal of the Water Pollution Federa-
tion, vol. 37, No. 4, pp. 471-498.
HURWTPZ, E., R. BEAUDOIN and W.
WALTERS
1965. Phosphates, Their Fate in a Sew-
age Treatment Plant-Waterway Sys-
tem. Water and Sewage Works, vol.
112, No. 3. pp. 84-89, 112.
KABLER, P. W.
1959. Removal of Pathogenic Micro-
organisms by Sewage Treatment
Processes. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 1373-
1382.
KABLER, P. W.
1960. Selection and Adaptation of Mi-
croorganisms in Waste Treatment.
American Journal of Public Health
and the Nation's Health, vol. 50, No.
2, pp. 215-219.
LACKEY, J. B.
1932. Oxygen Deficiency and Sewage
Protozoa, with Descriptions of Some
New Species. Biological Bulletin, vol.
63, No. 2, pp. 287-295.
LACKEY, J. B.
1938. A Study of Some Ecological Fac-
tors Affecting the Distribution of
-------
WASTE TREATMENT
Protozoa. Ecological Monographs, vol.
8, No. 4, pp. 501-527.
LACKEY, J. B.
1949. Biology of Sewage Treatment.
Sewage Works Journal, vol. 21, No.
4, pp. 659-665.
LACKEY, J. B.
1954. How the Biota of Sewage and In-
dustrial Wastes Work for Us. Wastes
Engineering, vol. 25, No. 12, pp. 592-
595.
LACKEY, J. B. and R. M. DIXON
1943. Some Biological Aspects of the
Hays Process of Sewage Treatment.
Sewage Works Journal, vol. 15, No. 6,
pp. 1139-1152.
LLOYD, L. L.
1945. Animal Life in Sewage Purifica-
tion Processes. Sewage Works Jour-
nal, vol. 17, No. 5, pp. 1056-1059.
MACKENTHUN, K. M., L. A. LUESCHOW
and C. D. McNABB
1960. A Study of the Effects of Divert-
ing the Effluent from Sewage Treat-
ment Upon the Receiving Stream.
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts
and Letters, vol. 49, pp. 51-72.
MALANEY, G. W., W. D. SHEETS and
P. QUILLIN
1959. Toxic Effects of Metallic Ions on
Sewage Micro-organisms. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 31, No. 11, pp.
1309-1315.
MORRIS, G. L., L. VAN DEN BERG, G. L.
GULP, J. R. GECKLER and R. FORCES
1963. Extended-Aeration Plants and
Intermittent Watercourses. Public
Health Service Publication No. 999-
WP-8, pp. 1-51.
PURDY, W. C.
1937. Experimental Studies of Natural
Purification in Polluted Waters. X.
Reoxygenation of Polluted Waters by
Microscopic Algae. Public Health Re-
ports, vol. 52, No. 29, pp. 945-978.
ROWAN, W. B.
1964. Sewage Treatment and Schisto-
some Eggs. American Journal of
Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, vol.
13, pp. 527-576.
RUDOLFS, W. and H. HEUKELEKIAN
1941. The Microbiology of Sewage and
Sewage Treatment. In: A Symposium
on Hydrobiology. University of Wis-
consin Press, Madison, Wisconsin, pp.
273-279.
RUDOLFS, W., L. L. FALK and R. A.
RAGOTZKIE
1950. Literature Review on the Occur-
rence and Survival of Enteric, Patho-
genic, and Relative Organisms in Soil,
Water, Sewage, and Sludges, and on
Vegetation. I. Bacterial and Virus
Diseases. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 22, No. 10, pp. 1261-
1281. II. Animal Parasites, Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol, 22, No. 11,
pp. 1417-1427.
SAWYER, C. N.
1944. Biological Engineering in Sewage
Treatment. Sewage Works Journal,
vol. 16, No. 5, pp. 925-935.
SMIT, J.
1948. Microbiology of Drinking Water
and Sewage. Annual Reviews of Mi-
crobiology, pp. 435-452.
SrcDEN, B. and L. LOYD
1950. Clearing of Turbid Waters by
Means of the Ciliate Carehesium.
Journal of the Institute of Sewage
Purification (London), vol. 1, No. 1,
pp. 16-23.
TOMLINSON, T. G.
1939. The Biology of Sewage Purifica-
tion. The Surveyor, vol. 95, No. 2469,
pp. 655-658.
WILSON, J. N.
1949. Microbiota of Sewage Treatment
Plants and Polluted Streams. In:
Limnological Aspects of Water Sup-
ply and Waste Disposal. American
Association for the Advancement of
Science, Washington, D. C., pp. 1-15.
IMHOFF TANKS
HAUSMAN, L. A.
1923. Preliminary Studies on the Fauna
of Imhoff Tanks. American Journal
of Public Health, vol. 13, No. 8, pp.
656-658.
HAUSMAN, L. A.
1923. Studies on the Fauna of the
Sprinkling Filter Bed and Imhoff
Tanks. New Jersey Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Bulletin 390, pp.
28-29.
93
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
LACKEY, J. B.
1924. Fauna of Imhoff Tanks and
Sprinkling Filters, New Jersey Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, Bulletin
403, pp. 40-60.
LACKEY, J. B.
1925. The Fauna of Imhoff Tanks. New
Jersey Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, Bulletin 417, pp. 1-39.
LACKEY, J. B.
1926. Kinds, Distribution, and Fluctua-
tions of Protozoa in Imhoff Tanks.
New Jersey Agricultural Experiment
Station, Bulletin 427, pp. 30-41.
RUDOLFS, W., F. L. CAMPBELL, M.
HOTCHKISS and J. B. LACKEY
1924. Digestion of Fresh Solids. New
Jersey Agricultural Experiment Sta-
tion, Bulletin 403, pp. 60-81.
RUDOLFS, W. and J. B. LACKEY
1924. Digestion of Fresh Solids Con-
taminated with Partially Digested
Material. New Jersey Agricultural
Experiment Station, Bulletin 403, pp.
89-91.
RUDOLFS, W., M. HOTCHKISS, A. J.
FISCHER and J. B. LACKEY
1926. Studies on Fresh Solids Digestion.
New Jersey Agricultural Experiment
Station, Bulletin 427, pp. 50-74.
RUDOLFS, W., H. HEUKELEKIAN, P. J. A.
ZELLER and J. B. LACKEY
1926. The Relation Between Ripe Sludge
and Fresh Solids and the Effects of
"Washing" on Digestion. New Jersey
Agricultural Experiment Station, Bul-
letin 427, pp. 74-86.
FILTERS
BARTSCH, A. F.
1961. Algae as a Source of Oxygen in
Waste Treatment. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 239-
249.
BROWN, T. F.
1937. The Biology of Physa anatina Lea,
a Snail Living in a Sewage Treat-
ment Plant. American Midland Nat-
uralist, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 251-259.
BUTTERFIELD, C. T. and E. WATTIE
1941. Studies on Sewage Purification.
XV. Effective Bacteria in Purification
by Trickling Filters. Public Health
Reports, vol. 56, No. 52, pp. 2445-
2464.
CALAWAY, W. T.
1957. Intermittent Sand Filters and their
Biology. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 29, No. 1, pp. 1-5.
COOKE, W. B.
1953. Mosses in a Sewage Treatment
Plant. The Bryologist, vol. 56, No. 2,
pp. 143-145.
COOKE, W. B.
1958. Continuous Sampling of Trickling
Filter Populations. Sewage and In-
dustrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 1, pp.
21-27.
COOKE, W. B.
1959. Fungi in Polluted Water and Sew-
age. IV. The Occurrence of Fungi in
a Trickling Filter-type Sewage Treat-
ment Plant. Proceedings of the 13th
Industrial Waste Conference, Purdue
University, Series No. 96, vol. 43,
No. 3, pp. 26-45.
COOKE, W. B.
1959. Trickling Filter Ecology. Ecology,
vol. 40, No. 2, pp. 273-291.
CROZIER, W. J.
1923. On Abundance and Diversity of
the Protozoan Fauna of a Sewage
Filter. Science, vol. 48, pp. 424-425.
CROZIER, W. J.
1923. Animal Population of a Sewage
Sprinkling Filter. Preliminary Re-
port. New Jersey Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, 43rd Annual Report,
pp. 503-516.
CUTLER, D. W., L. M. CRUMP and
A. DKON
1932. Some Factors Influencing the Dis-
tribution of Certain Protozoa in Bio-
logical Filters. Journal of Animal
Ecology, vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 143-151.
FELDMAN, A. E.
1955. Fungi from Trickling Filters.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 27,
No. 11, pp. 1243-1244.
FRYE, W. W. and E. R. BECKER
1929. The Fauna of an Experimental
Trickling Filter. Sewage Works Jour-
nal, vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 286-308.
-------
WASTE TKEATMENT
HAENSELER, C. M., W. P. MOORE and
J. G. GAINS
1923. Fungi and Algae of Sprinkling
Filters. New Jersey Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Bulletin No. 390,
pp. 39^48.
HAUSMAN, L. A.
1923. Studies on the Fauna of the
Sprinkling Filter Bed and Imhoff
Tanks. New Jersey Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Bulletin No. 390,
pp. 28-39.
HESSELTINE, C. W.
1953. Study of Trickling Filter Fungi.
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club,
vol. 80, No. 6, pp. 507-514.
HEUKELEKIAN, H.
1945. The Relationship Between Ac-
cumulation, Biochemical and Biologi-
cal Characteristics of Film and Puri-
fication Capacity of a Biofilter and a
Standard Filter. I. Film Accumula-
tion. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17,
No. 1, pp. 23-38. II. Biochemical
Characteristics of the Film. Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 17, No. 2, pp.
269-291.
HOLTJE, R. H.
1943. The Biology of Sewage Sprinkling
Filters. Sewage Works Journal, vol.
15, No. 1, pp. 14-29.
INGRAM, W. M., W. B. COOKE and L. T.
HAGERTY
1958. Snails Associated with Sewage
Treatment Installations. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 6, pp.
821-825.
LACKEY, J. B.
1924. Fauna of Imhoff Tanks and
Sprinkling Filters. New Jersey Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, Bulletin
No. 403, pp. 40-60.
LACKEY, J. B.
1926. Sprinkling Filter Bed Studies.
New Jersey Agricultural Experiment
Station, Bulletin No. 427, pp. 41-50.
LLOYD, L., J. F. GRAHAM and T. B.
REYNOLDSON
1940. The Fauna of the Sewage Bacteria
Beds. Annals of Applied Biology, vol.
27, No. 1, pp. 122-150.
LLOYD, L. L.
1945. Sewage Bacteria Bed Fauna in Its
Natural Setting. Abst., Sewaee Works
Journal, vol. 17, No. 4, p. 859.
LOHMEYER, G. T.
1953. Trickling Filter Roach Invasion.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 25,
No. 9, pp. 1104-1107.
LOHMEYER, G. T.
1955. Snails in the Trickling Filter.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
27, No. 3, pp. 337-338.
LOHMEYER, G. T.
1957. Trickling Filters and Operation
Tips. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 29, No. 1, pp. 89-98.
PAINTER, H. A.
1954. Factors Affecting the Growth of
Some Fungi Associated with Sewage
Purification. Journal of General Mi-
crobiology, vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 177-190.
REYNOLDSON, T. B.
1939. The Role of Macro-Organisms in
Bacteria Beds. The Surveyor, vol. 95,
pp. 279-281.
REYNOLDSON, T. B.
1941. The Biology of Macro-Fauna of a
High Rate Double Filtration Plant at
Huddersfield. Proceedings of the In-
stitute of Sewage Purification (Lon-
don), pp. 1-16.
REYNOLDSON, T. B.
1944. Further Studies on the Biology of
a Double Filtration Plant at Hudders-
field. Abst., Sewage Works Journal,
vol. 16, No. 3, pp. 663-664.
RUDOLFS, W.
1924. Film Removal Studies. New Jer-
sey Agricultural Experiment Station,
Bulletin No. 403, pp. 91-95.
RUDOLFS, W. and H. A. TRAJKOVICH
1924. Fungi and Algae of the Sprink-
ling Filter Bed and Their Distribu-
tion. New Jersey Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Bulletin No. 403, pp.
82-84.
STANBRIDGE, H. H.
1955. The Development of Biological
Filtration. Water and Sanitary Engi-
neer, vol. 5, No. 6, pp. 252-255.
TOMLINSON, T. G.
1942. The Treatment of Settled Sewage
in Percolating Filters in Series, with
Periodic Changes in the Order of
Filters. Biological Investigations,
1938-41. Abst.. Sewage Works Jour-
nal, vol. 14, No. 5, pp. 1154-1155.
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTEQL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
TOMLINSON, T. G.
1942. Some Aspects of Microbiology in
the Treatment of Sewage. Journal of
the Society of Chemical Industries,
Transcripts and Communications, vol.
61, pp. 53-58.
USINGEB, R. L. and W. R. KELLEN
1955. The Role of Insects in Sewage
Disposal Beds. Hilgardia (a Journal
of Agricultural Sciences published by
the California Agricultural Experi-
ment Station), vol. 23, No. 10, pp.
263-321.
WALTON, G. L. F. WARWCK and J.
WILSON
1943. High Daily Rate Trickling Filter
Performance. Board of Health Com-
missioners, Upper Mississippi River
Basin Sanitation Agreement (Wiscon-
sin, Minnesota, Illinois, Iowa, Indiana,
Missouri), pp. 1-136.
WATTIE, E.
1942. Cultural Characteristics of Zoog-
leal-Forming Bacteria Isolated from
Activated Sludge and Trickling Fil-
ters. Public Health Reports, vol. 57,
No. 41, pp. 1519-1534.
ACTIVATED SLUDGE
BAINES, S., H. A. HAWKES, C. H.
HEWITT and S. H. JENKINS
1953. Protozoa as Indicators in Acti-
vated Sludge Treatment. Sewage and
Industrial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 9, pp.
1023-1033.
BARKPIT, N. W.
1940. The Ecology of Activated Sludge
in Relation to Its Properties and the
Isolation of a Specific Soluble Sub-
stance from the Purified Effluent.
Annals of Applied Biology, vol. 27,
No. 1, pp. 151-156.
BUCK, T. C. and C. E. KEEPER
1959. Studies of a Zoogleal Forming
Organism Found in Activated Sludge.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
31, No. 11, pp. 1267-1274.
BUSWELL, A. M.
1920-22. Microbiology of Activated
Sludge, niinois State Water Supply
Bulletin, vol. 18, pp. 26, 82-92.
BUSWELL, A. M. and H. L. LONG
1923. Microbiology and Theory of Ac-
tivated Sludge. Journal of the Ameri-
can Water Works Association, vol. 10,
No. 2, pp. 309-321.
BUSWELL, A. M.
1931. The Biology of Activated Sludge
—An Historical Review. Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 362-
368.
BUTTERFIELD, C. T., W. C. PURDY and
E. J. THERIAULT
1931. Experimental Studies of Natural
Purification in Polluted Waters. IV.
The Influence of the Plankton on the
Biochemical Oxidation of Organic
Matter. Public Health Reports, vol.
46, No. 8, pp. 393-426.
BUTTERFIELD, C. T., W. C. PURDY and
E. J. THERUULT
1935. Studies of Sewage Purification. II.
A Zooglea-Forming Bacterium Iso-
lated from Activated Sludge. Public
Health Reports, vol. 50, No. 20, pp.
671-684.
BUTTERFIELD, C. T.
1934—35. Biological and Bacteriological
Relationships in Water Purification
and Sewage Treatment. Biennial Re-
port of 1934-35, Three Day Water and
Sewage Works Schools. Kansas Water
and Sewage Works Association, vol. 4,
pp. 106-109.
CHARIER, R.
1931. The Role of Protozoa in Activated
Sludge. Industrial and Engineering
Chemistry, vol. 23, pp. 309-313.
HEUKELEKIAN, H. and M. BURBAXANI
1949. Effect of Certain Physical and
Chemical Agents on the Bacteria and
Protozoa of Activated Sludge. Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 21, No. 5, pp.
811-817.
JACKSON, R. B.
1943. The Chironomid Fly and Its Effect
on the Activated Sludge Process.
Michigan Sewage Works Association,
Engineering Experiment Station, Bul-
letin No. 98, pp. 42-44.
LACKEY, J. B. and E. WATTIE
1940. Studies of Sewage Purification.
XIII. The Biology of Spkaerotilus
natans Kutzing in Relation to Bulking
of Activated Sludge. Public Health
Reports, voL 55, No. 22, pp. 975-987.
96
-------
WASTE TREATMENT
MANGANELLI, R. and E. S. CROSBY
1953. Effect of Detergents on Sewage
Microorganisms. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 25, No. 3, pp. 262-
276.
McKiNNEY, R. E. and A. GRAM
1956. Protozoa and Activated Sludge.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
28, No. 10, pp. 1219-1231.
MORGAN, E. H. and A. J. BECK
1928. Carbohydrate Wastes Stimulate
Growth of Undesirable Filamentous
Organisms in Activated Sludge. Sew-
age Works Journal, vol. 1, No. 1, pp.
46-51.
PILLAI, S. C. and V. S. SUBRAHMANYAN
1944. Role of Protozoa in the Aerobic
Purification of Sewage. Nature, vol.
154, pp. 179-180.
PILLAI, S. C., A. PRABHAKARA, U. S.
RAD and G. J. MOHAN
1953. Effect of Certain Antibiotics on
Activated Sludge. Science and Culture
(India), vol. 18, pp. 15-45.
PIPES, W. O. and P. H. JONES
1963. Decomposition of Organic Wastes
by Sphaerotilus. Bioengineering and
Biotechnology, vol. 5, No. 4, pp. 287-
307.
REYNOLDSON, T. B.
1942. Vorticella as an Indicator Orga-
nism for Activated Sludge. Nature,
vol. 149, pp. 608-609.
RUCHHOFT, C. C. and J. H. WATKINS
1928. Bacteriological Isolation and
Study of the Filamentous Organisms
in the Activated Sludge of the Des
Plaines River Sewage Treatment
Works. Sewage Works Journal, vol.
1, No. 1, pp. 52-58.
RTJCHHOFT, C. C. and J. F. KACHMAR
1941. Studies of Sewage Purification.
XIV. The Role of Sphaerotiltts natans,
in Activated Sludge Bulking. Public
Health Reports, vol. 56, No. 35, pp.
1727-1757.
SMFT, J.
1934. Bulking of Activated Sludge. II.
On the Causative Organisms. Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 6, No. 6, pp. 1041-
1053.
WATTBE, E.
1942. Cultural Characteristics of Zo-
ogleal-Forming Bacteria Isolated from
Activated Sludge and Trickling
Filters. Public Health Reports, vol.
57, No. 41, pp. 1519-1534.
WOODARD, F. E., 0. J. SPROUL and P. F.
ATKINS, JR.
1964. The Biological Degradation of
Lignin From Pulp Mill Black Liquor.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 36, No. 11, pp.
1401-1410.
WASTE STABILIZATION PONDS
ALLEN, M, B.
1955. General Features of Algae Growth
in Sewage Oxidation Ponds. State
Water Pollution Control Board, Sac-
ramento, California, Publication No.
13, pp. 1-47.
ANDEREGG, J. A., C. F. WALTERS, D.
BILLIARD and H. F. MEYERS
1960. "Eskimo" Algae Make Lagoons
Work at the Arctic Circle. Wastes En-
gineering, vol. 31, No. 6, pp. 324-326.
BARTSCH, A. F. and M. 0. ALLUM
1957. Biological Factors in Treatment
of Raw Sewage in Artificial Ponds.
Limnology and Oceanography, vol. 2,
No. 2, pp. 77-84.
BARTSCH, A. F.
1961. Algae as a Source of Oxygen in
Waste Treatment. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 239-
249.
BEADLE, L. D. and F. C. HARMSTON
1958. Mosquitoes in Sewage Stabiliza-
tion Ponds in the Dakotas. Mosquito
News, vol. 18, No. 12, pp. 293-296.
CALDWELL, D. H.
1946. Sewage Oxidation Ponds—Per-
formance, Operation, and Design.
Sewage Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 3,
pp. 433-458.
COOKE, W. B. and M. S. MATSUURA
1963. A Study of Yeast Populations in
a Waste Stabilization Pond System.
Protoplasma, vol. 57, Nos. 1-4, pp.
11-187.
COPELAND, B. J. and T. C. DORRIS
1964. Community Metabolism in Eco-
systems Receiving Oil Refinery Efflu-
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
ents. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 9, No. 3, pp. 431-447.
DAVIS, W. H.
1955. Sewage Lagoons in the Dakotas.
Official Bulletin of the North Dakota
Water and Sewage Works Conference,
vol. 23, Nos. 4 and 5, pp. 5-6,12.
EHLERS, V. M.
1954. Oxidation Ponds—Their Applica-
tion and Potentials. Official Bulletin
of the North Dakota Water and Sew-
age Works Conference, vol. 22, No. 3,
pp. 14-15,17.
EPPLEY, R, W, and F. H. MARCUS
1963. Role of the Alga Cklamydomonas
mundana in Anaerobic Waste Stabili-
zation Lagoons. Limnology and Ocean-
ography, vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 411-416.
FISHER, C. P. and E. F. GLOYNA
1965. Treatment of Activated Sludge in
Stabilization Ponds. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 37, No. 11, pp. 1511-1520.
FITZGERALD, G. P. and G. A. ROHUCH
1958. An Evaluation of Stabilization
Pond Literature. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 10, pp. 1213-
1224.
GAUR, A. C., W. O. PIPES, JR. and H. B.
GOTAAS
1960. Culture of Oscillatoria in Organic
Wastes. Journal of the Water Pollu-
tion Control Federation, vol. 32, No.
10, pp. 1060-1065.
GEHM, H. W.
1963. The Application of Stabilization
Ponds in the Purification of Pulp and
Paper Mill Wastes. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 35, No. 9, pp. 1174-1180.
OSWALD, W. J.f C. G. GOLTJEKE, R. C.
COOPER, H. K. GEE and J. C. BRONSON
1963. Water Reclamation, Algal Produc-
tion and Methane Fermentation in
Waste Ponds. International Journal
of Air and Water Pollution, vol. 7,
Nos. 6-7, pp. 627-648.
HERMANN, E. R. and E. F. GLOYNA
1958. Water Stabilization Ponds. I. Ex-
perimental Investigations. Sewage
and Industrial Wastes, vol. 30, No. 4,
pp. 511-538.
HERMANN, E. R. and E. F. GLOYNA
1958. Waste Stabilization Ponds. II.
Field Practices, Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 30. No. 5, pp. 646-
651.
HERMANN, E. R. and E. F. GLOYNA
1958. Waste Stabilization Ponds. III.
Formulation of Design Equations.
SewPije and Industrial Wastes, vol.
30, No. 8, pp. 963-975.
HERMANN, E. R. '
1962. Stabilization Pond as a Nitrate
Reducing Reactor. Proceedings of the
American Society of Civil Engineers,
Journal of the Sanitary Engineering
Division, vol. 88, No. SA5, Part 1, pp.
1-20.
'id
HOPKINS, G. J. •>.>,
1956. Raw Sewage Lagoons. Water and
Sewage Works, vol. 103, No. 8, pp.
566-570.
HORNING, W. B., II, R. FORCES, H. F.
CLARKE and W. B. COOKE
1964. Waste Stabilization Pond Study,
Lebanon, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, Publication No. 999-WP-16,
pp. 1-48.
KABLER, P. W.
1959. Removal of Pathogenic Microor-
ganisms by Sewage Treatment Proc-
esses. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 1373-1382.
LUDWIG, H. F^ W> J. OSWALD, H. B.
GOTAAS and V. LYNCH
1951. Algae Symbiosis in Oxidation
Ponds. I. Growth Characteristics of
Euglena gracttis Cultured in Sewage.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol. 23,
No. 11, pp. 1337-1355.
MACKENTHUN, K. M. and C. D. MCNABB
1961. Stabilization Pond Studies in Wis-
consin. Journal of the Water Pollution
Control Federation, vol. 33, No. 12,
pp. 1234-1251.
MALONEY, T. E., H. F. LUDWIG, J. A.
HARMON and L. MCCLINTOCK
1960. Effect of Whey Wastes on Stabil-
ization Ponds. Journal of the Water
Pollution Control Federation, vol. 32,
No. 12, pp. 1283-1299.
MALINA, J. F., JR. and Y. A. YOUSEF
1964. The Fate of Coliform Organisms
in Waste Stabilization Ponds. Journal
of the Water Pollution Control Feder-
ation, vol. 36, No. 11, pp. 1430-1442.
-------
WASTE TREATMENT
MBRZ, R. C., J. C. MERRELL and
R. STONE
1957. Investigation of Primary Lagoon
Treatment at Mojave, California.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
29, No. 2, pp. 115-123.
MYKLEBUST, R. J, and F, C. HARMSTON
1962. Mosquito Production in Stabilizing
Ponds. Journal of the Water Pollu-
tion Control Federation, vol. 34, Part
I, pp. 302-306.
NEEL, J. K. and G. J. HOPKINS
1956. Experimental Lagooning of Raw
Sewage. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 28, No. 11, pp. 1326-
1356.
NEEL, J. K., J. H. MCDERMOTT and
C. A. MONDAY, JK.
1961. Experimental Lagooning of Raw
Sewage at Fayette, Missouri. Journal
of the Water Pollution Control Fed-
eration, vol. 33, No. 6, pp. 603-641.
OSWALD, W. J., H. B. GOTAAS, H, F.
LUDWIG and V. LYNCH
1953. Algae Symbiosis in Oxidation
Ponds. II. Growth Characteristics of
Chlorella pyrenoidosa Cultured in
Sewage. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 26-37.
OSWALD, W. J., H. B. GOTAAS, H. F.
LUDWIG and V. LYNCH
1953. Algae Symbiosis in Oxidation
Ponds. III. Photosynthetic Oxygena-
tion. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 25, No. 6, pp. 692-705.
OSWALD, W. J. and H. B. GOTAAS
1955. Photosynthesis in Sewage Treat-
ment. Proceedings of the American
Society of Civil Engineers, vol. 81,
Separate No. 686, pp. 1-27.
OSWALD, W. J., H. B. GOTAAS, C, G,
GOLUEKE and W. R. KELLEN
1957. Algae in Waste Treatment. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 29,
No. 4, pp. 437-457.
OSWALD, W. J., C. G. GOLUEKE, R. C.
COOPER, H. K. GEE and J. C. BRONSON
1963. Water Reclamation, Algal Pro-
duction, and Methane Fermentation
in Waste Ponds. International Jour-
nal of Air and Water Pollution, vol.
7, Nos. 6-7, pp. 627-648.
PANAGIOTOU, A. J. and H. K. WILLIFORD
1965. Sludge Accumulation in Munici-
pal Sewage Lagoons. Water and Sew-
age Works, vol. 112, No. 1, pp. 63-68.
PARKER, C. D., H. L. JONES and W. S.
TAYLOR
1950. Purification of Sewage in La-
goons. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 22, No. 6, pp. 760-775.
PARKER, C. D., H. L. JONES and N. C.
GREENE
1959. Performance of Large Sewage La-
goons at Melbourne, Australia. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 31,
No. 2, pp. 133-152.
PARKER, C. D.
1962. Microbiological Aspects of Lagoon
Treatment. Journal of the Water Pol-
lution Control Federation, vol. 34, No.
2, pp. 149-161.
PIPES, W. 0., JR.
1961. Basic Biology of Stabilization
Ponds. Water and Sewage Works, vol.
108, No. 4, pp. 131-136.
PIPES, W. O., JR.
1961. Algae Growth Rate. Water and
Sewage Works, vol. 108, No. 5, pp.
176-179.
FORCES, R. and K. M. MACKENTHUN
1963. Waste Stabilization Ponds: Use,
Function, and Biota. Biotechnology
and Bioengineering, vol. 5, No. 4, pp.
255-273.
RAPF, W. F., JR. and C. EMIL
1965. Mosquito Production in a Eutro-
nhic Sewage Stabilization Lagoon.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 37, No. 6, pp.
867-870.
SAMPSON, E. O.
1955. A Double Duty Oxidation Pond.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
27, No. 12. pp. 1410-1415.
SILVA, P. C. and G. F. PAPENFUSS
1953. A Systematic Study of the Algae
of Sewage Oxidation Ponds. State
Water Pollution Control Board, Sacra-
mento, California, Publication No. 7,
pp. 1-35.
SMALLHORST, D. F., B. N. WALTON and
J. MEYERS
1953. Design and Application of Oxida-
tion Ponds. Public Works, vol. 84, No.
2, pp. 89-90; 111-114.
99
-------
WATER POLLUTION COKTBOL WASTB TMSArnrarr AND WATKB TREATMENT
STEEL, E. W. and E. F. GLOYNA
1955. Concentration of Radioactivity in
Oxidation Ponds-. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 27, No. 8, pp. 941-
956.
TOWNB, W. W. and W. H. DAVIS
1957. Sewage Treatment by Raw Sew-
age Stabilization Ponds. Journal of
the Sanitary Engineering Division,
Proceedings of the American Society
of Civil Engineers, Paper 1337, SA-
4:1337, pp. 1-17.
TOWNE, W. W., A. F. BAKTSCH and
W. H. DAVIS
1957. Raw Sewage Stabilization Ponds
in the Dakotas. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 29, No. 4, pp. 377-
396.
TUBS, R. A. and T. C. DAVIS
1965. Herbivorous Insect Populations in
Oil Refinery Effluent Holding Pond
Series. Limnology and Oceanography,
vol. 10, No. 1, pp. 121-134.
VAN HEUVELEN, W. and J. H. STORE
1954. Sewage Lagoons in North Dakota.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
26, No. 6, pp. 771-776.
SEWER PIPES
BEAHDSLEY, C. W.
1949. Suppression of Sewer Slimes. Sew-
age Works Journal, vol. 21, No. 1, pp.
1-12.
DEMABTINL, F. E.
1934. Slime Growths in Sewers. Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 6, No. 5, pp. 950-
955.
HALL, J. W.
1927. Fungus Growths in Sanitary Sew-
ers. Water Works, vol. 66, No. 5, pp.
177-178.
PARASITES AND SEWAGE
TREATMENT
ABBOTT, A. L.
1947. Grazing of Cattle on Sewage
Farms and Disposal Works. Journal
and Proceedings of the Institute of
Sewage Purification (London). Pt 2,
p. 198.
CHANG, S. L.
1949. Some Epidemiological and Bio-
logical Problems in Water-borne
Amoebiasis. In: Limnological Aspects
of Water Supply and Waste Disposal.
American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, Washington,
D. C., pp. 16-30.
CLARK, R. N.
1946. The Transmission of Disease by
Sewage. Sewage Works Journal, vol.
18, No. 6, pp. 1138-1143.
CRAM, E. B.
1943. The Effect of Various Treatment
Processes on the Survival of Helminth
Ova and Protozoan Cysts in Sewage.
Sewage Works Journal, vol. 15, No.
6, pp. 1119-1138.
CRAM, E. B. and D. O. HICKS
1944. The Effect of Sludge Digestion,
Drying and Supplemental Treatment
of Eggs of /Iscorts lumbricoides. Pro-
ceedings of the Helminthological So-
ciety of Washington, vol. 11, No. 1,
pp. 1-9.
JONES, M. F., W. L. NEWTON, S. R.
WEIBEL, et al.
1947. The Effects of Sewage Treatment
Processes on Ova and Miracidia of
Schistosoma japonicum. Studies on
Schistosomiasis, National Institute of
Health Bulletin, 189, pp. 137-172.
HILLS, R., C. L. BARTLBTT and J. F.
1925. The Penetration of Fruits and
Vegetables by Bacteria - Protozoan
Cysts and Helminth Ova to Common
Disinfection Methods. American Jour-
nal of Hygiene, vol. 5, No. 5, pp. 559-
579.
MURRAY, H. M.
1960. The Incidence of Ascaris Ova in
Pretoria Sludge and Their Reduction
by Storage (Maturation) in Large
Heaps. Journal and Proceedings of
the Institute of Sewage Purification
(London), Pt. 3, pp. 337-344.
NEWTON, W. L., H. BENNETT and W. D.
FIGGAT
1949. Observations on the Effects of
Various Sewage Treatment Processes
Upon Eggs of Taerua saginata. Ameri-
can Journal of Hygiene, vol. 49, No. 2.
pp. 166-175.
100
-------
WASTE TREATMENT
ORENSTEIN, A. J.
1949. A Contribution to the Discussion
on the Hazard of Ascaris Infestation
from Sewage. Journal of the Institute
of Sewage Purification (London), Pt.
4, pp. 481-483.
ROBINSON, M. C.
1947. Grazing of Cattle on Sewage
Farms. Journal and Proceedings of
the Institute of Sewage Purification
(London), Pt. 2, p. 194.
RUDOLFS, W., L. L. FALK and R. A.
RAGOTZKIE
1950. Literature Review on the Occur-
rence and Survival of Enteric, Patho-
genic, and Relative Organisms in Soil,
Water, Sewage, and Sludges, and on
Vegetation. II. Animal Parasites.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
22, No. 11, pp. 1417-1427.
RUDOLFS, W., L. L. FALK and R. A.
RAGOTZKIE
1951. Contamination of Vegetables
Grown in Polluted Soil. II. Field and
Laboratory Studies on Endamoeba
Cysts. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 23, No. 4, pp. 478-485.
RUDOLFS, W., L. L, FALK and R. A.
RAGOTZKIE
1951. Contamination of Vegetables
Grown in Polluted Soil. V. Helminthic
Decontamination. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 23, No. 7, pp. 853-
860.
SlLVERMAN, P, H. and K. GUIVER
1960. Survival of Eggs of Taenia sagi-
nolo (The Human Beef Tapeworm)
After Mesophilic Anaerobic Digestion.
Journal and Proceedings of the Insti-
tute of Sewage Purification (London),
Pt 3, pp. 345-347.
WANG, W. L. L. and S. G. DUNLOP
1954. Animal Parasites in Sewage and
Irrigation Water. Sewage and In-
dustrial Wastes, vol. 26, No. 8, pp.
1020-1032.
WILSON, H.
1945. Some Risks of Transmission of
Disease During the Treatment, Dis-
posal and Utilization of Sewage, Sew-
age Effluent and Sewage Sludge.
Abst, Sewage Works Journal, vol. 17,
No, 3, pp. 650-652.
WOLP, H. W.
1955. Housefly Breeding in Sewage
Sludge. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 27, No. 2, pp. 172-176.
WRIGHT, W. H., E. B. CRAM and M. 0.
NOLAN
1942. Preliminary Observations on the
Effect of Sewage Treatment Proc-
esses on the Ova and Cysts of In-
testinal Parasites. Sewage Works
Journal, vol. 14, No. 6, pp. 1274-1280.
NUISANCE ORGANISMS AND
THEIR CONTROL
ANON.
1946. Filter Fly Control by DDT. Sew-
age Works Journal, vol. 18, No. 2, pp.
330-331.
ANON.
1952. Alum for Fly Control in Drying
Sludge. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 24, No. 1, p. 107.
BROTHERS, W. C.
1946. Experiments with DDT in Filter
Fly Control. Sewage Works Journal,
vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 181-207.
CAROLLO, J. A.
1946. Control of Trickling Filter Flies
with DDT. Sewage Works Journal,
vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 208-211.
CONN, L. A.
1954. Waukegan's Weed-free Sludge
Beds. Water and Sewage Works, vol.
101, No. 6, pp. 284-285.
DAVIES, D. F.
1949. Recent Development in Synthetic
Insecticides with Special Reference to
Gammexane. Journal and Proceed-
ings of the Institute of Sewage Puri-
fication (London), p. 58.
DERUITER, H.
1960. Control of Psychoda Flies. Water
and Sewage Works, vol. 107, No. 6,
pp. 211-213.
FAIR, G. M.
1934. The Trickling Filter Fly (Psy-
choda alternata). Its Habits and Con-
trol. Sewage Works Journal, vol. 6,
No. 5, pp. 966-981.
FREE, G. N.
1959. How to Kill Psychoda. Wastes
Engineering, vol. 30, No. 8, pp. 452-
453.
101
-------
WATER POU.UTTON CONTROL WASTB TKKATKKNT AND WATBB
FRYE, W. W., M. LEVINE and E. R.
BECKER
1931. The Effects of Some Insecticides
on the Sewage Sprinkling-Filter Fly,
Psychoda alternata. Sewage Works
Journal, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 345-351.
GARY, L.
1950. Controlling Sewer Insects and
Sewer Odors- Public Works, vol. 81,
No- 6, pp. 1-48.
GINSBURG, J. M. and L. FORMAN
1930. Preliminary Studies on Causes and
Remedies for Mosquito Breeding1 in
Sewage Disposal Plants. Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 412-
418.
GOLIGHTLY, W. H.
1940. Factors Influencing the Abun~
dance and Size of Psychoda Species
in Sewage Bacteria Beds. Annals of
Applied Biology, vol. 27, pp. 406-421.
HAWKES, H. A.
1951. A Study of the Biology and Con-
trol of Anisopus fenestrnlis (Scopoli
1763), a Fly Associated with Sewage
Filters. Annals of Applied Biology,
vol. 38, No. 3, pp. 592-605.
HAWKES, H. A.
1954. The Ecology of Anisopus fenes-
tralis Scop. (Diptera) in Sewage Bac-
teria Beds. Annals of Applied Biology,
vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 181-191.
HAWKES, H. A.
1955. The Effects of Insecticide Treat-
ment on the Macrofauna Populations,
Film Accumulation and Efficiency of
Sewage Percolating- Filters. Annals
of Applied Biology, vol. 43, pp. 122-
133.
HERMS, W. B.
1930. Fly Control at Sewage Treatment
Plants. Sewage Works Journal, vol.
2, No. 1, pp. 115-119.
HOMMON, C. C.
1930. The Control of Algae and Filter
Flies in Trickling Filters. The Ameri-
can City, vol. 43, No. 2, p. 11.
HOOD, J. W.
1949. Successful Filter Fly Control.
Public Works, vol. 80, No. 5, pp. 39,
80.
HOOD, J. W.
1949. How to Control Psychoda Flies in
Sewage Treatment Plants. The
American City, vol. 64, No. 5, pp. 136-
137.
JACKSON, R. B.
1943, The Chironomid Fly and Its Ef-
fects on the Activated Sludge Process.
Michigan Sewage Works Association,
Engineering Experiment Station, Bul-
letin No. 98, pp. 42-44.
JENKINS, S. H., S. BAINES and H. A.
HAWKES
1949. The Control of Anisopus fenes-
tralis (Diptera) and Factors Influenc-
ing the Numbers Caught in Surface
Traps. Journal and Proceedings of the
Institute of Sewage Purification (Lon-
don), vol. 2, p. 178.
JENKINS, S. H., S. BAINES and H. A.
HAWKES
1949. The Control of Anisopus fenes-
traits. Surveyor, vol. 108, p. 298.
LIVINGSTON, A. M.
1951. Trickling Filter Fly Control. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 23,
No. 2, pp. 241-244.
LOHMEYER, G. T.
1953. Trickling Filter Roach Invasion.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
25, No. 9, pp. 1104-1107.
LOHjfEYER, G. T.
1955. Snails in the Trickling Filter.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
27, No. 3, pp. 337-338.
MALONE, J. R. and J. S. WELCH
1961. How to Control Psychoda. Wastes
Engineering, vol. 32, No. 8, pp. 412-
413, 418.
MURRAY, K. A.
1940. The Control of Filter Flies on Per-
colating Filters. Abst. Sewage Works
Journal, vol. 12. No. 3, p. 645.
MYETTE, C. F.
1959. Weed Killers for Sewage Filter
Beds. The American City, vol. 74,
No. 7, pp. 115-116.
MYKLEBUST, R. J. and F. C. HARMSTON
1962. Mosquito Production in Stabiliza-
tion Ponds. Journal of the Water Pol-
lution Control Federation, vol. 34, No.
3, pp. 302-306.
RAWN, A. M.
1949, Eradication of Sludge Flies. Water
102
-------
WATER TREATMENT
and Sewage Works, vol. 96, No. 7, pp.
260-261,
SCHAETZLE, T. C.
1952. Control of (Psychoda) Flies at
Akron. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 24, No. 2, pp. 124-134.
SCOTT, H. G.
1961. Filter Fly Control at Sewage
Plants. The Sanitarian, vol. 24, No.
1, pp. 14-17.
SCOVILL, R. P.
1963, Mosquito Control in an Industrial
Waste Lagoon. Journal of the Water
Pollution Control Federation, vol. 35,
No. 5, pp. 663-668.
SPIESS, R.
1952. Control of Filter Flies by Chem-
ical Treatment. Water and Sewage
Works, vol. 99, No. 6, pp. 250-253.
TOMLINSON, T. G.
1943. Biological Control of the Fly Pop-
ulation in Sewage Filters. Nature, vol.
152, pp. 1-52.
TOMLINSON, T. G.
1945. Control by DDT of Flies Breeding
in Percolating Sewage Filters. Nature,
vol. 156, No. 3964, pp. 478-479.
TOMLINSON, T. G. and S. H. JENKINS
1947. Control of Flies Breeding in Per-
colating Sewage Filters. Journal and
Proceedings of the Institute of Sew-
age Purification (London), Pt. 2, p.
94.
TOMLINSON, T. G., J. GRINDLEY, et al.
1949. Control of Flies Breeding in Per-
colating Sewage Filters. Journal and
Proceedings of the Institute of Sew-
age Purification (London), Pt. 2. p.
127.
VAN KLEECK, B.
1940. The Chironomid Fly. Municipal
Sanitation, vol. 11, No. 6, pp. 285-287.
VON ZUBEN, F. J., L. J. OGDEN and R. E.
PEEL
1952. House Fly Breeding at Sewage
Plants in Texas. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 24, No. 10, pp. 1303-
1305.
WEST, L. E.
1947. The ABC's of DDT. Sewage
Works Journal, vol. 19, No. 1, pp.
76-81.
WRAY, F. C.
1959. Mosquito Control in Sludge La-
goons. Mosquito News, vol. 19. No. 6,
pp. 81-83.
WATER TREATMENT
GENERAL REFERENCES
BAHLMAN, C.
1931. Larval Contamination of a Clear
Water Reservoir. Ohio Conference on
Water Purification, State Department
of Health, Columbus, Ohio, pp. 56—58.
BAHLMAN, C.
1932. Larval Contamination of a Clear
Water Reservoir. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 660-664.
BAKER, M. N.
1949. The Quest for Pure Water. Ameri-
can Water Works Association, New
York City, New York (Chapter 17),
pp. 391^414.
BAYLIS, J. R.
1922. Microorganisms in the Baltimore
Water Supply. Journal of the Ameri-
can Water Works Association, vol. 9,
No. 5, pp. 712-730.
BAYLIS, J. R. and J. C. VAUGHN
1953. Pollution Loads and Their Effect
on Plant Operation. Taste and Odor
Control Journal, vol. 19, No. 8, pp.
1-8.
BERRY, A. E.
1932. Vegetable Growths in Water Sup-
plies. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 24, No. 1, pp.
97-104.
BOYD, W. L.
1959. Limnology of Selected Arctic
Lakes in Relation to Water Supply
Problems. Ecology, vol. 40, No. 1, pp.
49-54.
CHAMBERLAIN, W. J.
1948. Effects of Algae on Water Supply.
Paper from Department of Chemistry,
University Queensland, Australia, vol.
1, No. 29, pp. 1-104.
CHANG, S. L. and P. W. KABLER
1956. Detection of Cysts of Endamoeba
histolytica in Tap Water by the Use
of Membrane Filter. American Jour-
nal of Hygiene, vol. 64, No. 9, pp.
170-180.
103
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
CHANG, S. L., J, H. AUSTIN, H. W.
POSTON and R. L. WOODWARD
1959. Occurrence of a. Nenvatode Worm
in a City Water Supply. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 51, No. 5, pp. 671-676.
CHANG, S. L., E. L. WOODWARD and
P. W. KABLER
1960. Survey of Free-Living Nematodes
and Amebas in Municipal Supplies.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 52, No. 5, pp.
613-618.
CHANG, S. L.
1960. Proposed Method for Examination
of Water for Free-Living Nematodes.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 52, No. 6, pp.
695-698.
CHANG, S. L., G. BERG, N. A. CLARKE
and P. W. KABLER
1960. Survival, and Protection Against
Chlorination, of Human Enteric Path-
ogens in Free-Living Nematodes Iso-
lated from Water Supplies. American
Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hy-
giene, vol. 9, No, 2, pp. 136-142.
CHANG, S. L.
1961. Viruses, Amebas, and Nematodes
and Public Water Supplies. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 53, No. 3, pp. 288-296.
COOKE, W. B., W. M. INGRAM, A. F.
BARTSCH and J. D. ENEIGHT
1957. Submerged Aquatic Plants in a
Primary Settling Reservoir. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 49, No. 3, pp. 318-321.
Cor, C. R.
1946. Laboratory Control of Water Puri-
fication. Case-Shepperd-Mann Publish-
ing Company, New York, pp. 34-74.
FAUST, S. D. and O. M. ALY
1964. Water Pollution by Organic Pesti-
cides. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 56. No. 3. pp.
267-279.
FlfiNTJE, M. E.
1945. Control and Elimination of Pest
Infestations in Public Water Supplies.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 37, No. 11,
pp. 1194-1203.
GAINEY, P. L. and T. H. LORD
1950. An Introduction to the Microbiol-
ogy of Water and Sewage for Engi-
neering Students. Burgess Publishing
Company, Minneapolis, Minnesota, 319
PP-
GAINEY, P. L. and T. H. LORD
1952. Microbiology of Water and Sew-
age. Prentice Hall Incorporated, New
York, 430 pp.
HASTINGS, A. B.
1948. Biology of Water Supply. British
Museum (Natural History), Economic
Series No. 7a, London, England, pp.
1-49.
HENDERSON, C. and Q. H. PICKERING
1963. Use of Fish in the Detection of
Contaminants in Water Supplies.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 55, pp. 715-
720.
HOBBS, A. T, (ed.)
1950. Manual of British Water Supply
Practice. Compiled by The Institute
of Water Engineers, W. Heffer and
Sons, Ltd., Cambridge, England, pp.
612-654.
INGRAM, W. M.
1959. Asiatic Clams as Potential Pests
in California Water Supplies. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 51, No. 3, pp, 363-370.
INGRAM, W. M. and A. F. BARTSCH
1960. Animals Associated with Potable
Water Supplies. Journal of the Amer-
ican Water Works Association, vol.
52, No. 12, pp. 1521-1550.
INGRAM, W. M. and A. F. BABTSCH
1960. Operator's Identification Guide to
Animals Associated with Potable
Water Supplies. Journal of the Amer-
ican Water Works Association, vol.
52, No. 12, pp. 1521-1550.
KffiKPATRICK, R.
1924. The Biology of Waterworks, 3rd
ed. British Museum (Natural His-
tory), Economic Series No. 7, London,
England, pp, 1-58.
LUND, J. W. G.
1954. The Importance of Algae to Wa-
terworks Engineers. Journal of the
Institute of Water Engineers, vol. 8,
No. 6, pp. 496-504.
104
-------
WATER TREATMENT
LUND, J. W. G.
1955. The Ecology of Algae and Water-
works Practice. Proceedings of the
Society for Water Treatment and Ex-
amination, vol. 4, Pt. 2, pp. 83-109.
MATHESON, D. H.
1952. The Effects of Algae in Water
Supplies. International Water Supply
Association, Second Congress, Paris,
France, pp. 1-82.
MEIER, F. E.
1939. Plankton in the Water Supply.
Publication 3574, Smithsonian Report
for 1939, pp. 393-412.
MYERS, H. C.
1947. Role of Algae in Corrosion. Jour-
nal of the American Water Works
Association, vol. 39, No. 4, pp. 322-
324.
PALMER, C. M. and H. W. POSTON
1956. Algae and Other Interference Or-
ganisms in Indiana Water Supplies.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 48, No. 10, pp.
1335-1346.
PALMER, C. M.
1958. Algae and Other Interference Or-
ganisms in New England Supplies.
Journal of the New England Water
Works Association, vol. 72, No. 1,
pp. 27-46.
PALMER, C. M. and C. M. TARZWELL
1955. Algae of Importance in Water
Supplies. Public Works Magazine,
vol. 88, No. 6, pp. 107-120.
PALMER, C. M. and C. M. TARZWELL
1960. Algae and Other Interference Or-
ganisms in the Waters of the South
Central United States. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 52, No. 7, pp. 897-914.
PALMER, C. M. and C. M. TARZWELL
1961. Algae and Other Interference Or-
ganisms in Water Supplies of Cali-
fornia. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 53, No.
10, pp. 1297-1312.
PALMER, C. M.
1964. Algae in Water Supplies of the
United States. In: Jackson, D. F.
(ed.), Algae and Man, Plenum Press,
New York, pp. 239-261.
PENN, J. F. (ed.)
1963. Quality Aspects of Water Distri-
bution Systems, Proceedings of the
Society for Water Treatment and Ex-
amination, vol. 4, Pt. 2, pp. 83-109.
PERSALL, W. H., A. C. GARDINER and
F. GREENSHIELDS
1946. Freshwater Biology and Water
Supply in Britain. Fresh-Water Bio-
logical Association of the British Em-
pire. Publication No. 11, pp. 1-90
(Wray Castle, Ambleside, Westmore-
land, England).
PURDY, W. C.
1931. Interpretation and Use of Bio-
logical Data in the Water Works
Field. Proceedings of the 9th Annual
Water Works School, Kansas, pp.
31-35.
PURDY, W. C.
1935. Result of Algal Activity Some
Familiar; Others Obscure. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 27, No. 9, pp. 1120-1133.
SAWYER, C. N.
1965. Problem of Phosphorus in Water
Supplies. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 57, No.
11, pp. 1431-1439.
SINCLAIR, R. M.
1964. Clam Pests in Tennessee Water
Supplies, Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 56, No.
5, pp. 592-599.
SKULBERG, O.
1964. Algal Problems Related to the
Eutrophication of European Water
Supplies, and a Bio-Assay Method to
Assess Fertilizing Influences of Pol-
lution on Inland Waters: In: Jackson,
D. F. (ed.), Algae and Man, Plenum
Press, New York, pp. 262-299.
TARZWELL, C. M. and C. M. PALMER
1951. Ecology of Significant Organisms
in Surface Water Supplies. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 43, No. 7, pp. 568-578.
TAYLOR, E. W.
1949. The Examination of Waters and
Water Supplies. (Thresh, Beale, and
Suckling). J. and A. Churchill, Lon-
don, pp. 1-819.
105
-------
WATEK POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
WALTON, L. B.
1930, Studies Concerning Organisms
Occurring in Water Supplies with
Particular Reference to Those Pound
in Ohio. Ohio State University Press,
vol. 5, No. 1, pp. 1-86.
WHIFFLE, G. C., G. M. FAIR and M. C.
WHIFFLE
1948. The Microscopy of Drinking
Water. John Wiley and Sons, New
York, 586 pp.
WILSON, C.
1932. Biological Control as Affecting
Plant Operation. Journal of the Amer-
ican Water Works Association, vol.
24, No. 11, pp. 1792-1799.
CONTROL OF AQUATIC ORGANISMS
ANDERSON, E.
1952. Application of Activated Carbon
to the Tyrone, Pa., Reservoir. Taste
and Odor Control Journal, vol. 18, No.
6, pp. 1-4.
ANGELL, H. H.
1953. Ronte Reservoir Algae. The Amer-
ican City, vol. 68, No. 10, pp. 90-91.
ARNOLD, G. E.
1936. Plankton and Insect Larvae Con-
trol in California Waters. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. 1469-1479.
BAILEY, H. E. and J. STEADLEY
1947. Activated Carbon Treatment of an
Open Reservoir. Water and Sewage
Works, vol. 94, pp. 219-222.
BAKER, H. N.
1949. The Quest for Pure Water. Amer-
ican Water Works Association, New
York (Chapter 17), pp. 391-414.
BERRY, A. E.
1961. Removal of Algae by Microstrain-
ers. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 53, No. 12, pp.
1503-1508.
CAIRO, J. E.
1945. Algae Growth Greatly Reduced
After Stocking Pond with Fish. Water
Works Engineering, vol. 98, No. 5, p.
240.
CAMPBELL, S. J. and W. C. RINGER
1955. Use of Chlorine Dioxide for Algae
Control in Philadelphia. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 47, No. 8, pp. 740-746.
Cox, C. R.
1946. Laboratory Control of Water Puri-
fication. Case-Shepperd-Mann Publish-
ing Company, New York, 386 pp.
Cox, C. R.
1952. Water Supply Control. Bulletin
22, Bureau of Environmental Sanity-
tic n. New York State Department of
Health {Chapter 5. Taste and Odor
Control), pp. 135-158.
DERBY, R. L. and D. W. GRAHAM
1953. Control of Aquatic Growths in
Reservoirs by Copper Sulfate and Sec-
ondary Effects of Such Treatment.
Proceedings of the American Society
of Civil Engineers, vol. 79, Separate
No. 203, pp. 1-15.
DERBY, R. L. and F. W. TOWNSEND
1953. Reservoir Treatment by Improved
Methods. Water and Sewage Works,
vol. 100, No. 6, pp. 211-216.
DERBY, R. L.
1954. Methods of Controlling Aquatic-
Growths in Reservoirs. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 46, No. 11, pp. 1150-1158.
FLENTJE, M. E,
1952. Control of Algae and Weeds in
Reservoirs. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 44,
No. 8, pp. 727-731.
FORD, M. E., JR.
1963. Air Injection for Control of Reser-
voir Limnology. Journal of the Amer-
ican Water Works Association, vol.
55, No. 3, pp. 267-274.
FUNK, W. H. and A. R. GATJFIN
1965. Control of Taste- and Odor-Pro-
ducing Algae in Deer Creek Reser-
voir. Transactions of the American
Microscopical Society, vol. 84, No. 2,
pp. 263-269.
GALLAHER, W. W.
1940. Control of Algae at Appleton,
Wisconsin. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 32, No.
7, pp. 1165-1175.
106
-------
WATER TREATMENT
GIBBONS, M. M.
1940. The Use of Benoclor-3 in Potable
Water Supplies. Water Works and
Sewerage, vol. 87, No. 5, pp. 231-236.
GOUDEY, R. F.
1936. A New Method of Copper Sulfat-
ing Reservoirs. Journal of the Amer-
ican Water Works Association, vol.
28, No. 2, pp. 163-179.
GOUDEY, R. F.
1938. Sunshine and Algae Control. En-
gineering News-Record, vol. 120, No.
16, pp. 581-582.
GOUDEY, R. F.
1944. Algicides. Water Works Engineer-
ing, vol. 97, No. 25, pp. 1461-1462.
HALE, F. E.
1923. Taste and Odor Control in New
York City's Supplies. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 10, No. 5, pp. 829-837.
HALE, F. E.
1930. Controlling Microscopic Organ-
isms in Public Water SuDolies. Water
Works Engineering, vol. 83, No. 6, pp.
353-354; 379-384.
HARTUNG, H. O. and V. C. LISCHER
1942. Carbon Blackout as a Means of
Preventing Algae Growth. Taste and
Odor Control Journal, vol. 8, No. 8,
pp. 1-3.
HlLSENHOFF, W. L.
1959. The Evaluation of Insecticides for
the Control of Tendipes plumosits
(Linnaeus). Journal of Economic
Entomology, vol. 52, No. 2, pp. 331-
332.
JOHNSON, E. E.
1931. An Attempt to Control Cyclops
in a Water Plant. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 23, No. 4, pp. 582-585.
MANGUN, L. B.
1929. Algae Control by Chlorination at
Kansas City, Kansas. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 44-49.
MARX, A. J.
1951. Pre-Treatment Basin for Algae
Removal. Taste and Odor Control
Journal, vol. 17, No. 6, pp. 1-8.
MASCIA, V.
1960. Chemical Methods of Weed Con-
trol in Reservoirs. Journal of the New
England Water Works Association,
vol. 74, No. 3, pp. 185-188.
MATHESON, D. H.
1952. The Effects of Algae in Water
Supplies. General Report Prepared
for the 1952 Congress for the Inter-
national Water Supply Association,
Paris, pp. 1-82.
MATHESON, D. H.
1953. Algae Control in Small Water
Plants. Journal of the American Wa-
ter Works Association, vol. 45, No. 11,
pp. 1238-1244.
NASON, H. K.
1938. Chemical Methods in Slime and
Algae Control. Journal of the Ameri-
can Water Works Association, vol. 30,
No. 3, pp. 437-452.
NESIN, B. C.
1954. Methods of Controlling Aquatic
Growths in Reservoirs—Joint Discus-
sion. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 46, No. 11, pp.
1141-1150.
NORCOM, G. D. and K. W. BROWN
1942. Water Purification for Plant Op-
erators. McGraw-Hill Book Company,
New York (Chapter 12), pp. 130-144.
OPIE, V.
1940. Blackout of Algae with Activated
Carbon. Taste and Odor Control Jour-
nal, vol. 6, No. 11, pp. 1-2.
PALMER, C. M.
1956. Evaluation of New Algicides for
Water Supply Purposes. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 48, No. 9, pp. 1133-1137;
Same paper: Taste and Odor Control
Journal, vol. 23, No. 1, pp. 1-4.
RINGER, W. C. and S. J. CAMPBELL
1955. Use of Chlorine Dioxide for Algae
Control at Philadelphia. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 47, No. 8, pp. 740-746.
SCRIVEN, J.
1960. Microstraining Removes Algae
and Cuts Filter Backwashing. Water
Works Engineering, vol. 113, No. 6,
pp. 554-555.
107
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATHENT AND WATER TREATMENT
SHAKE, M. S.
1948. Effect of DDT Spray on Reservoir
Biological Balance. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 40, No. 3, pp. 333-336.
SHANE, M. S.
1963. How to Black Out Algae. Water
Works Engineering, vol. 116, No. 7,
pp. 552-553.
SILVEY, J. K. G. and R. C. HOERN
1964. Bacterial Degradation of Taste
and Odor Compounds. Southwest Wa-
ter Works Journal, vol. 46, pp. 68-70.
SNOW, E. A., JR.
1958. The Most Troublesome Algae in
New England Waters. Journal of the
New England Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 72. No. 9, pp. 328-331.
SOPP, C. W.
1936. Plankton Control in Morris Reser-
voir. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 28, No. 4, pp.
447-457.
SURBER, E. W.
1950. Control of Aquatic Growths in
Impounding Reservoirs. Journal of
The American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 42, No. 8, pp. 735-740.
TAFT, C. E.
1945. The Algologist and Water Sanita-
tion. Ohio Journal of the Academy
of Science, vol. 45, No. 3, pp. 97-102.
TAFT, C. E.
1949. The Algologist's Part in City and
Industrial Water Supply Problems.
In: Limnological Aspects of Water
Supply and Waste Disposal. Ameri-
can Association for the Advancement
of Science, Washington, D. C., pp.
74-78.
WILBUR, C. C.
1961. Microstrainers to Remove Insect
Larvae. Public Works, vol. 92, No. 6,
pp. 118-119.
WILCOMB, G. E.
1935. Svmuu Troubles at Albany, New
York. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 27, No. 6, pp.
742-748.
WOLFSON, L. L. and R. J. MICHALSKI
1964. The Incidence and Effects of the
Anaerobic Bacteria, Clostridium, in
Paper Mill Systems. Technical Asso-
ciation of the Pulp and Paper Indus-
try, vol. 47, pp. 197-199.
TASTE AND ODOR ALGAE
ALIEN, E. J.
1960. Taste and Odor Problems in New
Reservoirs in Wooded Areas. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 52, No. 8, pp. 1027-1032.
BAILEY, W. T.
1935. Taste and Odor Control at Council
Bluffs. Journal of the American Wa-
ter Works Association, vol. 27, No. 4,
pp. 458-471.
BAKER, R. A.
1961. Problems of Tastes and Odors.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 33, No. 10, pp.
1099-1106.
BAYLIS, J. R.
1935. Elimination of Taste and Odor in
Water. McGraw-Hill Book Company,
New York, 392 pp.
CAMPBELL, R. W.
1951. Microscopic Examination of Water
at Lorain, Ohio. Taste and Odor Con-
trol Journal, vol. 17, No. 1, pp, 1-4.
COHEN, J. M.
1963. Taste and Odor of ABS in Water.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 55, No. 5, pp.
587-591.
COLE, B. G.
1948. Taste and Odor Control at Shreve-
oort. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 40, No. 5. po.
593-546.
GATJFTN, A. R.
1964. Taste and Odor Production in Res-
ervoirs by Blue-Green Aleae. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 56, No. 10, pp. 1345-1350.
HARLOCK, C. R. and M. R. DOWUN
1953. Chlorine and Chlorine Dioxide for
Control of Algae Odors. Water and
Sewage Works, vol. 100, No. 1, pp.
74-75.
HASSLER, W. W.
1941. The History of Taste and Odor
Control. Journal of the American
toe
-------
WATER TREATMENT
Water Works Association, vol. 33, No.
12, pp. 2124-2152.
HOWARD, N. J.
1949. Taste and Odor Treatment. Water
Works Engineering, vol. 93. No. 8. pp.
420-423, 491.
LENDALL, H. N.
1946. A Comprehensive Survey of the
Taste and Odor Problem. Taste and
Odor Control Journal, vol. 12, No. 10,
pp. 1-8.
MALONEY, T. E.
1963. Research on Algal Odor. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 55, No. 5, pp. 481-486.
MATHESON, D. H.
1954. Taste and Odor Control in Small
Water Plants. Water and Sewage
Works, Pt. II, vol. 107, pp. 137-140.
MIDDLE-TON, p. M.
1960, Taste and Odor Sources and Meth-
ods of Measurement. Taste and Odor
Control Journal, vol. 26, No. 3. pp.
1-4.
HOSES, H. E.
1933. Taste and Odor Control on Penn-
sylvania Water Supplies. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 25, No. 8, pp. 1066-1080.
O'BRIEN, G. L.
1943. Taste and Odor Control by Reser-
voir Chlorine Blanket. Water Works
Engineering, vol. 96, No. 18, pp. 996-
999.
RAAB, F.
1931. Taste and Odor Troubles in the
Minneapolis Water Supply. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 430-434.
ROMANO, A. H. and R. S. SAFFERMAN
1963. Studies on Actinomycetes and
their Odors. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 55. No.
2, pp. 169-176.
RYCKMAN, D. W. and S. G. GRIGORO-
POULOS
1959. Use of Chlorine and Its Deriva-
tives in Taste and Odor Removal.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 51, No. 10, pp.
1268-1274.
SlGWORTH, E. A.
1957. Control of Odor and Taste in
Water Supplies. Journal of the Amer-
ican Water Works Association, vol.
49, No. 12, pp. 1507-1521.
SIGWORTH, E. A.
1960. Taste and Odor Control in the
United Spates, with Specific Reference
to the Southwest Area. Southwest
Water Works Journal, vol. 41, No. 3,
pp. 20-24.
SILVEY, J. K. G.
1964. Studies on Microbiotic Cycles in
Surface Waters. Journal of the Amer-
ican Water Works Association, vol.
56, No. 1, pp. 60-72.
STAFF REPORT
1963. The Threshold Odor Test. Part I.
Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol.
29, No. .6. pp. 1-8.
STAFF REPORT
1963. The Threshold Odor Test. Part II.
Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol.
29, No. 7, pp. 1-1.
STAFF REPORT
1963. The Threshold Odor Test. Part III.
Taste and Odor Control Journal, vol.
29, No. 8, pp. 1-1.
THOMAS, N. A.
1940. Taste and Odor Control on Lake
Michigan. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 32, No.
7, pp. 1183-1186.
TURRE, G. J.
1953. Algae Responsible for Odor and
Taste in Public Water Supplies. Pro-
ceedings of the American Society of
Civil Engineers, vol. 79, Separate No.
267, pp. 1-20.
BIOLOGICAL ASPECTS OF
IMPOUNDING RESERVOIRS
BALL, O. P.
1957. Management of Sport Fishing in
San Diego's Program of Multiple Use
of Water Supply Reservoirs. Trans-
actions of the American Fisheries
Society, vol. 87, No. 2, pp. 200-206.
BONN, E. W. and L. R. HOLBERT
1961. Some Effects of Rotenone Prod-
ucts on Municipal Water Supplies.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 90, No. 3, pp. 287-
297.
109
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
BROWN, K. W.
1933. Experiences with Well Water in
an Uncovered Reservoir. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 35, No. 3, pp. 337-342.
BtlRNSON, B.
1938. Seasonal Temperature Variations
in Relation to Water Treatment. Jour-
nal of the American Water Works
Association, vol. 30, No. 5, pp. 793-
811.
CHURCHILL, M. A.
1965. Effects of Density Currents in
Reservoirs on Water Quality. Water
and Sewage Works, vol. 112, No. 11,
pp. R135-140, 142.
CLOUGH, J.
1962. Dredging at Hurworth Burn Res-
ervoir, Hartlepools Water Company.
Journal of the Institute of Water En-
gineers, vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 46-48.
COHEN, J. M., L. J. KAMPHAKE, A. E.
LEMKE, C. HENDERSON and R. L. WOOD-
WARD
1960. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water
Supplies. Part I. Removal of Toxic
Materials. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 52, No.
12, pp. 1151-1166.
COHEN, J. M., G. A. ROURKE and R. L.
WOODWARD
1961. Effect of Pish Poisons on Water
Supplies. Part 2. Odor Problems.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 53, No. 1, pp.
49-62.
COHEN, J. M., Q. H. PICKERING, R. L.
WOODWARD and W. VAN HEUVELEN
1961. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water
Supplies. Part 3. Field Study at Dick-
inson. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 53, No. 2, pp.
233-246.
COHEN, J. H.
1962. Removal of Fish Poisons from a
Water Supply. Taste and Odor Con-
trol Journal, vol. 28, No. 4, pp. 1-4.
COOKE, W. B., W. M. INGRAM, A. F.
BARTSCH and J. D. ENRIGHT
1957. Submerged Aquatic Plants in a
Primary Settling Reservoir. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 49, No. 3, pp. 318-321.
COPELAND, O. L.
1961. Watershed Management and Res-
ervoir Life. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 53, No.
5, pp. 569-578.
COUTANT, C. C.
1964. Stream Plankton Above and Below
Green Lake Reservoir. Proceedings of
the Pennsylvania Academy of Sci-
ences, vol. 37, pp. 122-126.
DENDY, J. S. and R. H. STROUD
1949. The Dominating Influence of Fon-
tana Reservoir on Temperature and
Dissolved Oxygen in the Little Ten-
nessee River and Its Impoundments.
Journal of the Tennessee Academy of
Sciences, vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 41-51.
GARDINER, A. C.
1939. Some Aspects of Water Works
Biology. Annals of Applied Biology,
vol. 26. No. 1, pp. 175-177.
HAMMERTON, D.
1959. A Biological and Chemical Study
of Chew Valley Lake. Proceedings of
the Society of Water Treatment and
Examination, vol. 8, Pt. 2, pp. 87-117.
HOLTJE, R. H.
1939. Some Trouble-Makers in Reser-
voirs, Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 31, No. 3, pp.
550-557.
HOUGHTON, G. V.
1955. Biological and Chemical Problems
in a Shallow Reservoir. Water and
Sewage Works, vol. 102, No. 1, pp.
19-21.
HURST, W. D.
1945. Predaceous Diving Beetles in Win-
nipeg's Water Supply. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 37, No. 11, pp. 1204-1206.
KOPOID, C. A.
1923. Microorganisms in Reservoirs and
Their Relations to Esthetic Qualities.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 10, No. 2, pp.
183-191.
KURAN, O. G.
1953. Ront Reservoir Algae. The Amer-
ican City, vol. 68, No. 10, pp. 90-91.
MEDBERY, H. C.
1942. Limnological Observations on San
110
-------
WATER TREATMENT
Francisco Reservoirs. Journal of the
American Water Works Association.
vol. 34, No. 5, up. 719-735.
NEEL, J. K.
1963. Impact of Reservoirs. Chapter 20.
In: Frey, D. G. (ed.), Limnology in
North America. University of Wis-
consin Press, Madison, pp. 575-594.
SHAKER, H. L.
1925. The Impounding Reservoir, Its
Troubles and Remedies. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 13, No. 5. pp. 531-543.
STOBER, Q.
1962. Some Limnological Effects of
Tiber Reservoir on the Marias River,
Montana. Proceedings of the Mon-
tana Academy of Sciences, vol. 23, pp.
111-137.
SYLVESTER, R. O.
1958. Water Quality Studies in the Co-
lumbia River Basin. U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service. Special Scientific
Report, Fisheries No. 239, op. 1-134.
SYMONS, J. R., S. R. WEIBEL and G. G.
ROBECK
1964. Influence of Impoundments on
Water Quality. A Review of Litera-
ture and Statement of Research
Needs. U. S. Public Health Service
Publication No. 999-WP-18, pp. 1-78.
TARZWELL, C. M. and C. M. PALMER
1951. Ecology of Significant Organisms
in Surface Water Supplies. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 43, No. 7, pp. 568-578.
THOMPSON, R. W. S.
1954. Stratification and Overturn in
Lakes and Reservoirs. Journal of the
Institute of Water Engineers, vol. 8,
No. 1, pp. 19-52.
WEISS, C. M. and R. T. OGLESBY
1962. Limnology of a North Carolina
Reservoir and Its Use in Water Treat-
ment. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 54. No. 6. pp.
671-683.
WESTON, R. S.
1925. Period of Storage and Microorga-
nisms in Reservoirs. Journal of the
Northeastern Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 39, p. 225.
WHIPPLE, G. C.
1922. A Long Record of Microscopical
Examinations. Journal of the Ameri-
can Water Works Association, vol. 9,
No. 3, pp. 436-^41.
WILSON, C.
1927. The Biological Control of Im-
pounding Reservoirs. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 247-252.
CLOGGING ORGANISMS
ANON.
1924. Clogging of Intakes by Fish.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 11, No. 1, pp.
219-221.
BAYLIS, J. R.
1922. Microorganisms in Baltimore Wa-
ter Supply. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 9, No.
5, pp. 712-730.
BAYLIS, J. R. and H. H. GERSTEIN
1929. Microorganisms in the Lake Mich-
igan Water at Chicago, Their Effect
on Filtration and Method for Count-
ing. Municipal News and Water
Works, vol. 76, No. 7, pp. 291-296.
BAYLIS, J. R.
1955. Effect of Microorganisms in
Lengths of Filter Runs. Water Works
Engineering, vol. 108, No. 2, pp. 127-
128. 158.
BERARD, W. W. and J. R. BAYLIS
1946. Screen Clogging by a Rare Species
of Algae. Water and Sewage Works,
vol. 93, No. 6, pp. 223-224.
BERRY, A. E.
1932. Vegetable Growths in Water Sup-
plies. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 24, No. 1, pp.
97-104.
BROOK, A. J.
1954. The Bottom-Living Algal Flora of
Slow Sand Filter Beds of Water-
works with Special Reference to the
Establishment of Species in the Beds.
Hydrobiologia, vol. 6, Nos. 3 and 4,
pp. 333-351.
CLARKE, K. B.
1961. Treatment Difficulties Due to a
Massive Crop of Ceratium hirundi-
nella. Journal of the Institute of Wa-
ter Engineers, vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 233—
238.
Ill
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
HUDGINS, B.
1931. Turbidity, Plankton and Mineral
Content of the Detroit (Michigan)
Water Supply. "Journal of the Ameri-
can Water Works Association, vol. 23,
No. 3, pp. 435-444.
PALMER, C. M. and H. W. POSTON
1956. Algae and Other Interference Or-
ganisms in Indiana Water Supplies.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 48, No. 10, pp.
1335-1346.
POSTON, H. W. and M. B. GAMET
1964. Effect of Algae on Filter Runs
with Great Lakes Water. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 56, No. 9, pp. 1203-1216.
ROSENTHAL, H.
1921. Overcoming Difficulties with Crus-
tacea in Filter Beds. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 8, No. 5, pp. 530-531.
SHAKER, E. P.
1925. The Impounding Reservoir, Its
Troubles and Remedies. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 13, No. 5, pp. 531-543.
SINCLAIR, R. M. and B. G. ISOM
1963. Further Studies on the Introduced
Asiatic Clam (Corbicula) in Tennes-
see. Tennessee Stream Pollution Con-
trol Board, Tennessee Department of
Public Health, pp. 1-82.
SINCLAIR, R. M.
1964. Clam Pests in Tennessee Water
Supplies. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 56, No.
5, pp. 592-599.
CLEAR WELL ORGANISMS
BAHLMAN, C.
1932. Larval Contamination of a Clear
Water Reservoir. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 660-664.
COLLINS, J. S.
1958. Some Experiences with Nais and
Nematodes in the Public Water Sup-
ply of Norwich. Proceedings .of the
Society for Water Treatment and
Examination (London), vol. 7, PL 2,
pp. 157-172.
FLENTJE, M. E.
1945. Control and Elimination of Pest
Infestations in Public Water Supplies.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 37, No. 11,
pp. 1194-1203.
FLENTJE, M. E.
1945. Elimination of Midge Fly Larvae
with DDT. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 37, No.
11, p. 1053.
HECHMEB, C. A.
1932. Chironomus in Water Supply.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 24, No. 5, pp.
665-668.
PIPE AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
ASSOCIATED ORGANISMS
BAYLIS, J. R.
1957. Microorganisms that Have Caused
Trouble in the Chicago Water System.
Pure Water, vol. 9, p. 47.
BUSWELL, A. M.
1938. Microscopic Growths in Distribu-
tion Systems and Their Food Supply.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 30, No. 10,
pp. 1651-1654.
CHANG, S. L., J. H. AUSTIN, H. W.
POSTON and R. L. WOODWARD
1959. Occurrence of a Nematode Worm
in a City Water Supply. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 51, No. 5, pp. 671-676.
CLARKE, E. B.
1952. The Infestation of Waterworks by
Dreissenia polymorpha, a Fresh Wa-
ter Mussel. Journal of the Institute
of Water Engineers, vol. 6, No. 5, pp.
370-379.
CLARK, F. M.
1963. Iron Bacteria. In: Quality Aspects
of Water Distribution Systems. Uni-
versity of Illinois Engineering Sta-
tion Circular No. 81, pp. 85-89.
CRABILL, M. P.
1956. Biologic Infestation at Indianap-
olis. Journal of the American Water
Association, vol. 48, No. 3, pp. 269-
274.
112
-------
WATER TREATMENT
CRABILL, M. P.
1963. Biologic Infestations in Water
Distribution Systems. In: Quality
Aspects of Water Distribution Sys-
tems. University of Illinois Engineer-
ing Experiment Station, Circular No.
81. pp. 90-93.
DERBY, R. L.
1947. Control of Slime Growths in
Transmission Lines. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 39, No. 11, pp. 1107-1114.
ENGLISH, E.
1958. Biological Problems in Distribu-
tion Systems—Infestations of Water
Mains. Proceedings of the Society for
Water Treatment and Examination,
vol. 7, No. 2, pp. 127-143.
FLENTJE, M. E.
1945. Control and Elimination of Pest
Infestations in Public Water Supplies.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 37, No. 11,
pp. 1194-1203.
HURST, W. D.
1945. Predaceous Diving Beetles in Win-
nipeg's Water Supply. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 37, No. 11. pp. 1204-1206.
INGRAM, W. M.
1956. Snail and Clam Infestations of
Drinking-Water Supplies. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 48, No. 3, pp. 258-268.
INGRAM, W. M. and K. M. MACKENTHUN
1963. Animal Infestations in Distribu-
tion Systems. In: Quality Aspects of
Water Distribution Systems. Univer-
sity of Illinois Engineering Experi-
ment Station, Circular No. 81, pp.
79-S4,
KELLY, S. N.
1955. Infestation of the Norwich, Eng-
land, Water System. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 47, No. 4, pp. 330-334.
LUESCHOW, L. A. and K. M. MACKEN-
THUN
1962. Detection and Enumeration of Iron
. Bacteria in Municipal Water Supplies.
Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 52, No. 6, pp.
751-756.
OLIVER, G. C. S.
1961. The Eradication of Asettus from
Water Mains by Application of Pyre-
thrum. Journal of the Institute of Wa-
ter Engineers, vol. 15, No. 2, pp.
51-52.
SILVEY, J. K. G.
1956. Bloodworms in Distribution Sys-
tems. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 48, No. 3, pp.
275-280.
SILVEY, J. K. G.
1963. Actinomycetes in Water Distribu-
tion Systems. In: Quality Aspects of
Water Distribution Systems. Univer-
sity of Illinois Engineering Station,
Circular No. 81. pp. 62-71.
CHLORINE AND ITS EFFECT
ON ORGANISMS
ALLEN, L. A., N. BLEZARD and A. B.
WHEATLAND
1946. Toxicity to Fish of Chlorinated
Sewage Effluents. Surveyor, vol. 105,
p. 298.
COVENTRY, F. L., V. E. SHELFORD and
L. F. MILLER
1935. The Conditioning of a Chlpramine
Treated Water Supply for Biological
Purposes. Ecology, vol. 16, No. 1, pp.
60-66.
DOUDOROFF, P. and M. KATZ
1950. Critical Review of Literature on
the Toxicity of Industrial Wastes and
Their Components to Fish: I. Alka-
lies. Acids and Inorganic Gases. Sew-
age and Industrial Wastes, vol. 22,
No. 11, pp. 1432-1458
HALE, F. E.
1950. The Use of Copper Sulphate in
Control of Microscopic Organisms.
Phelps-Dodge Refining Corporation,
New York, pp. 1-44.
MATHESON, D. H.
1952. The Effects of Algae in Water
Supplies. International Water Supply
Association, 2nd Congress, Paris,
France, pp. 1-82.
MERKENS, J. C.
1958. Studies on the Toxicity of Chlorine
and Chloramines to the Rainbow
113
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTWH. WASTE THEATMENT AND WATER TKEATMENI
Trout. Water and Waste Treatment
Journal, vol. 7, No..4, pp. 150-151.
TAYLOR, R. S. and M, C. JAMES
1928. Treatment for Removal of Chlor-
ine from City Water for Use in
Aquaria. U. S. Bureau of Fisheries.
Document No. 1045. Report of U. S.
Commission of Fisheries, 1928, App.
7, pp. 322-327.
ZIMMERMAN, P. W. and R. 0. BERG
1934. Effects of Chlorinated Water on
Land Plants, Aquatic Plants and Gold-
fish. Contribution of Boyce Thompson
Institute, vol. 6, pp. 39-49.
ACTINOMYCETES
ADAMS, B. A.
1933. The Role of Actinomycetes in Pro-
ducing Earthy Tastes and Smells in
Potable Water. Report Public Works,
Roads, and Transport Congress, Paper
No. 14. London.
SAFFERMAN, R. S. and M. E. MORRIS
1962. A Method for the Isolation and
Enumeration of Actinomycetes Re-
lated to Water Supplies. Robert A.
Taft Sanitary Engineering Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health
Service, Publication No. W62-10, pp.
1-15.
SILVEY, J. K. G.f J. C. RUSSELL, D. R.
REDDEN and W. C. MCCORMICK
1950. Actinomycetes and Common Tastes
and Odors. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 42, No.
11, pp. 1018-1026.
SlLVEY, J. K. G.
1953. Newer Concepts of Tastes and
Odors in Surface Water Supplies.
Water and Sewage Works, vol. 100,
No. 11. p. 426.
SILVEY, J. K. G.
1953. Relation of Irrigation Runoff to
Tastes and Odors. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 45, No. 11, pp. 1179-1186.
SILVEY, J. K. G. and A. W. ROACH
1953. AcHnoraycetes in the Oklahoma
City Water Supply. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 45, No. 4, pp. 409-416,
SILVEY, J. K. G.
1954. Newer Concepts of Tastes and
Odors in Surface Water Supplies.
Water and Sewage Works, vol. 101,
N8. 5, pp. 208-211.
SILVEY, J. K. G. and A. W. ROACH
1956. Actinomycetes May Cause Tastes
and Odors in Water Supplies. Public
Works Magazine, vol. 87, No. 5, pp.
103-106; 210-212.
SILVEY, J. K. G. and A. W. ROACH
1959. Laboratory Culture of Taste- and
Odor-Producing Aquatic Actinomy-
cetes. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 51, No. 1, pp.
20-32.
TARZWELL, C. M.
1950. Oklahoma City Taste and Odor
Study. A Preliminary Study of the
Taste and Odor Problems in the Okla-
homa City Water Supply. Federal
Security Agency, U. S. Public Health
Service, Environmental Health Center,
Cincinnati, Ohio, pp. 1-37.
RECREATIONAL WATER
TREATMENT
GENERAL REFERENCES
BARTSCH, A. F.
1954. Practical Methods for Control of
Algae and Water Weeds. Public
Health Reports, vol. 69, No. 8, pp.
749-757.
CHANCELLOR, A. P.
1958. The Control of Aquatic Weeds and
Algae. Ministry of Agriculture. Fish-
eries and Food, H. M. Stationery
Office, London, 20 pp.
DOMOGALLA, B. P.
1926. Treatment of Algae and Weeds in
Lakes at Madison. Engineering News-
Record, vol. 97, No. 24, pp. 950-954.
GREENWALD, M.
1956. List of References on Control of
Aquatic Plants. Including Algae.
Chipman Chemical Company, Incor-
porated, Bound Brook, New Jersey,
pp. 1-22.
GREENWALD, M.
1957. Supplement to the List of Refer-
ences on Control of Aquatic Plants,
Including Algae. Chipmin Chemical
Company, Incorporated, Bound Brook,
New Jersey, pp. 1-12.
114
-------
WATER TREATMENT
MACXENTHUN, K. M.
1952. Cleaner Lakes can be a Reality.
Wisconsin Conservation Bulletin, vol.
.17, No. 1, pp. 1-4.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1958. The Chemical Control of Aquatic
Nuisances. Wisconsin Committee on
Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin,
64. pp.
MACKENTHUN, K. M., W. M. INGRAM
and R. FORGES
1964. Limnological Aspects of Recrea-
tional Lakes. Robert A. Taft Sanitary
Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service, Publica-
tion No. 1167, pp. 1-176.
SAWYER, C. N.
1962. Causes, Effects, and Control of
Aquatic Growths. Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation,
vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 279-290.
SURBER, E. W.
1950. Control of Aquatic Growths in
Impounding Reservoirs. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 42, No. 8, pp. 735-740.
ALGAL CONTROL
ANON.
1959. Cladophora Investigations: Ob-
servation on the Nature and Control
of Excessive Growth of Caldophora
sp. in Lake Ontario. The Ontario Wa-
ter Resources Commission, pp. 1-30.
ARNOLD, G. E.
1936. Plankton and Insect Larvae Con-
trol in California Waters. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. 1469-1479.
DOMOGALLA, B. P.
1926. Treatment of Algae and Weeds in
Lakes at Madison. Engineering News
Record, vol. 97, No. 24, pp. 950-954.
DOMOGALLA, B. P.
1941. Scientific Studies and Chemical
Treatment of the Madison Lakes. In:
A Symposium on Hydrobiology. Uni-
versity of Wisconsin Press, Madison,
Wisconsin, pp. 303-310.
FITZGERALD, G. P., G. C. GERLOFF and
F. SKOOG
1952. Studies on Chemicals with Selec-
tive Toxicity to Blue-Green Algae.
Sewage and Industrial Wastes, vol.
24, No. 7, pp. 888-896.
FITZGERALD, G. P. and F. SKOOG
1954. Control of Blue-Green Algae
Blooms with 2,3-Dichloronapthoqui-
none. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 26, No. 9, pp. 1136-1140.
FITZGERALD, G. P.
1958. Control of Growth of Algae with
CMU [3-(p-chlorophenyl)-l: 1-di-
methylureaj. Transactions of the Wis-
consin Academy of Sciences, Arts
and Letters, 1957, vol. 46, pp. 281-294
(1958). Journal of Applied Chemistry,
vol. 8, pp. ii-235-236 (September
1958).
HALE, F. E.
1954. Use of Copper Sulphate in Control
of Microscopic Organisms. Phelps
Dodge Refining Corporation, New
York, pp. 1-30.
HASLER, A. D. and E. JONES
1949. Demonstration of the Antagonistic
Action of Large Aquatic Plants on
Algae and Rotifers. Ecology, vol. 30,
No. 3, pp. 359-364.
JOHNSON, L. D.
1955. Control of Ulothrix zonata in Cir-
cular Ponds. Progressive Fish Cul-
turist, vol. 17, No. 3, pp. 126-128.
LAWRENCE, J. M.
1954. Control of Branched Alga Pitho-
phora, in Farm Fish Ponds. Progres-
sive Fish Culturist, vol. 14, No. 2, pp.
83-88.
LAWRENCE, J. M.
1962. Aquatic Herbicide Data. U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, Research
Service, Handbook No. 231, pp. 1-33.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1958. The Chemical Control of Aquatic
Nuisances. Wisconsin Committee on
Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin,
pp. 1-64.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1960. What You Should Know About
Algae Control. Public Works Journal,
vol. 91, No. 9, pp. 114-116, 158.
MALONEY, T. E.
1958. Control of Algae with Chloro-
phenyl Dimethyl Urea. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 50, No. 3, pp. 417-422.
115
-------
WATEB POIAOTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
MABQOTS, J. K.
1932. Copper Sulfate as an Algicide.
Journal of the American Water Works
Association, vol. 24, No. 5, pp. 728-
732.
MARSH, H. C. and R. K. ROBINSON
1910. The Treatment of Fish-Cultural
Waters for the Removal of Algae.
Bulletin of the U. S. Bureau of Fish-
eries 28 (Part 2), pp. 871-890 (1908).
MONIE, W. D.
1941. Algae, Control. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 33, No. 4, pp. 705-720.
MONDE, W. D.
1947. Pre-Determining Effective Dosage
of Copper Sulphate in Algae Control.
Water and Sewage Works, vol. 94
(Reference and Data Section), pp.
118-120.
MONIE, W. D.
1951. Algae Control. Taste and Odor
Control Journal, vol. 17, No. 2, pp.
1-7.
MONIE, W. D.
1955. Determining Copper Sulphate Dos-
age. Water and Sewage Works (Ref-
erences and Data Section), vol. 102,
No. 6, pp. R-119-121.
MONIE, W. D.
1956. Algae Control with Copper Sul-
fate. Water and Sewage Works, vol.
103, No. 9, pp. 392-397.
MOORE, G. T. and EL F. KELLEKMAN
1904. A Method of Destroying or Pre-
venting the Growth of Algae and Cer-
tain Pathogenic Bacteria in Water
Supplies. U. S. Department of Agri-
culture, Bureau of Plant Industry,
Bulletin 64.
MOORE, G. T. and K, F. KELLERMAN
1905. Copper as an Algicide and Disin-
fectant in Water Supplies, U. S. De-
partment of Agriculture, Bureau of
Plant Industry, Bulletin 76, pp. 1-55.
O'DONNELL, D. J.
1943. Control of Hydrodietyon reticu-
iatum in Small Ponds. Transactions
of the American Fisheries Society, vol.
78, pp. 59-«2.
ROHUCH, G. A. and W. B. SABLES
1949. Chemical Composition of Algae
and Its Relationship to Taste and
Odor. Taste and Odor Control Jour-
nal, vol. 15, No. 6, pp. 1-12.
ROSE, E. T.
1954. Blue-green Algae Control at Storm
Lake. Proceedings Iowa Academy of
Sciences, vol. 61, pp. 604-614.
SNOW, J. R.
1963. Simazine as an Algicide for Bass
Ponds. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol.
25, No. 1, pp. 34-36.
TAKLTON, E. A.
1949. Algae Control. Water and Sewage
Works, vol. 96, No. 6, pp. 221-224.
FLOWBtING AQUATIC PLANT
CONTROL
BARTSCH, A. F.
1954. Practical Methods for Control of
Algae and Water Weeds. Public
Health Reports, vol. 69, No. 8, pp.
749-757.
BAUHAN, A. C.
1947. 2,4-D and Some Emergent Aquat-
ics. Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 9,
No. 2, pp. 71-77.
BAUMAN, A. C.
1947. The Effects of Ammonium Sulfa-
mate on Emergent Aquatic Vegeta-
tion. Transactions of the Twelfth
North American Wildlife Conference,
pp. 346-355.
BAUMGARTNER, L. L.
1955. A Case History of a Misapplica-
tion of CMU for Aquatic Weed Con-
trol. Proceedings of the Ninth North-
eastern Weed Control Conference, pp.
559-562.
BENSON, N. G. and J. T. CONNER
1956. Use of CMU to Control Najas.
Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 18,
No. 2, pp. 78-80.
BRUNS, V. F. and W. H. FARMER
1950. Aromatic Solvents for Water-
weeds. The Reclamation Era, Part I,
vol. 36, No. 4, pp. 79-S2; Part II, vol.
36, No. 5, pp. 96-97.
CLARK, W. F.
1954. Controlling Weeds and Algae in
Farm Ponds. Cornell University,
116
-------
WATER TREATMENT
Ithaca, New York, Bulletin 910, pp.
1-15.
DERBY, R. L. and D. W. GRAHAM
1953. Control of Aquatic Growths in
Reservoirs by Copper Sulphate and
Secondary Effects of Such Treatment.
Proceedings of the American Society
of Civil Engineers, vol. 79, Separate
No. 203, pp. 1-15.
DERBY, R. L. and F. W. TOWNSEND
1953. Reservoir Treatment by Improved
Methods. Water and Sewage Works,
vol. 100, No. 6, pp. 211-216.
DERBY, R. L.
1954. Methods of Controlling Aquatic
Growths in Reservoirs. Journal of the
American Water Works Association,
vol. 46, No. 11, pp. 1150-1158.
DOMOGALLA, B. P.
1926. Treatment of Algae and Weeds in
Lakes at Madison, Wisconsin. Engi-
neering News Record, vol. 97, No. 24,
pp. 950-954.
DUTTON, P.
1955. Hyacinth Control Report. Louisi-
ana Conservationist, vol. 7, No. 8, pp.
8-11.
EGGLER, W. A.
1953. The Use of 2,4-D in the Control of
Water Hyacinth (Eichhornia cras-
sipes) & Alligator Weed (Alteman-
thera pkiloxeroides) in the Mississippi
Delta with Certain Ecological Impli-
cations. Ecology, vol. 34, No. 4, pp.
409-414.
ElCHER, G.
1947. Aniline Dye in Aquatic Weed Con-
trol. Journal of Wildlife Management,
vol. 11, pp. 193-197. (Reprinted in
the Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 10,
No. 1, pp. 39-42, 1948).
EIPPER, A. W. and H. B. BRUMSTED
1959. How to Control Weeds and Algae
in Farm Ponds. Cornell Extension
Bulletin 1014, New York State Col-
lege of Agriculture, pp. 1—32.
M. E.
1952. Control of Algae and Weeds in
Reservoirs. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 44, No.
8, pp. 727-731.
FREELAND, R. O.
1950. Effects of 2,4-D and Other Growth
Substances on Photosynthesis and
Respiration in Anacharis. Botanical
Gazette, vol. Ill, pp. 319-324.
GERKING, S. D.
1948. Destruction of Submerged Aquatic
Plants by 2,4-D. Journal of Wildlife
Management, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 221-
227.
GOUDEY, R. F.
1946. Chemical Weed Control. Journal
of the American Water Works Asso-
ciation, vol. 38, No. 2, pp. 186-202.
HARRIS, B. B. and J. K. G. SILVEY
1940. Underwater Cutting Tool for
Aquatic. Plants. Journal of the Ameri-
can Water Works Association, vol. 32,
No. 11, p. 1883.
HlLDEBRAND, E. M.
1946. Herbicidal Action of 2,4-Dichloro-
phenoxyacetic Acid on the Water Hya-
cinth, Eichhornia crassipes. Science,
vol. 103, pp. 477-479.
LAWRENCE, J. M.
1958. Methods for Controlling Aquatic
Weeds in Fish Ponds with Emphasis
on Use of Chemicals. Agricultural
Experiment Station of the Alabama
Polytechnic Institute, Auburn, Ala-
bama, Progress Report Series No. 69,
pp. 1-4.
LEPORE, A.
1955. Let's Clean Up Plant Choked
Ponds. The American City, vol. 70,
No. 6, pp. 125, 215.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1950. Aquatic Weed Control with
Sodium Arsenite. Sewage and Indus-
trial Wastes, vol. 22, No. 8, pp. 1062-
1067.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1958. The Chemical Control of Aquatic
Nuisances. Wisconsin Committee on
Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin,
pp. 1-64.
MARTIN, A. C., R. C. ERICKSON and J. H.
STEENIS
1957. Improving Duck Marshes by Weed
Control. U. S. Department of the In-
terior, Fish and Wildlife Service, Cir-
cular 19—Revised, pp. 1-60.
OBORN, E. T.
1954. Control of Aquatic Weeds that
Impede Flow of Western Irrigation
117
-------
POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATER TREATMENT
Waters. Weeds, vol. 3, No. 3, pp. 213-
240.
OBORN, E. T., W. T. MOHAN, K. T.
GREENE and T. R. BARTLEY
1954. Weed Control Investigations of
Some Important Aquatic Plants
which Impede Flow of Western Irri-
gation Waters. Sect, of Weed Investi-
gations, FCRS, ARS, USDA, and
Bureau of Reclamation, Engineering
Laboratories, USDI, Denver, Colo-
rado, Joint Laboratory Report No.
SI-2, pp. 1-84.
SEALE, C. C., J. W. RANDOLPH and J. C.
STEPHENS
1952. Aromatic Solvents for the Control
of Submersed Water Weed Naiad,
Najas guadalupensis (Spreng.)
Morong., in South Florida, Weeds,
vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 366-371.
SPEIRS, J. M.
1948. Summary of Literature on Aquatic
Weed Control. Canadian Fish Cultur-
ist, vol. 3, No. 4, pp. 20-32.
STEENIS, J. H.
1950. Studies on the Use of Herbicides
for Improving Waterfowl Habitat in
Western Kentucky and Tennessee.
Journal of Wildlife Management, vol.
14, No. 2, pp. 162-169.
STEPHENS, J. C., A. L. CRAIG and C. C.
SEALE
1954. Blended Solvents for Control of
the Submersed Water Weed Naiad
(Najas guadalupensis) in South
Florida. Weeds, vol. 3, No. 2, pp. 160-
STJRBSR, E. W.
1931. Sodium Arsenite for Controlling
Vegetation in Fish Ponds. Transac-
tions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 61, pp. 143-148.
SURBER, E. W.
1943. Weed Control in Hard-Water
Ponds with Copper Sulphate and
Sodium Arsenite. Transactions of the
8th North American Wildlife Confer-
ence, pp. 132-141.
SURBER, E. W.
1947. Aquatic Plant Control with 2,4-D.
U. S. Department of the Interior, Fish
and WOdlife Service. Fishery Leaflet
217, pp. 1-5.
SURBER, E. W.
1949. Control of Aquatic Plants in
Ponds and Lakes. U. S. Department
of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife
Service, Fishery Leaflet 344, pp. 1-20.
SURBER, E. W. and M. H. EVERHART
1950. Biological Effects of Nigrosine
Used for Control of Weeds in Hatch-
ery Ponds. Progressive Fish Culturist,
vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 135-140.
SURBER, E. W.
1961. Improving Sport Fishing by Con-
trol of Aquatic Weeds. U. S. Depart-
ment of the Interior, Fish and Wild-
life Service, Circular 128, pp. 1-37.
THREINEN, C. W. and W. T. HELM
1954. Experiments and Observations
Designed to Show Carp Destruction
of Aquatic Vegetation. Journal of
Wildlife Management, vol. 18, No. 2,
pp. 247-250.
TIMMONS, F. L.
1960. Weed Control in Western Irriga-
tion and Drainage Systems (Losses
Caused by Weeds and Costs and Bene-
fits of Weed Control). Joint Report,
U. S. Department of Agriculture and
U. S. Department of Interior, ARS,
34-14, pp. 1-22.
TRYON, C. A., JR.
1954. The Effect of Carp Enclosures on
Growth of Submerged Aquatic Vege-
tation in Pymatuning Lake, Pennsyl-
vania. Journal of Wildlife Manage-
ment, vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 251-254.
VAN OVERBEEK, J., W. J. HUGHES and
R. BLONDEAU
1959. Acrolein for the Control of Water
Weeds and Disease-Carrying Water
Snails. Science, vol. 129, pp. 335-336.
WALKER, C. R.
1964. Toxicplogical Effects of Herbicides
on the Fish Environment. Water and
Sewage Works, vol. 3, No. 1, pp. ITS-
ITS.
INSECT CONTROL
ARNASON, A. P., A. W. A. BROWN,
F. J. H. FREDEEN, et al.
1949. Experiments in the Control of
Simulium arcticum Malloch by Means
of DDT in the Saskatchewan River.
118
-------
WATER TREATMENT
Scientific Agriculture, Agricultural
Institute of Canada, Ottawa, vol. 29,
No. 11, pp. 527-537.
ARNOLD, G. E.
1936. Plankton and Insect Larvae Con-
trol in California Waters. Journal of
the American Water Works Associa-
tion, vol. 28, No. 10, pp. 1469-1479.
FELLTON, H. L.
1940. Control of Aquatic Midges with
Notes on the Biology of Certain
Species. Journal of Economic Ento-
mology, vol. 33, No. 2, pp. 252-264.
GJULLIN, C. M., O. B. COPE, B. F.
QUISENBERRY and F. R. Du CHAMOIS
1949. The Effect of Some Insecticides
on Black Fly Larvae in Alaskan
Streams. Journal of Economic Ento-
mology, vol. 42, No. 1, pp. 100-105.
HlLLSENHOFF, W. L.
1959. The Evaluation of Insecticides for
the Control of Tendipes plumosus
(Linnaeus). Journal of Economic
Entomology, vol. 52, No. 2, pp. 331-
332.
HUNT, E. G. and A. I. BISCHOFF
1960. Inimical Effects on Wildlife of
Periodic DDD Applications to Clear
Lake. California Fish and Game, vol.
46, No. 1, pp. 91-106.
JAMNBACK, H. and W. WALL
1957. Control of Salt Marsh Tabanus
Larvae with Granulated Insecticides.
Journal of Economic Entomology, vol.
50, No. 8, pp. 379-382.
LIEUX, D. B. and J. A. MULRENNAN
1956. Investigations of the Biology and
Control of Midges in Florida
(Diptera: Tendipedidae). A Progress
Report. Mosquito News, vol. 16, No.
3, pp. 201-204.
LINDQUIST, A. W. and A. R. ROTH
1950. Effect of Dichlorodiphenyl dichlo-
roethane on Larvae of the Clear Lake
Gnat in California. Journal of Eco-
nomic Entomology, vol. 43, No. 3, pp.
328-332.
LINDQUIST, A. W., A. R. ROTH and J. R.
WALKER
1951. Control of the Clear Lake Gnat
in California. Journal of Economic
Entomology, vol. 44, No. 4, pp. 572-
577.
PATTERSON, R. S. and D. L. VON WINDE-
GUTH
1964. The Effects of Baytex on Some
Aquatic Organisms. Mosquito News,
vol. 24, No. 1, pp. 46-49.
PATTERSON, R. S.
1964. Recent Investigations on the Use
of BHC and EPN to Control Chirono-
mid Midges in Central Florida. Mos-
quito News, vol. 24, No. 3, pp. 294-299.
PROVOST, M. W.
1958. Chironomids and Lake Nutrients
in Florida. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 30, No. 11, pp. 1417-1419.
RAI, L. and L. L. LEWALLEN
1960. Effect of Varying Depths of Wa-
ter with Identical Surface Area on
Mosquito Larval Mortality Using
Concentrates. Mosquito News, vol. 20,
No. 3, pp. 271-274.
SWIMMER'S ITCH CONTROL
ANON.
1939. Report on the Chemical Treatment
of Lakes and Streams with Special
Reference to the Origin and Control
of Swimmers' Itch. Committee on Wa-
ter Pollution, State of Wisconsin,
Madison, pp. 1-20.
BRACKETT, S.
1939. Methods for Controlling Schisto-
some Dermatitis. Journal of the
American Medical Association, vol.
113, pp. 117-121.
BRACKETT, S.
1941. Schistosome Dermatitis and Its
Distribution. In: Symposium on
Hydrobiology, Madison, Wisconsin,
pp. 360-378.
CORT, W. W.
1928. Schistosome Dermatitis in the
United States (Michigan). Journal of
the American Medical Association,
vol. 90, pp. 1027-1029.
CORT, W. W.
1950. Studies on Schistosome Dermatitis
XI. Status of Knowledge After More
Than Twenty Years. American Jour-
nal of Hygiene, vol. 52, No. 3, pp. 251-
307.
119
-------
POLLUTION CONTROL WASTE TBEATMKNT AND WATB TRBATJCENT
FERGUSON, F. F., C. S. RICHARDS and
J, R. PALMER
1961. Control of Austrahrbis glabratus
by Acrolein in Puerto Rico. Public
Health Reports, voL 76, No. 3, pp.
461-468.
HOWABD, T. E., H. N. HALVARSON and
C. C. WALDEN
1964. Toadcity of Copper Compounds to
the Snail Vector Hosts of the Agent of
Schistpsome Dermatitis in Waters of
Differing Hardness. American Jour-
nal of Hygiene, voL 79, No. 3, pp.
33-44.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1958. The Chemical Control of Aquatic
Nuisances. Wisconsin Committee on
Water Pollution, Madison, Wisconsin,
pp. 1-64.
NOLAN, H. 0. and H. W. BOND
1955. Results of Laboratory Screening
Tests of Chemical Compounds for
MoUuscicidal Activity. American
Journal of Tropical Medicine & Hy-
giene, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 152-155.
VAN OBERBEEK, J., W. J. HUGHES and
R. BLONDEAC
1959. Acrolein for the Control of Water
Weeds and Disease-Carrying Water
Snails. Science, vol. 129, pp. 335-336.
PESTICIDES AND THEIR EFFECT
UPON AQUATIC LIFE
ADAMS, L., M. G. HANAVAN, et al.
1949. The Effects on Fish, Birds, and
Mammals of DDT Used in the Control
of Forest Insects in Idaho and Wyom-
ing. Journal of Wildlife Management,
vol. 13, No. 3, pp. 245-254.
BALL, R. C.
1948. A Summary of Experiments in
Michigan Lakes on the Elimination of
Fish Populations with Rotenone.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 75, pp. 139*446.
BOND, C, E.
1960. Toxicity of Various Herbicidal
Materials to Fishes. Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. W60-3, pp. 96-
101.
COHEN, J. M., L. J. KAMPHAKE, A. E.
LEMKE, C. HENDERSON and R. L. WOOD-
WABD
1960. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water
Supplies. Part I. Removal of Toxic
Materials. Journal of the American
Water Works Association, vol. 52, No.
12, pp. 1551-1566.
COHEN, J. M., 6. A. ROURKE and R. L.
WOODWARD
1961. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water
Supplies. Part 2. Odor Problems.
Journal of the American Waterworks
Association, vol. 53, No. 1, pp. 49-62.
COHEN, J. M., Q. H. PICKERING, R. L.
WOODWARD and W. VAN HEUVELEN
1961. Effect of Fish Poisons on Water
Supplies. Part 3. Field Study at Dick-
inson. Journal of the American Water
Works Association, vol. 53, No. 2, pp.
233-246.
CUSHING, C. E., JR. and J. R. OLIVE
1956. Effects of Toxaphene and Rote-
none Upon the Macroscopic Bottom
Fauna of Two Northern Colorado
Reservoirs. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 86,
pp. 294-301.
DOMOGALLA, B. P.
1935. Eleven Years of Chemical Treat-
ment of Madison Lakes: Its Effect on
Fish and Fish Foods. Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
65, pp. 115-121.
FUKANO, K. G. and F. F. HOOPER
1958. Toxaphene (Chlorinated Com-
phene) as a Selective Fish Poison.
Progressive Fish Culturist, vol. 20,
No. 4, pp. 189-190.
HANSON, W. R,
1952. Effects of Some Herbicides and
Insecticides on Biota of North Dakota
Marshes. Journal of Wildlife Man-
agement, vol. 16, No. 3, pp. 299-308.
HASLER, A. D.
1949. Antibiotic Aspects of Copper
Treatment of Lakes. Transactions of
the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences,
Arts and Letters, vol. 39, pp. 97-103.
HEMPHILL, J. E.
1954. Toxaphene as a Fish Toxin. Pro-
gressive Fish Culturist, vol. 16, No. 1,
pp. 41-42.
130
-------
WATER TREATMENT
HUNT, E. G. and A. I. BISCHOFF
196.0. Inimical Effects on Wildlife of
Periodic DDD Applications to Clear
Lake. California Fish and Game, vol.
46, No. 1, pp. 91-106.
KRUMHOLZ, L. A.
1950. Some Practical Considerations in
the Use of Rotenone in Fisheries Re-
search. Journal of Wildlife Manage-
ment, vol. 14, No. 4, pp. 413-424.
MACKENTHUN, K. M. and H. L. COOLEY
1952. The Biological Effect of Copper
Sulphate Treatment on Lake Ecology.
Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts,
and Letters, vol. 41, pp. 177-187.
MATHESON, D. H.
1952. The Effects of Algae in Water
Supplies. International Water Supply
Association, Second Congress, pp.
1-82.
MOYLE, J. B.
1949. The Use of Copper Sulphate for
Algal Control and Its Biological Im-
plications. In: Limnological Aspects
of Water Supply and Waste Disposal.
American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, Washington,
D. C., pp. 79-87.
NICHOLS, M.
D. MCNALL
S., T. HENKEL and
1946. Copper in Lake Muds from Lakes
of the Madison Area, Transactions of
the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences,
Arts and Letters, vol. 38, pp. 33SMJ50.
NICHOLSON, H. P., H. J. WEBB, G. J.
LAUER, R. E. O'BRIEN, A. R. GRZENDA
and D. W. SHANKLIN
1962. Insecticide Contamination in a
Farm Pond. Part I. Origin and Dura-
tion. Part II. Biological Effects.
A. R. Grzenda, G. J. Lauer, and H. P.
Nicholson. Transactions of the Ameri-
can Fisheries Society, vol. 91, No. 2,
pp. 213-222.
RUDD, R. L. and R. E. GENELLY
1956. Pesticides: Their Use and Toxicity
in Relation to Wildlife. State of Cali-
fornia, Department of Fish and Game,
Game Management Branch, Game
Bulletin No. 7, pp. 1-209.
SMITH, M. W.
1935. The Use of Copper Sulphate for
Eradicating the Predatory Fish Popu-
lation of a Lake. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 65,
pp. 101-113.
SMITH, M. W.
1939. Copper Sulfate and Rotenone as
Fish Poisons. Transactions of the
American Fisheries Society, vol. 69,
pp. 141-157.
SURBER, E. W.
1948. Chemical Control Agents and
Their Effects on Fish. Progressive
Fish Culturist, vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 125-
131.
SURBER, E. W. and O. L. MEEHEAN
1931. Lethal Concentrations of Arsenic
for Certain Aquatic Organisms.
Transactions of the American Fish-
eries Society, vol. 61, pp. 143-148.
SURBER, E. W. and M. H. EVERHART
1950. Biological Effects of Nigrosine
Used for Control of Weeds in Hatch-
ery Ponds. Progressive Fish Cultur-
ist, vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 135-140.
SURBER, E. W. and A. F. BARTSCH
1952. Are Chemicals Killing Our Fish
and Wildlife? Outdoor American
(Sept.-0ct.), pp. 1-8.
TrrcoMB, J. W.
1914. The Use of Copper Sulphate for
the Destruction of Obnoxious Fishes
in Ponds and Lakes. Transactions of
the American Fisheries Society, vol.
40, pp. 20-26.
ULLMANN, W. W., R. W. SCHAEFER and
W. W. SANDERSON
1961. Arsenic Accumulation by Fish in
Lakes Treated with Sodium Arsenite.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 33, No. 4, pp.
416^18.
WIEBE, A. H.
1930. Notes on the Exposure of Young
Fish to Varying Concentrations of
Arsenic. Transactions of the Ameri-
can Fisheries Society, vol. 60, pp. 270-
278.
WIEBE, A. H., E. G. GROSS and D. H.
SLAUGHTER
1931. The Arsenic Content of Large-
Mouth Black Bass (Micropterus sal-
moides Lacepede) Fingerlings. Trans-
actions of the American Fisheries So-
ciety, vol. 61, pp. 150-163.
121
-------
Benthic Zones of BotluHbn (Organic Wastes)
BMMc Zom* of »6Htrtton (Organic WHMt).
Graphic display of data.
Data analysis.
Communication of information.
Plate IV—Reporting Biological Data
-------
PART IV
REPORTING ASPECTS FOR BIOLOGICAL DATA
To DEFINE the biological findings of pollution studies, the biologist
must convey his message to those in associated disciplines such as
engineers and administrators, and to the general public. Delivery of
this message through oral or written reports is not accomplished
when the report is cluttered with bad phrases, unnecessary technical
terms, meaningless words, and non-pertinent graphical material.
It is apparent, then, that one of the biologist's principal responsi-
bilities is to prepare reports containing information that is descrip-
tive, concise, easy to read, and understandable. Such reports accom-
plish their objectives by communicating the results of the study to
all concerned.
Although this unit contains fewer references than any of the pre-
ceding, the importance of its contents cannot be understated.
REPORTING BIOLOGICAL DATA
BARTSCH, A. F. and W. M. INGRAM
1959. Stream Life and the Pollution
Environment. Public Works, vol. 90,
No. 7, pp. 104-110.
BEAK, T. W., C. DE COURVAL and N. E.
COOKE
1959. Pollution Monitoring and Preven-
tion by Use of Bivariate Control
Charts. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 31, No. 12, pp. 1383-1394.
BEAK, T. W.
1964. Biological Measurements of Water
Pollution. Chemical Engineering
Progress, vol. 60, No. 1, pp. 39-43.
BECK, W. M., JR.
1954. Studies in Stream Pollution Biol-
ogy. I. A Simplified Ecological
Classification of Organisms. Quar-
terly Journal of the Florida Academy
of Science, vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 211-227.
BECK, W. M., JR.
1955. Suggested Method for Reporting
Biotic Data. Sewage and Industrial
Wastes, vol. 27, No. 10, pp. 1193-1197.
BURLINGTON, R. F.
1962. Quantitative Biological Assess-
ment of Pollution. Journal of the Wa-
ter Pollution Control Federation, vol.
34, No. 2, pp. 179-183.
CONFERENCE OP BIOLOGICAL EDITORS,
COMMITTEE ON FORM AND STYLE
1964. Style Manual for Biological Jour-
nals. Second Edition. American Insti-
tute of Biological Sciences, Washing-
ton, D. C., 117 pp.
EMBERGER, M. R. and M. R. HALL
1955. Scientific Writing. Harcourt,
Brace and Company, New York, 468
pp.
FJERDINGSTAD, E.
1964. Some Remarks on a New Saprobic
System. In: Biological Problems in
Water Pollution—Transactions of the
1962 Seminar, Robert A. Taft Sani-
tary Engineering Center, Cincinnati,
Ohio. U. S. Public Health Service
Publication No. 999-WP-25, pp. 232-
235.
HYNES, H. B. N.
1964. The Interpretation of Biological
Data with Reference to Water Qual-
125
-------
WATER POLLUTION CONTROL WASTB TREATMENT AND WATEE TREATMENT
ity. In: Symposium on Environmental
Measurements, Valid Data and Logi-
cal Interpretation, Robert A. Taft
Sanitary Engineering Center, Cincin-
nati, Ohio. U. S. Public Health Serv-
ice, Publication No. 999-AP-15, pp.
289-298.
INGRAM, W. M. and A. F. BARTSCH
1960. Graphic Expression of Biological
Data in Water Pollution Reports.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 32, No. 3, pp.
297-310,
KRAMER, H. P. and H. M. MYERS
1963. So You're Going to Give a Paper.
Journal of the Water Pollution Con-
trol Federation, vol. 35, No. 1, pp.
43-56.
LAMBUTH, D.
1964. The Golden Book on Writing.
Fourth Printing. The Viking Press,
New York, 81 pp.
MACKENTHUN, K. M., W. M. INGRAM
and R. FORGES
1964. Sampling and Data Evaluation.
In: Limnologicat Aspects of Recrea-
tional Lakes, Robert A. Taft Sanitary
Engineering Center, Cincinnati, Ohio.
U. S. Public Health Service Publica-
tion No. 1167, pp. 119-139.
MACKENTHUN, K. M. and W. M. INGRAM
1965. Pollution and the Life in Water.
Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
Center, Cincinnati, Ohio. U. S. Public
Health Service, Publication No. 999-
WP-20, pp. 1-16.
MACKENTHUN, K. M.
1966. Biological Evaluation of Polluted
Streams. Journal of the Water Pollu-
tion Control Federation, vol. 38, No. 2,
pp. 241-247.
PATRICK, R.
1949. A Proposed Biological Measure of
Stream Conditions, Based on a Survey
of the Conestoga Bas:n, Lancaster
County, Pennsylvania. Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Sciences, vol.
101, pp. 277-341.
WURTZ, C. B.
1955. Stream Biota and Stream Pollu-
tion. Sewage and Industrial Wastes,
vol. 27, No. 11, pp. 1270-1278.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
SINCERE APPRECIATION is extended to those who provided assistance
and encouragement in the preparation of this publication, and to
those who supplied photographs which are incorporated into the fol-
lowing plates: Plate I, No. 2, and Plate II, Nos. 1 and 3, Mr. Lowell
E. Keup, Cincinnati, Ohio; and Plate III, No. 3, Mr. F. A. Under-
wood, Superintendent of Filtration, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
Mrs. Kay Lynne Stewart contributed significantly to the prepara-
tion of initial manuscript materials, and Mrs. Martha Jean Wilkey
meticulously typed manuscripts. Their diligent efforts are grate-
fully acknowledged.
•fr i j. wnoMnn mnmt «mn.- «i-o UMH
126
------- |